*«41 i

• .- ■

•

\ •-. ■

*""*?" '

-

r ■■■-!

jr: s

X6 JJ-1

\

Bulletin

of

The New York Botanical Garden

Volume II., 1901-1903

BULLETIN

OF

The New York Botanical Garden

LI&RAP
NEW YORK
BOTANIC

|1 A r> I

Volume II

With 30 Plates
1901-1903

Published for the Garden

At 41 North Queen Street, Lancaster, Pa.
by The New Era Printing Company

PHEM OF

"ME NEW ERA PRINTING COMPANY

LANCASTER. PA.

Officers, 1903.
President— D. 0. MILLS,
Vice-President— ANDREW CARNEGIE,
Treasurer— CHARLES F. COX,
Secretary— N. L. BRITTON.

Board of Managers.
1. elected managers.
ANDREW CARNEGIE, J. PIERPONT MORGAN,

CHARLES F. COX, GEORGE W. PERKINS,

W. BAYARD CUTTING, JAMES A. SCRYMSER,

WILLIAM E. DODGE, SAMUEL SLOAN,

JOHN I. KANE, W. GILMAN THOMPSON,

D. O. MILLS, SAMUEL THORNE.

3. ex-officio managers.

The President of the Department of Public Parks,
HON. WILLiAM R. WILLCOX.

The Mayor of the City of New York,
HON. SEPH LOW.

3. SCIENTIFIC DIRECTORS

PROF. L. M. UNDERWOOD, Chairman
HON. ADDISON BROWN, PROF. J. F. KEMP,

DR. NICHOLAS MURRAY BUTLER, HON. HENRY \. ROGERS,
PROF. C. F. CHANDLER, PROF. H. H. RUSBY,

Garden Staff.

DR. N. L. BRITTON, Director-in- Chief.
DR. D. T. MACDOUGAL, First Assistant.
DR. JOHN K. SMALL, Curator of the Museums.
DR. P. A. RYDhSERG, Assistant Curator
DR. ARTHUR HOLLICK, Assistant Curator.
DR. MARSHALL A. HOWE, Assistant Curator.
F. S. EARLE, Assistant Curator.
GEORGE V. NASH, Head Gardener.
ANNA MURRAY VAIL, Librarian.
DR. H. H. RUSBY, Cutator of the Economic Collections.
DR. WM. J. GIES, Consulting Chemist.
COL. F. A. SCHILLING, Superintendent.
JOHN R. BRINLEY, Landscape Engineer.
WALTER S. GROESBECK, Clerk and Accountant.
CORNELIUS VAN BRUNT, Honorary Floral Photographer
DR. JOHN HENDLEY BARNHART, Editorial Assistant

flDembers of tbe Corporation.

Prop. N. I- Hritton,
i [on. Addis i wk,
Wm. i.. Brown,
Hon. Chas. C. Burlingiiam
And I; I w Caknf.gie,

has. F. Chandler,
Wm. <;. Choatr,
Hon. Ehward Cooper,
Chas. F. Cox,
John J. Crooks,
w. Bayard Cvi nNO,

ROB] RT W. DX FORBST,

Wm. E. Dodge,

v. Sam'L W. Fairchii.d.
LOI I- il rZGERAl D,

Richard w. Glldbr,
Hon. Thomas F. Gii roy,
Parks GoDwra,
1 1' in. Hugh J. Grant,
Henry P. Hoyt,
Adrian Lsei in, Jr.,
Morris k.. Jessup,
I . .UN- I. (Cans,

Km i y, Jr.,
if. Jambs F. Ki mp,
John S. Ki kni

Hon. Seth Low,

David LYDIG,

Edgar L. Marston,

D. O. Mills,

J. Pierpont Morgan,

Theo. W. Myers,

Geo. M. Olcott,

Prof. Henry F. Osborn,

Lowell M. Palmer,

George W. Perkins,

James R. Pitcher,

Rt. Rev. Henry C. Potter,

Percy R. I'vm .

John I>. Rockefeller

Wm. Rockefeller,

Prof. H. II. Rusby,

[AMES A. SCRYMSER,

I Iknry a. Siebrecht,

muel Sloan,
Wm. I). Sloans,

\; i -..v Smith,

I>k. W. Gilman Thompson,

is C. Tiffany,
Samuel Thorns,
Prof. L. M. Underwood,
Geo. W. Vanderbilt,
William II. S. Wood.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

No. 6. May 27, iqoi.

PAGE.

Report of the Secretary and Director-in-Chief for 1900 1

Report of the Curator of the Museums 25

Report of the Curator of the Economic Collections 35

Report of the Director of the Laboratories 38

Report of the Librarian 42

Report of the Curator of the Plantations 51

Report of the Head Gardener 57

Schedule of Expenditures during 1900 60

Report of the Scientific Directors 64

Report of the Committee on Patrons, Fellows and Members... 66

Report of the Treasurer 79

Botanical Contributions :

Propagation of Lysimachia terrestris, by D. T. MacDou-

gal (with Plate 13 and 7 figures) 82

The Mimosaceae of the Southeastern United States, by

JohnK. Small 89

Contributions to the Botany of the Yukon Territory :

1. An Enumeration of the Hepaticae collected by
R. S. Williams, 1898-1899, by Marshall A. Howe
(with Plate 14) 101

2. An Enumeration of the Mosses collected, by R. S.
Williams (with Plates 15-24) 105

3. An Enumeration of the Pteridophytes collected by
R. S. Williams and J. B. Tarleton, by L. M. Under-
wood 1 4$

4. An Enumeration of the Flowering Plants collected
by R. S. Williams and by J. B. Tarleton, by N. L. .
Britton and P. A. Rydberg 149

The Oaks of the Continental Divide North of Mexico, by

P. A, Rydberg (with Plates 25-33) 187

No. 7. April 25, 1Q02.

Report of the Secretary and Director-in-Chief for the Year

1901 235

Report of the Curator of the Museums and Herbarium 268

Report of the Curator of the Economic Collections 278

(vii)

(viii)

Report of the Director of the Laboratories '•"..... 2S1

Report <>f the Librarian 284

Report of the Head Gardener 295

Report of the Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds .... 303
Schedule of Expenditures during 1901 3°6

Report of the Scientific Directors 3 10

Report of the Committee on Patrons, Fellows and Members... 313

Report of the Treasurer 327

! totanical Contributions :

Mycological Studies — I, bj F. S. Earle 331

A Preliminary List of Montana Mosses, by R. S. Williams

with Plates 34-39) 35 1

Geological and Botanical N'otes : Cape Cod and Chappa-
quidick Island. Mass., by Arthur Hollick (with Plates 40

and 41) 3S1

No. 8. March /£, 1903.

Report of the .Secretary and Director-in-Chief for the Year 1902. 409

Report of the Curator of the Museums and Herbarium 43S

Report of the Curator of the Economic Collections 450

Report of the Director of the Laboratories 452

Report of the Librarian 459

Report of the I lead I hardener 472

Report of the Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds 480

Schedule of Expenditures during 1902 4S5

Report of the Scientific Directors 490

>it of the Committee on Patrons. Fellows and Members... 492

Report ot the Treasurer 507

VOL. 2

NO. 6.

BULLETIN

OF

The New York
Botanical Garden.

[ISSUED MAY 27, 1901.]

CONTENTS

Report of the Secretary and Director-in-Chiee for

I < lOO, .......

Report of the Curator of the Museums, .

Report of the Curator of the Economic Collections,

Report of the Director of the Laboratories,

Report of the Librarian, ....

Report of the Curator of the Plantations,

Report of the Head Gardener,

Schedule of Expenditures during 1900, .

Report of the Scientific Directors,

Report of the Committee on Patrons, Fellows and
Members, ........

Kl.l'ORT OF THE TREASURER, ......

Botanical Contributions :

Propagation of Lysimachia terrestris, by D. T. Mac-
Dougal (with Plate 13 and 7 figures),

The Mimosaceae of the Southeastern United States, by
John K. Small, ......

Contributions to the Botany of the Yukon Territory :

1. An Enumeration of the Hepaticae collected by R.

S. Williams, 1S98-1899, by Marshall A.
Howe (with Plate 14), ....

2. An Enumeration of the Mosses collected (with

Plates 15-24), by R. S. Williams,

3. An Enumeration of the Pteridophytes collected by

R. S. Williams and J. B. Tarleton, by L.
M. Underwood, ......

4. An Enumeration of the Flowering Plants collected

by R. S. Williams and J. B. Tarleton, by
N. L. Britton and P. A. Rydberg, .

The Oaks of the Continental Divide North of Mexico
(with Plates 25 to 33), by P. A. Rydberg,

25
35
38
42

5i

57
60

64

66
79

82
S 9

101
io 5

148

149

1S7

BULLETIN

OF

The New York Botanical Garden

Vol. 2. No.

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY AND DIRECTOR-
IN-CHIEF.

{Submitted and accented, January 14, 1901.)

To the Board of Managers of the New York Botan-
ical Garden.

Gentlemen : I have the honor to submit herewith my report
as Secretary and Director-in-Chief for the year ending Jan-
uary 14, 1901 :

Plants and Planting.

1. Herbaceous Grounds. No noteworthy changes in the
installation of the herbaceous collection, located in the valley
south of the museum building, have been made during the
year; work on this plantation has been mainly restricted to
maintaining the groups already planted and in adding to them
species derived from exchanges, collecting, and grown from
seeds in the nurseries. Many of the species planted during
the three preceding years have now become well established
and show their true character in a very satisfactory way.
The increase in the number of species and in the size of
clumps previously planted has necessitated taking more of
the ground under cultivation in accordance with the general
plan originally adopted. The total number of species grown
in the herbaceous grounds during the year is about 2,300.

(O

(2)

This collection is now the most completely installed and
furnishes satisfactory illustration of 105 different natural
families. It has been constantly used by students and by the
public and has become an important educational feature, and
this without in any way marring the natural beauty of the
valley, while furnishing in color and in form a very attractive
area of the Garden.

2. Fruticetum. The collection of sl\rubs, arranged in
natural families on the plain northeast of the museum build-
ing, has been greatly increased in number of species, through
plants drawn from the nurseries and other sources. A note-
worthy addition to it was made in the autumn by the purchase
from the Biltmore estate in North Carolina, of a large num-
ber of specimens representing species not hitherto in the col-
lection. Here, as in the herbaceous grounds, it has been
necessary to take considerable more land under cultivation to
accommodate the newly-planted shrubs and to give sufficient
space to those previously planted, the design being to permit
each individual shrub to assume its natural form and charac-
ter in so far as conditions will permit. The collection now
contains about 450 species, being a gain of about no species
over the record for 1899, and is sufficiently developed to well
represent the natural families containing shrubs hardy in this
latitude ; it has also been considerably used by students.

3. Salicetum. The development of the collection of wil-
lows in the marshy grounds north of the fruticetum and
near the northern end of the Garden has been continued by
the planting of additional species moved from the nurseries;
sufficient time has not yet elapsed for these shrubs and trees to
attain their true character, but the collection is in good order,
though not yet conspicuous ; about 40 species are represented
there.

4. Arboretum. The planting of trees in the region east
of the Bronx River in accordance with the general plan has
been continued, the number of deciduous species now rep-
resented in this collection being 150; this number added to
the 50 species native to the grounds, and to the pines, yews

(3)

and other conifers planted in the pinetum south of the
museum shows that about 220 kinds of trees are now repre-
sented in the Garden exclusive of those still in the nurseries.
The Arboretum planting will necessarily be inconspicuous
for a number of years, owing to the length of time required
for the growth of trees into their true form and character.

5. Viticctum. The collection of vines and climbers in-
stalled on an arbor east of the museum has been increased
in number of species from 45 to 60 during the year. Some
of the specimens have now attained sufficient growth to be
characteristic.

6. Nurseries. The building of the propagating houses
during the fall and the desirability of concentrating the nur-
sery work in their immediate vicinity gave reason for the
abandonment of the first nursery planted in 1895, and the
moving from it of the plants desirable for preservation to
various parts of the grounds ; this work was partially accomp-
lished in the autumn and may be completed in the spring.
The present design is to return to the provisions of the general
plan, which was adopted subsequent to the planting of this
first nursery, and to bring all the nursery work together in the
region immediately south of the propagating houses and along
the east boundary of the Garden, where the other nurseries
were planted in 1897 and 1898. This change has made it
desirable to take some additional land under cultivation ; the'
new arrangement will facilitate work on these plantations.

7. Boundary Borders. The screens around the borders
of the Park have been considerably developed during the
year by additional planting and substitution. The stretch
from the Southern Boulevard to St. John's College grounds
along the railway has been planted for the first time, and
considerable planting has been done along the line of St.
John's College property, from the railroad east to the Southern
Boulevard, although no completion of this border screen can
well be made until next year, after the traffic road which re-
places the present Southern Boulevard is built ; this very de-
sirable substitution will be effected during the next season

(4)

under a contract awarded by the Commissioner of Parks to
John B. Devlin on January 3, 1901. The screen along
the north border of the grounds has also been strengthened
by additional planting, but it has not as yet been desirable to
develop the eastern boundary border to any considerable ex-
tent, nor is it likely to be in advance of the building of the
boulevard, planned by the department of Public Works to
bound the Park on its eastern side from West Farms to
Williamsbridge, owing to the necessary modifications of the
surface along this line required by the building of this road.
It is desirable from the standpoint of improving the eastern
side of the Park, that this boulevard should be built at as
early a time as is practicable. I have had some consultation
with officials of the Department of Public Works relative to this
matter, but nothing tangible has yet been developed.

8. Temporary Greenhouse. The plants growing for
several years in the greenhouse of Columbia University on
Morningside Heights were moved into the new main con-
servatories during the summer and furnished an important
nucleus for the collections in those buildings ; the decision of
the University Trustees to demolish the old greenhouse made
it possible for us to obtain from them a considerable number
of plants additional to those actually grown by us. The use
of this old greenhouse has been an important adjunct in our
work of preparation and I have expressed to the President of
the University our appreciation of the permission to use it.

9. The Main Conservatories. The eight houses of this range
built under the contract of the Department of Parks with John
R. Sheehan were completed in June and the buildings turned
over to us by the Department for operation. In addition to
the plants derived from the Columbia University greenhouse,
a number of specimens obtained by gift and exchange sufficient
to effect a preliminary installation of the collections have been
reported in the successive numbers of our Journal ; it is most
gratifying to know that the whole collection has been brought
together without the actual purchase of more than $100 worth
of specimens. The number of species contained in the collec-

(5)

tion at the present time is about 1,800 and the number of in-
dividual specimens, nearly all of which are now in tubs or
potted, is 8,833. Naturally a great many duplicates have
been received and grown from seed, some of which have
been used in exchanges and some have been given away to
visitors. The arrangement of the specimens has been made
as nearly as practicable, under the conditions of temperature
and humidity into natural familes ; the central dome (House
No. 1), the house just east of it (No. 13) and the three houses
to the west of it (Nos. 2, 3, 4) are at present operated as
tropical houses under slightly different temperatures ; the two
eastern houses (Nos. 11, 12) are operated as temperate houses,
while the house forming part of the west wing of the range
(No. 5) is operated as a succulent house. House number 1
contains the palms and the cycads ; house number 2 contains
the smaller tropical ferns, tropical orchids and pitcher plants ;
house number 3, contains the begonias, the bromeliads, the
amaryllis family and a number of smaller families ; house
number 4 contains the large plants of the lily family such as
dracaenas and yuccas, the screw-pines, the bananas and
their relatives, the tree-ferns, the aroids, most of the century
plants and representees of other families ; house number 5
contains the cactuses, the crassulas and their relatives, the
aloes and other fleshy plants ; the contents of houses number

11 and 12, operated as temperate houses, have not yet been
arranged into groups ; house number 13 contains representa-
tives of a number of tropical families.

Awaiting the completion of the propagating houses it has
been necessary to use until within a few days parts of houses

12 and 13 for the growth of seeds and cuttings, so that no
permanent arrangement in them has been as yet practicable.

10. The Propagating Houses. These very useful structures
were essentially completed during the first week in the year,
so that we have now been able to remove to them nearly all
the seedlings, cuttings and duplicates not desired for exhibi-
tion in the main conservatories.

11. Miscellaneous. Some planting has been done both in

(6)

the spring and fall of a character not falling within any of the
categories above mentioned. The primary planting of some
of the plots planned for the vicinity of the station was ac-
complished in the autumn.

The total number of species now available for study in all
the plantations, conservatories and in the wild parts of the
Park, exclusive of the lichens, fungi, and algae, now ag-
gregates about 5,400.

Further details concerning plants and planting will be found
in the reports of Mr. Henshaw, Head Gardener and of Mr.
Nash, Curator of the Plantations, hereto appended.

Buildings.

The contract of the Department of Parks with the John H.
Parker Company for the construction of the museum build-
ing, power house, stable and closet group, was completed in
April and the buildings turned over to us for operation by the
Department.

Museum. This building has proven to be satisfactory in
every way for its purposes. A few minor imperfections in
its roof have been corrected by the Parker Company, under
their guarantee ; some trouble was experienced at first by
water in the cellar under the lecture hall after heavy storms,
but this has been wholly remedied by clearing the drainage
system of obstructions which accidentally got into it while it
was being laid, and by grading and the construction of the
terraces outside the building. Some trouble has also been ex-
perienced from storms driving water under the large win-
dow-sills, and this has not yet been wholly remedied, although
the conditions have been much improved by additional car-
penter work. It was found necessary to supply some addi-
tional light-excluding shades in the lecture hall in order to
darken that room sufficiently for satisfactory illustration with
the electric stereopticon, which was installed and connected
with the power cable from the power house. An especially
devised case for filing lantern-slides was built by our own
carpenter and placed in one of the laboratory rooms on the

(7)

third floor : a series of movable wire tables for living plants
have been built for use in the physiological laborator
means of funds generously contributed : . W. E. Dodge,

:: oak tabic ig 24 microscopes in glass boxes for

- .ruction have been placed in the west wing of the

-tematic museum on the second floe: eral temporary

wooden cases for stacking duplicate and unstudied museum
and herbarium specimens have been built for the basement,
and others for the storeroom on the third floor.

The exhibition cases in the museum halls of both the first
and second floors have been filled with specimens, and the
public has had access to these floors every day since the com-
pletion of the building, it having beer, found unnecr^Ar
close the museum at any time for either cleaning or repairs :
:r.z _ : :..- :i : .'.r.:r.z - .5 :rrr. i.v.isfACMriiv

accomplished by fi e janitors ; the elevator has been run at
times when its use seemed desirable, but it has not been nec-
essary to keep it in constant operation, as the visiting public,
having only access to the first and second floors, have only
to mount two flights of stairs. Access to the building has
'::::. restricted to visitors to one of the basement doors
pending the building of the paths and drive s to the front
entrance : this course has been necessary in order to avoid the
tracking of mud into the museum halls. The corps of engi-
:: r.c Park Department engaged in the building of
roads have been accommodated with a work room in the base-
ment of the eastern ing of the building. Other rooms in this
: -ement wing are -ed as a label shop and a carpenter shop ;
nther rooms in the basement are utilized as storerooms,
and one main basement hall has been temporari I u s e d a - a
reparation room for museum and herbarium material. The
museum c ;n the first and sreond floors, and the herba-

rium cases in the herbarium room in the east end of the third
floor have hitherto proven sufficient to accommodate the col-
lecti >. but the growth of the latter has been so rapid that
additional cases for all these rooms will probably need to be
sup plied during the coming vear. The number of students

(8)

using the laboratories on the third floor has made it necessary
to supply additional tables and desks, which have been or-
dered, and will be available early in the year. The rapid
growth of the library has also required additional shelves for
the cases in the stack-room; these have been ordered and
will be ready to be put in place in a short time ; they will ac-
commodate the growth of the collection for a few months, but
it is clearly necessary that the walls of the reading room be
also shelved during the year, and I have caused a design to
be made for this casing by the architect.

Pozuer House. The steam heating apparatus, after some
slight changes shown to be desirable by experience in using
it, is now apparently satisfactory and sufficient; it has been
found possible to heat both the museum building and the
conservatories with three boilers out of the five, in any tem-
perature yet experienced, although a fourth boiler has been
thrown in at intervals when the temperature fell below io°,
this being, however, apparently unnecessary. A few joints
of steam pipe, evidently of imperfect welding, have given
away from time to time, but have been promptly replaced
either by our own engineers, or by the Parker Company un-
der their guarantee ; with such a very extensive system of
pipes these defects were to be expected, and could only be
discovered by operating the plant. It has been found nec-
essary to supply new grate-bars in some of the furnaces
and other new fixtures and fittings, but nothing more than
the ordinary working of the steam plant would normally re-
quire.

Stable. No changes have been made in this building dur-
ing the year.

Public Comfort Station. This house built under the Parker
contract has not yet been connected with the water supply
and with the sewer, and consequently has not been operated
during the year. It was planned to make these necessary
connections, but more important work required the postpone-
ment of this construction.

Tool House. No changes have been made in this building.

(9)

The Main Conservatories. The contract of the Depart-
ment of Parks with John R. Sheehan for the building of
eight of the thirteen houses of the main range of Horticultural
Houses was completed in June and the buildings were at once
accepted by us for operation. Visitors have had access to
them everv day since their acceptance from 9 o'clock until
5, it not having been necessary to close them at any time.
Some difficulty was experienced at first in leakage in the roofs,
but this defect was remedied by Hitchings & Company, the
builders of the superstructure, and also by the operation of
the houses, the constant moisture from within acting to swell
the wood in which the glass is framed, so that the roofs
are at the present time essentially rain proof. A painter and
glazier was employed as soon as the buildings were accepted
and has been kept constantly at work in either external
or internal painting and in replacing such panes of glass as
have been cracked or broken from any cause. The trouble
from breakage has been very much less than was anticipated
considering the vast area of glass, and such as has occurred
seems to have been wholly caused by expansion or contrac-
tion, with the exception of one or two panes of glass broken
by solid objects blown against the roof in a very violent wind
storm during the autumn. An experience with a moderately
severe hail storm in the fall, was most satisfactory, the hail
stones glancing from the curved glass surfaces without fractur-
ing a single pane ; had the glass of the roofs been flat instead of
curved there is no doubt that considerable damage would have
been done. The heat-radiating surface of the steam pipes
within the houses has proved wholly adequate to yield any de-
sired temperature, at any external temperature yet experi-
enced ; in fact not more than one-half of it has been used at any
time ; the great palm house central to the system has proved
perhaps the easiest of all the houses to control. Some diffi-
culty was experienced in the early winter by a gaseous ema-
nation from the trench carrying the steam pipes longitudinally
under the houses ; the exact nature of this gas was not de-
termined ; the difficulty was remedied by ventilating the

(IO)

trench at its southeastern end and by sealing up the manhole
covers in the floor of the houses. A defect in the floor of
house number 5, due to imperfections in the asphalt, by which
water got into the cellar, was corrected by the contractor ;
defects in the vault lights outside of this house through which
storm water was driven into the cellar, have been partially rem-
edied by our own engineers and can probably be completely
remedied after the next storm, when it has shown exactly
where they are located ; a defect in the floor of house number
4 which is built on filled ground, caused by the failing of the
contractor to properly stamp the filling, has caused a sinking
of the paths within that house and of certain portions of the
floor itself together with a parting by a few inches of the rain
water leaders from the roof. This can only be remedied af-
ter the full amount of settling has taken place, when the
paths will probably have to be partly relayed and the floor
partly re- constructed. A defect in the feed-water heater in
the basement of the west vestibule has been corrected by
the contractor under his guarantee.

The floors of houses nos. 1, 4 and 11 were made of broken
stone, of which a little more is still needed for a finish ; the
floors under the benches in houses nos. 3, 4, 12, and 13
were made with good soil, and variously planted. The plant
benches in these houses were surfaced with a bottom layer of
cinders and a top layer of fine crushed gneiss rock. All this
work was done with our own force, it not having been in-
cluded in the Sheehan contract.

New Railway Station. The New York Central and Hud-
son River R. R. Co. is constructing a new station on the site
of the old one and has changed the name, according to our
request, from Bedford Park to Bronx Park (Botanical Garden).
It is expected that this structure will be completed late in the
winter.

Propagating Houses. A contract was awarded by the Com-
missioner of Public Parks in August to Hitchings & Company
for the building of three of the four propagating houses to-
gether with the potting shed planned, for $16,362, and work

(II)

was at once commenced on them on the site indicated by our
general plan, on the east side of the Garden near the stable
and nurseries. These buildings are now completed and are
being operated by us, although awaiting some slight changes
to be made by the contractor, they have not yet been for-
mally accepted by the Park Department.

Drainage and Sewerage.

In connection with the building of roads, the Department
of Parks constructed large earthenware pipe land-drains
along the driveways built during the year together with nu-
merous surface basins, all essentially as contemplated in our
general plan. I have supplemented this work by the con-
struction of several additional surface basins to drain low
places near the driveways. Two main drainage systems
have thus been established, the one extending from the tri-
angle south of the museum building northward to the rail-
road station, the other extending from a point east of the
curve in the Southern Boulevard northeast to the western lake ;
a portion of the roof water from the museum building now
flows into this second system ; as soon as the final grading
along this line is accomplished, sufficient water will be sup-
plied from ordinary rain storms to fill the two lakes. The
eastern one of these two lakes nearly east of the museum
building has been made by merely overflowing the former
marsh at this place, by means of a dam at its eastern end ;
an iron drainage pipe with a water gate has been placed in
this dam in order to permit the drawing off of the water should
occasion require it. The western lake has never yet been
completely filled with water, owing to the deficiency in rain-
fall since the portion of the main driveway separating the
two lakes, and serving as a dam for the western one, was com-
pleted. The two lakes are connected through the embank-
ment of the driveway by an iron pipe also with a water gate,
and an overflow earthenware pipe has been laid through the
embankment at a level calculated to give about 4 feet of
water in the western lake, at its deepest point ; it may, per-

(12)

haps, be found necessary to excavate the bottom of the marsh
here to some extent.

A modification of the roof drainage of the power house
which was, last year, temporarily laid into a cesspool, was
found necessary during the autumn, and it was diverted tem-
porarily into an earthernware pipe opening on the surface of
the ground near the southwestern corner of the Garden ; the
storm water from the Southern Boulevard, which had given
us considerable trouble around the power house, was tem-
porarily diverted by an open ditch to near the same point.
The whole system of land drains south and west of the
Southern Boulevard which will be built during the construc-
tion of the new driveways in that part of the Park, will neces-
sarily supply a permanent outlet for this drainage.

Water Supply.

No extension of the system of water pipes has been made
during the year. Provision for a considerable amount of
additional pipe has been made in the new contracts for grad-
ing and road building about the conservatories and the mu-
seum building. It is very desirable that the system should,
if possible, be extended this year to and across the Bronx
River so far as the stable and the propagating houses ; the
best method of accomplishing this is not yet apparent ; it has
not yet been possible to include it in any city contract.

Grading.

Grading operations outside the lines of building and road
contracts have been prosecuted by means of our teams and
laborers throughout the year, carrying out the provisions of
the general plan.

A slope has been nearly completed along the south side of
the Southern Boulevard opposite the power house, thus mask-
ing and supporting the high stone wall which formed the
southern side of the road embankment at this point : it was
found impracticable to finally complete this slope, however,
in advance of the building of the new traffic road which is

(i3)

to replace the present Southern Boulevard through the
grounds.

Terraces were built and sodded around both ends of the
museum building, greatly improving the immediate surround-
ings of that building.

The land between the museum building and the station was
brought to a finished surface and sown, except along the mar-
gins of the paths and driveways where it was sodded.

Some additional excavation has been done at the rear of the
museum building, but only sufficient to effect satisfactory
drainage.

The land between the station, the Southern Boulevard and
the piece of driveway connecting the Southern Boulevard
with the plaza facing the station, has also been brought to an
approximately finished surface and sown. The land imme-
diately east of this piece of driveway has also been parti-
ally graded.

Some work has been done in establishing the subgrade of
the path planned to extend from this piece of driveway south-
east toward the Hemlock Forest, but the completion of this
work has been deferred until the architectural features con-
templated in front of the museum are executed.

The slope from the museum building east to the main
driveway has been partially made and some work has been
done at other points along this driveway to make it secure
from storm water during the winter ; the swampy piece of
ground which formerly existed at the point where this drive-
way connects with the Southern Boulevard has been filled ;
the triangle formed by the intersection of the driveways south
of the museum has also been filled, brought to a finished sur-
face and sown.

Considerable work has been done in completing the ter-
races around the main conservatories, the portions immedi-
ately against that building having been brought to a finished
surface and sown ; work is still progressing here, to meet the
new contract for grading and road-building in that part of the
Park.

(14)

The immediate surroundings of the propagating houses
have also been graded by means of laborers and teams kindly
placed under our direction for about a month, by Mr. Peter
Geeks, Superintendent of Parks of the Borough of the

Bronx.

The new contracts for road building and grading now
awarded or in preparation by the Department of Parks will
satisfactorily complete nearly all the work of that kind in the
vicinity of the main buildings contemplated by the General

plan.

Roads and Paths.

Work on the contract awarded by the Commissioner of
Parks to John B. Devlin in November, 1899, alluded to in
my last annual report, was commenced in the spring and has
since been continuously prosecuted. It is now nearly com-
pleted but the final surfacing of part of the roadway built
under its provisions must be deferred until warmer weather.
The execution of this contract has given us Telford-McAdam
driveways from the Southern Boulevard near the Power house,
past the station plaza, previously built, and around the mu-
seum building to the lakes ; also from near the museum build-
ing to the Southern Boulevard near the herbaceous grounds,
a total length of about 4,000 feet.

By means of another unexpended balance in an appropria-
tion for the improvement of existing roads, the Commissioner
of Parks awarded in September, a contract to the John J.
Hart Co. for the construction of driveways, connecting with
the Devlin contract, above alluded to, at the lakes, expend-
ing over the Bronx River across the " blue bridge, " at
the northern end of the Hemlock forest, thence eastwardly
across the Garden to the Bleecker Street entrance at the stable ;
also the construction of the driveway from near the stable
to the Lorillard Mansion, within the Garden reservation, and
thence through park land to the Pelham Parkway. The
western portion of this road, which is actually indicated as a
path on our general plan, has been built only 16 feet in width,
the ultimate design being to have it revert to a path after the

(i5)

broad driveway, contemplated by the general plan, running
through the fruticetum, across the river above the "blue
bridge " and thence to Bleecker Street, is constructed. The
portion, however, from Bleecker Street to the southern boun-
dary, has been built full width just as called for by the gen-
eral plan, with the exception of a few hundred feet near the
Lorillard Mansion where the roadway was narrowed in order
to save existing trees. The cost of this Hart contract will be
about $13,000 ; work is being continued on it under consider-
able disadvantage during the winter, but it should be com-
pleted very early in the spring. The length of this road
within the Garden is about 3,600 feet; it extends beyond our
southern boundary past the Lorillard Mansion to Pelham
Parkway, furnishing a very beautiful drive.

Under an appropriation of $200,000 made by the city during
last vear, finally confirmed by the Board of Aldermen on
December 11, 1900, the Commissioner of Parks awarded
to Mr. John B. Devlin on January 3, 1901, a contract for
the building of the driveways and paths, around the conserva-
tories, south and west of the Southern Boulevard, in accord-
ance with the plan formerly approved by him and by the
Board of Managers. This contract provides for the building
of a traffic road from the power house along the southern
boundary of the Garden, about 40 feet from the property of St.
John's College to the Southern Boulevard where that road
enters the Garden from the south ; this traffic road will replace
the straight portion of the Southern Boulevard as it now runs
between the conservatories and the museum ; the contract
will also provide a park driveway between the conservatories
and the St. John's College property, as indicated on our
general plan ; it also provides for all the grading necessary
to place the conservatories on a low terrace, as originally
designed, and for the reconstruction of the area through which
the straight portion of the Southern Boulevard now runs, to
approximately its original surface, by filling in over the old
road, and other modifications of the present surface. It is
believed that in the development of the Garden this is one of

(i6)

the most important pieces of construction work yet under-
taken ; it should be completed under the terms of the con-
tract in about a year. The approximate cost of the work,
based on the contract as awarded, will be $62,000.

As opportunity has been afforded, our own laborers and
teams have been occupied during the year with the building
of portions of the paths near the railroad station and the
Museum building ; about 400 feet of finished path has been
thus constructed and about 900 feet additional has been laid
up with stone without final surfacing ; the subgrade for sev-
eral hundred feet in addition has also been approximately
made.

A temporary cinder road has also been built from the stone
driveway leading to the Lorillard Mansion, to the new pro-
pagating houses, by the aid of the laborers and teams kindly
furnished by the Superintendent of Parks.

A contract is being printed, under the $200,000 appropria-
tion above mentioned, for the construction of the driveway
approaches to the front of the museum building, including
the grading of the rough knoll, now an unsightly feature of
that part of the grounds, and also including the architectural
additions in front of the building, with the exception of the
large fountain, contemplated by plans already approved ; the
foundations, water connections, and basin of the large foun-
tain are, however, included in this contract. It is expected
that this contract may be advertised for bids within a few
weeks.

A delivery road to the rear door of the museum building,
from the driveway east of it, has been partly graded, but not
yet completely constructed.

A temporary cinder road from the Southern Boulevard to
the power house, for the delivery of coal, has also been
built ; also a temporary cinder path from the Southern Boule-
vard to the main door of the conservatories.

In all the work of construction I have had the most cordial
cooperation of Hon. August Moebus, Commissioner of Parks
of the Borough of the Bronx, of his Engineer-in-Chief, Hon.

(i7)

Martin Schenck, and of his Chief Clerk, Mr. Gunther K. Ack-
erman ; to these gentlemen I desire to express my sincere ap-
preciation of their aid and advice.

Care of the Grounds.

The rapidly increasing number of visitors has made it
necessary to pa) 7 somewhat more attention to the care of the
grounds, although no depredations worthy of remark have
been committed. Especial watch has been kept on the hem-
lock forest and the scattering of refuse by visitors has been
considerably reduced. In addition to the police patrol the
plantations and the forest have been guarded on Sundays and
holidays by some of our own men, while others have been
kept on guard in the museum building and in the conserva-
tories ; it has been possible to arrange this without throwing
continuous holiday work on any one person. Some member
of the staff has been in charge of the institution on every Sun-
day and holiday.

The grass of the Garden was cut by our own force in the
summer and stacked for fodder for the horses, most of it
being put into a hay-barrack built by our own men near the
stable ; this hay-barrack was constructed with four locust
logs for uprights, about 30 feet high, which support a roof
which may be raised or lowered at will, a floor of rough logs
being added ; this has the advantage of keeping both the bot-
tom and the top of the hay-stack free from dirt and water.

Lawn-mowers have been used on the newly sown grounds,
and around the plots in the herbaceous garden ; the unde-
veloped meadow areas of the Park were cut with an ordinary
two horse mowing machine.

Considerable work has been done in clearing dead branches
from trees and a few dead trees have been cut down ; this
work may go on during the rest of the winter.

Library.

The growth of the library has been very rapid, by gifts,
exchanges and purchases. As appears from the report of

(i8)

the Librarian, hereto appended, the number of books added
during the year aggregates 1,415 volumes, besides several
thousand pamphlets and parts. The Special Book Fund re-
ferred to in my last annual report, subscribed by members
of the Board of Managers and other friends of the Garden,
has been useful and has enabled us to secure over 600 vol-
umes, many of them of great value in our work ; a small
balance of this fund still remains unexpended.

Additional exchanges for garden bulletin and contribu-
tions have been arranged with a number of journals and
societies, the number of journals and publications of socie-
ties or institutions now regularly received from all sources,
being over 250. The cataloguing of the Library has pro-
gressed satisfactorily, the number of cards written during the
year being about 4,000. The accession of works on Agri-
culture and Horticulture, on which considerable work was
done in 1899, lias Deen Iurtner prosecuted during the past

year.

Museums and Herbarium.

The installation of the public museums on the first and
second floors of the museum building was commenced in the
spring immediately upon the completion of the Parker con-
tract for the construction of the building, and by the middle
of the summer a temporary arrangement of the available
specimens, than at hand, had been made in the cases on those
floors. Since this preliminary arrangement work has been
continuously prosecuted in increasing the exhibits, in label-
ling them, and in substituting for the specimens first installed,
others illustrating the plant or the product in a better way.

The herbarium room at the eastern end of the third floor
was also occupied early in the year, the herbarium of Co-
lumbia University having been completely moved to this
room by the end of January. Work in conserving and ar-
ranging it and also the collection accumulated by the Garden,
has gone on continuously during the year and much prog-
ress has been made in making the specimens more avail-
able and useful to Students. The reports of the Curator of

(i9)

the Museums and the Curator of the Economic collections,
hereto appended, describe this work in detail ; the number of
specimens added to the museums and herbarium collections
during the year is over 50,000 and the number of specimens
mounted for the herbarium is about 112,000, a large number
of specimens received during previous years having been
mounted during 1900.

I have accepted from Columbia University, acting for Bar-
nard College under the agreement entered into between the
Board of Managers and the Trustees of Columbia College,
Jan. 8, 1896, and the subsequent memorandum adopted by
both corporations in 1899, the herbarium formed by the late
Dr. Thomas Morong, the property of Barnard College.
This collection will be mounted and incorporated with the
Columbia Herbarium, already on deposit at the Garden, in
so far as the specimens do not duplicate those of the latter.

Laboratories.

The equipment of the laboratories has gone forward as ap-
paratus and supplies have been needed for the research work
of students and of the staff ; as appears from the report of Dr.
MacDougal, hereto appended, 28 regular students have been
accommodated ; in addition to these, laboratory facilities for
short periods of time have been supplied to specialists from
other institutions who have wished to use the facilities af-
forded bv us in their investigations.

Lectures.

A course of public lectures on Saturday afternoons, to
which all members of the Garden have been specially invited,
began on April 14th and extended until June 23d ; a second
course, commencing October 13th, extended until November
27th; the two courses comprised seventeen lectures; these
were well attended, the largest audience numbering nearly
500 persons, the smallest about 75 ; the subjects of these lec-
tures were duly announced in the monthly Journal. The
lecture hall has proven satisfactory in every way, since its

(20)

equipment with the electric stereopticon and light-excluding
shades : in addition to the use of the lantern some of the lec-
tures have been freely illustrated by living plants brought
from the grounds and conservatories.

The appreciation of these lectures by our members, and by
the public, makes it desirable to increase the number to be de-
livered this year; the invitations to our members to visit the
Garden on Saturday afternoons in advance of the lectures has
been taken advantage of by many, who have thus kept in
touch with the development of the institution. No evening
lectures have yet been attempted.

Publications.

Bulletin No. 5, including reports of officers and commit-
tees for the year 1889, together with five scientific papers
written by members of the staff, was issued March 30, 1900;
this will complete the first volume.

The monthly Journal has been regularly issued from Jan-
uary to December, together with an index, under the editor-
ship of Dr. MacDougal. Its contents have been restricted to
articles and reports bearing on the work of the Garden, to-
gether with a detailed list of accessions to the several depart-
ments. The Journal has proved to be a very valuable
medium for informing our members, and others interested in
our work, about the progress in developing the Garden, and
it might be somewhat enlarged to advantage, inasmuch as
there is an abundance of interesting material available to fill

its pages.

The first volume of the Memoirs, containing the catalogue
of the Flora of Montana and the Yellowstone National Park,
prepared by Dr. Rydberg, assistant Curator of the Museums,
was issued on February 15th. This document included an
unexpectedlv large amount of new scientific information and
is a valuable contribution to our knowledge of the llora of the
northern Rocky Mountains.

Under the title of Contributions we have issued ten re-
prints of papers written by membersof the staff of the Garden

(21)

printed in other periodicals ; these have been consecutively
numbered and many of them have been distributed to our cor-
respondents ; most of the pamphlets and books received by
members of the staff in exchange with other investigators
have been turned into the Garden Library, and this is an im-
portant means of keeping the library supplied, without cost,
with the recently-published papers of many botanists.

Meteorological Observations.

Meteorological Stations were established on April ist at
(i) Herbaceous Garden, where a raingauge, maximum and
minimum thermometers, and a thermograph were installed ;
(2) in the Hemlock Forest, a thermograph ; (3) Fruticetum,
a thermograph. Station 3, which was established for com-
parison with Station 1 was abandoned after six months.
The principal data obtained have been published monthly in
the Journal. The thermometric apparatus was housed in
standard instrument shelters, U. S. Weather Bureau pattern.

Thermometers, hygrometers and thermographs have been
used continuously in the conservatories and propagating
houses, and their records tabulated.

Investigations.

Although but a few months have elapsed since the labora-
tories, library, and collections have been accessible and fully
open for use, yet a number of researches have been brought
to a successful termination and the results described in pub-
lications of the Garden, or other periodicals.

Some of these investigations were begun elsewhere and
finished in the Garden, but many of them were carried for-
ward from their inception upon material furnished by the
Garden, and by the aid of its other facilities.

The accumulation of living material in the conservatories,
and the completion of the propagating houses furnish the
widest opportunity for cultural tests of all kinds, and place at
our command the means for experimental work upon all of
the more important questions in botany.

Professor L. M. Underwood, of Columbia University, has

(22)

continued his studies on the ferns and fern-allies of North
America, and also investigated certain families of fungi,
making use of the abundant material in the Ellis Herbarium.

Dr. H. H. Rushy, Curator of the Economic Collections,
has continued his investigations of problems relating to Econ-
omic Botany and his studies upon the flora of Boliva.

Dr. D. T. MacDougal, First Assistant, has published sev-
eral papers upon the nutrition of plants, dealing chiefly with
mycorrhizas, and has continued his work upon the relations
of plants to light, and upon the climatic relations of plants.

Dr. J. K. Small, Curator of the Museums, has continued
his work on the flora of the Southeastern United States. His
manual of this flora is now in press.

Dr. P. A. Rydberg, Assistant Curator of the Museums, has
published a series of studies upon the flora of the Rocky
Mountains upon which he is yet engaged.

Mrs. E. G. Britton, voluntary assistant, has continued her
investigations of American mosses.

Mr. R. S. Williams, Museum Aid, has classified the large
collections of mosses made by him in the Yukon Territory
and in Montana.

Mr. Percy Wilson, Museum Aid, has pursued studies upon
trees of the walnut family and upon the local flora.

Prof. F. E. Lloyd, of Columbia University, has studied
the embryology of the Rubiaceae and allied groups made an
arrangement of the Lycopodiums of North America, and
brought out other papers of general interest.

Dr. M. A. Howe, of Columbia University, has been oc-
cupied with researches upon the Hepaticae, having brought
out in Memoirs of the Torrey Botanical Club a fine volume
on the Californian plants of that group ; more recently he
has devoted himself to the critical study of Algae.

Mr. Geo. V. Nash has pursued studies upon numerous
horticultural problems, and also upon the taxonomy of North
American grasses. He contributes the descriptions of grasses
to Dr. Small's Manual of the Flora of the Southern States,
and to my Manual of the Flora of the Northern States and
Canada, both of which are in press.

(23)

Dr. David Griffiths, student, carried out an extensive study
of the Sordariaceae, a family of minute fungi growing on
decaying animal matter.

Dr. Tracy Hazen, student, has been busy with an arrange-
ment of the Confervae, a group of light-green Algae of this
region.

Mr. J. E. Kirkwood, student, has been concerned chiefly
with embryological questions, especially on plants of the
squash family, but has carried to an advanced stage a chem-
ical study of germinating cocoanuts.

Miss Sarah H. Harlow, student, made a study of the mycor-
rhizal roots of a number of plants including those of the
hemlock from our forest.

Mr. F. H. Blodgett, Museum Aid, has investigated the fun-
gus diseases of carnations, a study commenced at the New
York Agricultural Experiment Station, and also certain mor-
phological features of Erythronium.

Mr. Chas. W. Gilman, student, has been engaged in
classifying collections of local mosses and others from the
State of Washington.

Mr. R. M. Harper, student, continues his studies upon the
flora of Georgia, having spent a portion of the summer collect-
ing in that State by means of financial assistance kindly fur-
nished by Judge Brown.

Miss R.J. Rennert, student, made an extended study of the
transpiration of twigs and buds in winter.

My own original studies have been mainly directed towards
a better knowledge of the plants of Northeastern North
America, though I have given considerable attention to the
flora of Porto Rico, based on the specimens secured through
the Vanderbilt exploration fund, and also to the collections
made in the Yukon Territory by Messrs. R. S. Williams and
J. B. Tarleton. I have given all the time possible to the
assistance of other members of the staff and students in their
investigations. Care has been taken that the research work
of the members of the staff should not interfere with their ad-
ministrative or curatorial duties.

(2 4 )

Reports Appended.

I submit, also, reports by the Curator of the Museums and
Herbarium, the Curator of the Economic Collections, the
Director of the Laboratories, the Librarian, the Curator
of the Plantations, the Head Gardener, and a Schedule of
Expenditures under appropriations by the Board of Managers.

Respectful!}' submitted,

N. L. Britton,
Director-in- Chief.

(25)

REPORT OF THE CURATOR OF THE MUSEUMS.

To THE DlRECTOR-IN-CniEF.

Sir: I have the honor to submit herewith my report as
Curator of the Museums and Herbarium for the year 1900.

At the beginning of the year we were still carrying on most
of our operations in the temporary office building in the vil-
lage of Bedford Park. The work that occupied us through-
out the year, in addition to the actual task of installation, was
in great part a continuation of that outlined in my last annual
report, together with that arising from various problems which
presented themselves in the course of the development of the
whole museum project.

Museums.

1. General Accessions.* Both before and after the
actual installing of the exhibits began, the accumulation of
museum material was continued as heretofore, by gift, pur-
chase and exchange, and by the personal collection of mem-
bers of the staff. The objects thus brought together during
the year aggregate to 2,342. They represent both crude plant
materials and more or less refined or manufactured products.

2. Preparation of Material for Exhibition. This
branch of our work was mainly a continuation of the opera-
tions on this line last year: glass jars, exhibition blocks and
exhibition cards, as described in my report of last year, were
secured in the following quantities :

a. Glass jars. (Specimen jar, 2,605, Whitall, Tatum &
Co.).

Diameter.

Height.

Number of Jars.

3 inches.

8 inches.

120

3M

10

204

A l A

12

276

6

15

12

6

18

36

Total,

64. S

* For detailed list of accessions, see Journal of the New York Botanical
Garden, i : nos. 1-12.

( 26)

b. Exhibition blocks. (Ebonized after being received from
the manufacturer.)

Width.

Length.

Ni

amber

of blocks

4 inches.

4 inches.

I50

aYa

4&

I50

9A

5%

I50

7

7

SO

Total, 500

c. Exhibition cards. (For general museum purposes, and
for the specimens to illustrate the flora within a radius of 100
miles of New York City.)

Size of cards.

i3^xiS^ inches.
14 x 22
11x14
1 1 x 11

Number of cards.

1800

800

200

IOO

Total, 2900

d. Frames for the exhibition cards. These represent a
very valuable addition to the museum equipment. The use
of these frames gives the exhibition cases a finished appear-
ance which could not otherwise be obtained, and also serves
to increase the instructiveness of each specimen by separat-
ing it off clearly from surrounding objects. The material
from which the frames are made is an oak moulding of a
slight and neat pattern. As an experiment 300 frames and
about 515 feet of the moulding were used and the results
were wholly satisfactory.

3. Installation. Early in the year, after the steam-
heating apparatus had been perfected to such an extent that
all danger of the temperature of the exhibition halls and'
smaller rooms falling below the freezing point was passed,
the accumulations of exhibits were brought from their several
temporary quarters and stored at convenient points in the
museum building. As soon as the exhibition cases were in
position, the museum material already prepared was un-
packed and the actual installation begun.

27;

Previous to this, however, after consultation with the
Director-in-Chief, a definite plan of arrangement was studied
out. In the first place it was decided to throw open all the
exhibition halls from the very beginning and not to shut off
portions by temporary partitions as is customary in the first
stages of many museums. The wisdom of this course has
been amply proved. Upon the decision of this question,
came the problem of what the different halls should contain.
According to the general plan for the arrangement of the
museum, previously adopted by the Scientific Directors, the
first floor of the building was set aside for an economic
museum, while the second floor was set aside for a general
synoptic museum and closely related collections.

I. Economic Museum.* The economic collections are now
disposed as follows :

a. The hall of the main building east of the center, is occu-
pied by drugs and drug plants. Twenty-four cases arranged
in six blocks, are devoted to the drug collection. The speci-
mens are divided into two series, crude drugs and refined drugs.
The crude drugs are now arranged morphologically, begin-
ning with the roots and rootstocks and passing through the
different parts of the plant, as stems, barks, leaves, inflores-
cence and flowers, to the whole plant. The refined drugs
are first divided into products, the products then are arranged
according to the natural families. One block of cases in this
hall is now devoted to a collection and exhibit of the local
poisonous plants.

b. The woods and wood products occupy the hall of the
east wing. They are disposed in twenty cases which stand
in seven blocks. One case is devoted to miscellaneous wooden
objects and utensils, one to carbons, eighteen to specimen-
blocks of the wood from each different kind of North Amer-
ican tree, two to Asiatic woods, one to Porto Rican woods,
two to Venezuelan woods, one to pipes and their derivation
and one to canes, both crude and finished.

*For other notes on the Economic Museum, see the Journal of the New
York Dotanical Garden, i : 1 15-120 and I33-I3 8 -

(28)

c. The hall west of the center has been equally divided
between two distinct collections : Fibers occupy twelve cases
in three blocks on the south side of the hall ; nine cases are
devoted to crude fibers and their products, two to wood-paper
and straw-paper and one to cork. The cork exibit is aug-
mented by a splendid specimen of a cork-jacket from a tree
about two and one-half feet in diameter; this specimen is
mounted on a large wooden base.

Opposite the fibers, on the north side of the hall, stand an
equal number of cases arranged in blocks corresponding to
those on the south side ; these are devoted to foods and food-
plants. For the present the foods are mainly divided into
three groups : dry seeds and fruits, fleshy seeds and fruits,
and herbs or such parts of herbs or woody plants, other than
seeds and fruits, as are used for foods.

d. The west hall is devoted to miscellaneous collections.
One case contains the turpentine and rosin exhibit. Three
cases are devoted to gums and resins, two to fodder-grasses
and fodder-plants, one to unrefined and refined sugars, one to
tobacco, two to volatile oils, one to fixed oils, one to starches
and one to chocolate. Tea, ginger and ginger ale and veg-
etable juices occupy one case ; another case contains barley,
malt, beer and ale ; another, unfermented grape juice and
wines. One case is given over to cinnamon, both the true
and the false, one to a large collection of spices, one to lico-
rice roots and various forms of refined licorice, and one case
to miscellaneous objects, including a series of those vegetable
products used in making soaps and insect powders.

The various exhibits have been supplemented by series of
plates, photographs or drawings in such cases as we have
been able to obtain them.

II. Systematic Museum. Three more or less indepen-
dent collections are now installed and make up the syste-
matic museum :

a. A general synoptic collection, arranged to illustrate the
vegetable kingdom from the lowest or most simply organized
plants to those most highly specialized.

(2 9 )

The foundation of this collection is a series of types con-
sisting primarily of a specimen of a plant, supplemented, when
possible, by a plate, drawing or photograph. These objects
stand against the backs of the cases. On the shelves in front
of these specimens are arranged other objects, either dry or in
fluid, as flowers, fruits, sections of wood and fossils, to further
illustrate the characteristics of the various groups.

In order to make the disposition of this, the largest and
most important collection on the second floor of the building,
as natural as possible and also convenient and intelligible
to the visiting public as well as to students, the exhibition
cases near the top of the staircase by which most of the vis-
itors reach the second floor, were selected as the starting
point for the series of types. Here are located the most
lowly organized plants, whence the gradually more complex
groups follow, in a general way, the walls of the building, un-
til the most highly organized plants are reached at the head
of the staircase by which visitors naturally leave the floor.

The present installation is as follows : One case (the first)
contains the myxomycetes or slime-moulds. The seven
cases following this are devoted to that vast group the algae
or sea-weeds. Seven cases following these contain the var-
ious groups of the fungi. Three cases are devoted to the
lichens, two to the hepatics, four to the mosses, three to the
pteridophytes, three to the gymnosperms, six to the mono-
cotyledons and thirty-six to the dicotyledons.

b. The Local Flora. In this collection it is intended to
show a specimen of each species known to grow naturally
within ioo miles of New York City. In cases where it is
undesirable or impossible to use the plant itself, the species
is represented by a plate, photograph or drawing. This col-
lection occupies the swinging frames which are placed so as
to correspond in a general way to the sequence of the cases
of the synoptic collection.

In this local collection most of the myxomycetes or slime-
moulds, some of the algae, most of the lichens, the hepatics,
the sphagna, the mosses and many of the pteridophytes and
spermatophytes have been installed.

(3o)

c. The Microscopic Exhibit.* This unique exhibit, both
conceived and presented by Mr. William E. Dodge, has been
temporarily installed in the hall of the west wing, and at
present consists of twenty-four microscopes of special design
mounted, by pairs, on twelve specially built oak stands. As
this collection occupies a hall otherwise containing only
cryptogams, it was decided to restrict the objects shown by
the microscopes to specimens selected from the plants below
the spermatophytes ; thus the microscopic exhibit enables the
visitor to see the minute structure of the principal groups of
the lower plants, from the myxomycetes or slime-moulds to
the ferns inclusive. Each microscope is accompanied by an
explanatory label referring to the object shown by the instru-
ment.

4. Labelling. The printing press and outfit added to our
equipment last winter has been of great service. The print-
ing of labels has continued nearly throughout the year and
the specimens of each exhibit, or some of them, have been fur-
nished with labels giving the data that each one calls for.

Labelling a museum in this way, i.e., by printing each
label from loose type, is necessarily a relatively slow process,
but it is the only satisfactory way to secure an instructive label,
and to say the least, it is the only way to maintain a present-
able exhibit. To partially overcome the conditions resulting
from this way of labelling, especially in order to make the
museum of use to students and of interest to the public gener-
ally, as soon as possible, it lias been our plan to label small
exhibits quite thoroughly, while in the case of large exhibits
a certain number of labels are first scattered through the
collection and then the gaps are filled out as soon as possible.

A large label is being placed at the top of each museum
case in the economic museum so that a visitor can see at a
glance what each case contains.

Each family represented in the synoptic museum is being
furnished with a label giving information relative to the size

* For detailed descriptions of this exhibit, see Journal of the New York
Botanical Garden, 1 : 139-141 and 168-169.

(3i)

of the family and the geographical distribution of its genera
and species.

Specimens in both museums are being furnished with labels
referring to living plants in the conservatories and out-door
plantations.

5. Care of Collections. The newness of the museums
and the necessarily more or less incomplete exhibits, entailed
a great amount of moving and readjustment of whole exhibits
or individual specimens. Nearly all specimens, subject to the
ravages of insects, have been poisoned with carbon bisulphide,
chloroform or mercuric chloride, according to the nature of the
case. The specimens have repeatedly been cleaned and when-
ever it has been possible a better or more characteristic speci-
men has been substituted for a poorer one.

6. Uses of the Museums. Both the economic and syste-
matic museums have been used for some definite purpose by
individual students not connected with the Garden, classes
from various local schools, whole schools from both New
York City and Jersey City, and by the registered students of
the Garden as well as the generally interested or mere sight-
seeing public. In addition, manufacturers from other cities
have consulted different collections of our economic museum
from a commercial standpoint.

Herbaria.

1. General Accessions.* During the year 48,895 her-
barium specimens from all parts of the world were added to
our collections. These were acquired by gift, exchange and
purchase, as well as collected by members of the staff.

2. Mounting of Herbarium Specimens. About 67,650
sheets containing fully 112,050 specimens, were mounted and
distributed in the herbarium cases. We have now finished
mounting and distributing all the specimens belonging to the
Jaeger moss herbarium and the Ellis fungus herbarium.

3. Arrangement of the Herbaria. f The herbarium

* For a more extended account of the herbaria, see the Journal of the New
York Botanical Garden i : 33-38.

f For detailed list of accessions, see Journal of the New York Botanical
Garden 1 : nos. 1-12.

(32)

room is admirably suited to its purpose and is conveniently
divided into three long alcoves by two rows of pillars. Be-
tween one row of pillars and the east wall range the cases
containing the Garden herbarium, while between the other
row of pillars and the west wall stand the cases containing
the Columbia University Herbarium. The blocks of cases
are placed so as to permit walking completely around them.
Through the space between the two rows of pillars and across
the north end of the room facing large windows, are two
series of tables equidistant from both herbaria.

A herbarium library, being a series or duplicate books from
the main library, has been deposited in the herbarium room.
Here are kept such books as are constantly needed in connec-
tion with herbarium work, thus effecting a saving of time
that would need be expended were it necessary to constantly
consult the main library on numerous minor yet important
points.

a. Garden Herbarium. This collection is rapidly gaining
in value and importance. The specimens composing it have
been derived from available collections made during the past
few years, especially since the foundation of the Garden, from
all parts of the world, in addition to miscellaneous specimens
and many rare sets of plants of earlier collections fortunately
acquired through the accessions of the following collections

The J. B. Ellis herbarium.

The John J. Crooke herbarium.

The F. M. Hexamer herbarium.

The II. E. Hasse herbarium.

The Per A. Rydberg herbarium.

The Lewis R. Gibbcs herbarium.

The Peter V. LeKoy herbarium.

The Harry Edwards herbarium.

The Anna M. Vail herbarium.

The Francis E. Lloyd herbarium.

The whole, or such portions, of these collections as were
especially needed for study, have now been mounted and in-
corporated in the main herbaria.

At present the specimens belonging to theGarden herbarium

(33)

are almost equally divided in number between the cryptogams
and phanerogams.

b. Columbia Herbarium. Additions aggregating about
18,842 specimens were made to this collection during the
year. This great increase is due to the acquisition of the
Morong herbarium, which is now made a part of the Colum-
bia herbarium, by the action of the Trustees of Barnard Col
lege and Columbia University. A conservative estimate of
the contents of the Morong herbarium, is 18,000 specimens.

Fully 3,500 sheets, containing about 12,475 miscellaneous
specimens were mounted and have been distributed in the
cases. These additions are mainly from the Jaeger moss
herbarium, but otherwise they are selected and valuable
specimens and greatly increase the value of the collection
A comparsion of the contents of the Garden harbarium as
given above with the present contents of the Columbia her-
barium as shown in the following paragraph will show how
admirably the two herbaria supplement each other and form
together the largest collection in America.

The Columbia University herbarium was begun early in the
century by Dr. John Torrey, and contains the material upon
which his botanical writings, extending over half a century,
were based. On this as a foundation the present Columbia
herbarium was built. Mr. John J. Crooke enriched it by
two valuable collections ; the one that of Professor C. J.
Meisner, of Basle, Switzerland, and the other that of the late
Dr. A. W. Chapman, of Appalachicola, Florida. A few
years later the mosses, and many of the hepatics and lichens
accumulated by Mr. C. F. Austin, were incorporated in it,
while the quite recent acquisitions of great size and impor-
tance, are the famous collection of mosses brought together
from all parts of the world by the late Dr. J. G. Jaeger, of
Switzerland, and the Morong herbarium. To this ample
nucleus, Dr. Torrey's successor, Dr. N. L. Britton, while
professor at Columbia, and his associates, added continually
by securing collections from all parts of the globe, and by
special collecting trips to various parts of North and South
America.

(34)

4. Uses of the Herbaria. These collections have con-
stantly been used by members of the Garden staff, members
of the staff of the Department of Botany of Columbia Uni-
versity, and the students of both institutions, for research
work, and special investigations, for museum work, for the
comparison of specimens generally, and in connection with
the development of the Garden conservatories and Planta-
tions. They have also been used by responsible persons not
connected with either institution by permission of the Director-
in-chief. Many officers and students of other institutions both
in this country and abroad have consulted the collections.

5. Special Collections. At the request of the Professor
of Botany of Columbia University, we have undertaken the
preparation of two teaching herbaria, one for the Department
of Botany at Columbia and one for that of Barnard College.
These collections are to take the place of the herbaria of both
those institutions now in deposit at the Garden. Many spec-
imens have been selected from our duplicates and reserved
for these collections.

6. Assistance. The museum aids assigned to my de-
partment have performed their duties faithfully, and the
hearty cooperation of other members of the staff has aided
much in advancing the work of this department.

Dr. Rydberg, Assistant Curator, has carried on the practical
work of the herbarium. Special and noteworthy aid has
been received from Mrs. N. L. Britton and Prof. L. M.
Underwood both in the direction and prosecution of mechan-
ical work, in connection with the groups of plants in which
they are respectively interested. Mrs. Britton as heretofore,
has taken charge of the mounting and distribution of the
specimens of mosses, while Professor Underwood has acted
in the same capacity during the mounting and distribution of
the specimens from the Ellis fungus herbarium.

Respectfully submitted,

T. K. Small,
Curator of the Museums and Herbarium.

(35)

REPORT OF THE CURATOR OF THE ECONOMIC

COLLECTIONS.
To the Director-in-Chief.

Sir: I have the honor to submit herewith my report as
Curator of the Economic Collections for the year 1900.

The year has been a successful one in this, as in the other
departments of the Garden, both as to the development of
the collections and the public interest which has been mani-
fested in them.

Since the presentation of my last report, nearly one-half
of our cases have been installed, and most of these are now
comfortably filled with exhibits. Detailed lists of these ex-
hibits have been regularly published in our Journal under
the title "Lists of Accessions." Further information upon
this subject has been incorporated in two articles published
in our Journal as follows: "The Economic Museum," Vol.
1, No. 8, August; "Exhibits in the Economic Museum,"
No. 9, September. Copies of these two articles are filed, to-
gether with this report. Reprints of the same have been
extensively and successfully utilized in affording informa-
tion to those who have been invited to contribute exhibits.

Most of the collections received during the past year rep-
resent donations, though extensive series have been received
in exchange from the Philadelphia Museums and Field
Columbian Museum of Chicago. The materials represent a
wide variety as to class. The different classes have been
separated into special cases or groups of cases, so that a
rough classification exists in the museum. This classifica-
tion, however, is still to be regarded as temporary. A final
and satisfactory one is not practicable until a larger portion
of the principal bulk shall have been secured, and deposited
in the cases. A great improvement, facilitating inspection
by the public, has been made by placing large signs upon
the tops of the cases, indicating the general nature of their
contents, such as "Sugars," " Starches," " Fixed Oils,"

(3«)

"Volatile Oils," etc. A large part of the individual exhibits
have already been labeled, though several hundred still remain
without their labels ; the manuscript for these labels is in the
hands of the printer.

The collection of local material in the vicinity of the Gar-
den has been small in amount during the past year, since the
greater part of these collections had already been made.

The exhibits which have been actually secured represent
only a portion of the year's work, for many exhibits, some of
them of great extent and importance, have been contracted
for, and are now either in course of preparation or awaiting
the convenience of those who have promised them. During
the last two months of the year, it has been extremly difficult
to obtain anything more than promises of future assistance,
the extensive business revival, and the duties pertaining to
the closing of the year, having left our friends with little
leisure to devote to the preparation of such special exhibits
as our interests require. Several of these expected exhibits
are worthy of special mention, as follows :

The preparation of the very large collection of drugs
promised from Messrs. Merck & Company of Darmstadt and
New York has been delayed, owing to the occurrence of the
Paris Exposition during the past year. Doctor Merck, the
head of the house, expressed a desire to personally superin-
tend the preparation of this exhibit for us, but, since he was
the President of the German section of the Paris Exposition,
he requested to be excused from undertaking our commission
until that enterprise should have ceased to occupy him.

That part of the exhibit promised by Messrs. Francis H.
Leggett & Company which relates to spices has been received,
and constitutes a prominent and highly instructive part of our
collections. It is hoped that other portions of this exhibit
will shortly be deposited in the museum.

The promised exhibit from the Crude Rubber Company
has not yet come to hand, although we have positive assur-
ance that its preparation is only temporarily delayed.

An extensive series of specimens representing the manu-

(37)

facture of spool cotton thread is in course of preparation by
the Clark Thread Works of Newark, New Jersey.

Messrs. Travers Brothers of New York have promised a
similar exhibit of rope and twine.

The Barbour Flax Company has donated a small collection
representative of the linen thread industry, and have promised
to replace it by a more extensive one, as leisure permits.

The department is also awaiting with great interest the ex-
tensive series of collections obtained by yourself upon your
recent visit to Paris.

An important step has this year been taken in the direction
of the special industrial exhibits, to which reference has been
made in previous reports, the Whiting Paper Company of
this City having offered to build for us a miniature paper mill,
provided that we will supply a suitable case for the same.
Mr. Whiting and his manager have together visited our
museum, and an agreement has been reached in regard to
this subject.

Arrangements have been partially made for securing two
other special exhibits of this character.

Respectfully submitted,

H. H. Rusby,
Curator of the Economic Collections.

(38)

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR OF THE LABORA-
TORIES.
To the Director-in-Chief.

Sir: I have the honor to present the following report for
the year ending January i, 1901 :

The appropriation of $2,000.00 granted by the Board of
Managers, January 8, 1900, for the equipment of the lab-
oratories has been expended in the purchase of additional
microscopes, apparatus and supplies demanded by the needs
of the investigators in various subjects. Such accessions
have been duly recorded in the lists published monthly in the
Journal.

In addition to the working outfit, the Garden has acquired
by gift from Mr. C. F. Cox of the Board of Managers, a col-
lection of old microscopes which will be arranged as a special
exhibit in the laboratories to illustrate the development of
this instrument during the last two hundred years.

Accommodations have been provided for a large number of
students, engaged in various lines of research under the guid-
ance of members of the staff. The increasing number of ap-
plicants for the privileges of the laboratories demands a mate-
rial enlargement of the equipment during the next year.
Some of the investigations undertaken have been finished and
their results have appeared in various publications of the
Garden and other journals. A number of botanists from
various parts of the country have made brief visits for the
purpose of consulting the collections or using the apparatus.
The following persons have duly registered for the full privi-
leges of the institution :

Howard J. Banker, A.B., Syracuse University, 1892.

May Banta, B.S., Wellesley College, 1SS9.

Alice Irene Barrett.

Frederick H. Blodgett, B.S., Rutgers College, 1897; M.S., l8 99-

Anna Priscilla Braislin, A.B., Vassar College, 1S97.

Louise Bruchmann, Normal College.

(39)

W. A. Cannon, A.B., Stanford University, 1900.

Elizabeth Carss, B.S., Cornell University, 1895.

Bertha McLane Dow.

Alice Dufour, PhB., Defiance College, 1S99.

Louise Brisbane Dunn, A.B., Columbia University, 18985 A.M.

1899.
Elon Howard Eaton, A. B., Rochester University, 1S90; A.M.,
^ 1893.

Charles Winthrop Gilman.
John R. Gardner, B.S., Fayette College, 1S90; C.E., Iowa State

College, 1894.
David Griffiths, B.S., Agricultural College, South Dakota, 1S92 ;

M.S. 1893; Ph.D., Columbia University, 1900.
Sarah H. Harlow, A.B., Wellesley College, 1891.
Roland McMillan Harper, B.E., University of Georgia, 1S97.
Tracy Elliot Hazen, A.B., University of Vermont, 1S97; Ph.D.,

Columbia University, 1900.
Nellie Priscilla Hewins, B.S., Cornell University, 1898; A.M.,

Columbia University, 1900.
Joseph Edward Kirkwood, A.B., Pacific University, 1S9S ; Grad-
uate student Princeton University, 189S-1899.
Elsie W. Kornmann, Normal College.
Elsie Kupfer, A.B., Columbia University, 1899.
Francis Ernest Lloyd, A.B., Princeton University, 1891 ; A.M.,

1895.

Delia W. Marble.

Rosina J. Rennert, A.B., Normal College, 1897.

Florence W. Slater, B.S., Cornell University, 1900.

Ada Watterson, A.B., Columbia University, 1S98; A.M., 1900.

Violette S. White.

Total number 28.

The custom has been instituted of holding a weekly con-
vention in the conference room of the laboratories, to which
all of the active botanists of the city are invited. The
results of investigations accomplished here and elsewhere are
presented, and the ensuing discussions are highly profitable.
Visiting botanists also deliver addresses occasionally upon in-
vitation. The record of subjects brought before the conven-
tion may be found in the Journal.

(40)

The Journal of the Garden, the publication of which was
authorized by the Board of Managers, Jan. 8, 1900, has
been issued monthly, and volume I, inclusive of the twelve
numbers from January to December, 1900, with an index, com-
prises viii + 213 pages, 5 plates and 25 figures. An effort
has been made to have the Journal give full information as to
the progress and development of the Garden in all of its de-
partments, call attention to any special activities of persons
connected with the institution, list all accessions, and publish
any matter which might be of interest to the members of the
Garden. The Journal thus becomes the historical record of
the Garden.

Meteorological stations were established in the Herbaceous
grounds, hemlock forest, and fruticetum, April 1, 1900, un-
der the terms of a special appropriation by the Board of
Managers. These stations not only serve to obtain the records
of temperature and rainfall necessary to systematic cultiva-
tion, but also furnish important data for the study of the in-
fluence of plant coverings and minor topographic features
upon climatic conditions.

Some explorations in the Priest River Forest Reserve in
Northern Idaho were carried on during July and August by
the aid of a grant from the exploration fund. Material as-
sistance in this work was rendered by Mr. Asa Bradrick of
Shelbyville, Indiana, and the forest rangers on duty in the
Reserve. A collection of the plants was made from which
several new species have been described. A small number
of seeds and living plants were obtained for the plantations.
Thermometric studies to determine the influence of minor
topography upon plant distribution, in extension of the work
carried on in the Garden and elsewhere by myself, were made
under the terms of a grant from the. American Association
for the Advancement of Science.

The undersigned had the honor to be appointed Acting
Director-in-Chief during the absence of Dr. N. L. Britton in
Europe, and the duties of that position were discharged from
Sept. 22nd to November 10th, 1900.

(40

Comprehensive articles upon the development and organi-
zation of the Garden have been published in Science and
Popular Science Monthly by invitation. Lectures have been
given under the auspices of several institutions and the re-
sults of work accomplished in the laboratories have been pre-
sented before various scientific societies. The manuscript of
an advanced text-book on Plant Physiology, which has been
under preparation for several years, has been completed, and
is now in the hands of the publisher.

Respectfully submitted,

D. T. MacDougal,
Director oj the Laboratories.

(42)

REPORT OF THE LIBRARIAN.
To the Director-in-Chief :

Dear Sir : I beg to submit the following report on the
Library, covering the period from January i, 1900, to Janu-
ary 1, 1901 :

The botanical library of Columbia University, which was
moved on the last days of December, 1899, has been com-
pletely shelved and the books have been sorted and classified
with those acquired by the Garden since 1896, so that both
libraries are arranged in one series, each volume, however,
being bookplated so as to be distinguishable. The books
were counted as soon as shelved and on February 1st, the
bound volumes numbered 7,117 with some 300 volumes at the
bindery. Of the vast amount of pamphlet literature, no ac-
count was taken. The last census of the books was taken
on December 29, 1900, show the numbering then to be
8,832: the increase for the year being 1,415 volumes. Of
these, 639 numbers, some of them pamphlets and separates,
were purchased by the Special Book Fund, the remainder
being acquired by gift or exchange.

The volumes for 1899 of the serial publications deposited
by Columbia University have been bound by the University
as far as they have been completed, and the Garden has
begun to bind these for 1900, in accordance with an agree-
ment between the two institutions.

The loose pamphlets and separates belonging to Columbia
University have been sorted and classified and 9 volumes of
them as well as a number of single separates have been
bound. It is planned to have them all bound ultimately, no
matter how small and insignificant.

A copyist has been steadily at work for two months, dupli-
cating the card catalogue of the books deposited by Columbia
University and about one-third of the catalogue is ready for use
and more than one-half of the books belonging to the Garden
are catalogued. A shelf list of the entire Library also has

(43)

been completed. It is estimated that about 4,000 catalogue
cards have been written for the Garden Library.

A most important and valuable addition to the Library was
made by the N. Y. Academy of Sciences, which, during the
early part of the summer, deposited the botanical portion of
its library at the Garden. About 265 volumes (some of them
pamphlets) were put on the shelves and the remainder, being
duplicates of books owned either by Columbia University or
by the Garden, were boxed and stored. Not the least im-
portant part of this library are 26 volumes of pamphlets, the
majority of which are out of print and difficult to obtain.

The files of the Bulletins and Reports of the U. S. Agri-
cultural Experiment Station have been steadily increased by
purchase and exchange. Attention has also been directed
to those branches of literature dealing with Horticulture,
Floriculture, Landscape Gardening and Forestry, and nu-
merous purchases have been made.

Accessions to the Library have been published Monthly in
the Journal.

List of Exchanges.
Institutions.
Agricultural Experiment Station, Auburn, Ala.

Uniontown, Ala.

tt

it

it

u

u

u

Tucson, Arizona.
Fayetteville, Ark.
Berkeley, Calif.
Fort Collins, Colo.
New Haven, Conn.
Storrs School, Conn.
Newark, Del.
Lake City, Fla.
Experiment, Ga.
Moscow, Idaho.
Urbana, 111.
Lafayette, Ind.
Ames, Iowa.
Manhattan, Kans.
Lexington, Ky.

(44)

Agricultural Experiment Station, Audubon Park, New Orleans,

La.

" " " Baton Rouge, La.

" " " Orono, Me.

» " " College Park, Md.

" " " Amherst, Mass.

» " " Agricultural College, Mich.

" " " St. Anthony Park, St. Paul,

Minn.

" " '< Agricultural College, Miss.

" " " Columbia, Mo.

" " " Bozeman, Montana.

" " " Lincoln, Nebr.

*' " " Reno, Nev.

" " " Fargo, N. Dak.

" " " Durham, N. H.

" " " New Brunswick, N. J.

" " " Mesilla Park, N. Mex.

" " " Geneva, N. Y.

" " " Ithaca, N. Y.

" « " Raleigh, N. C.

" " " Wooster, Ohio.

" " " Stillwater, Oklahoma.

'< " " Corvallis, Oregon.

« " " State College, Pa.

" " " Kingston, R. I.

** " " Clemson College, S. C.

« " " Brookings, S. Dak.

" " " Knoxville, Tenn.

" " " College Station, Texas.

" " " Logan, Utah.

" " " Burlington, Vt.

" " " Blacksburg, Va.

" " " Mor<jantown, W. Va.

«• " " Pullman, Washington.

" " " Madison, Wis.

" " " Laramie, Wyo.

Agricultural Department of the West Indies, Barbadoes, W. I.
American Museum of Natural History, New York City.
Bishop Museum, Honolulu, Hawaiian Ids.

(45)

Botanic Gardens, Sydney, New South Wales.
Botanic Institute, Stockholm, Sweden.
Botanical Department, Jamaica, West Indies.
Botanical Gardens, Cincinnati, Ohio.
Botanical Gardens, Trinidad, West Indies.
Botanical Garden of the University of Siena, Siena, Italy.
Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences.

California State Board of Horticulture, Sacramento, California.
Central Experiment Farm, Ottawa, Canada.
Clemson College and Experiment Station, Clemson College,
So. C.

Columbia University Library.
Denison University, Granville, Ohio.
Eli Lilly and Co., Indianapolis.

Field Columbian Museum, Jackson Park, Chicago, 111.
Geological and Natural Survey of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minn.
Geological Survey of Canada, Ottawa, Canada.
Geological Survey of Maryland, Baltimore, Md.
Herbier Boissier, Geneva, Switzerland.
Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.
Illinois State Laboratory, Urbana, 111.

Iowa State College of Agriculture and Mechanic Arts, Ames,
Iowa.

Jardin Botanique, Geneva, Switzerland.

Kew Gardens, London, England.

Royal Botanical Museum, Berlin, Germany.

Library of Oberlin College, Oberlin, Ohio.

Missouri Botanical Garden, St. Louis, Mo.

New York Public Library.

New York State Museum of Natural History, Albany, N. Y.

Ohio State University Naturalist.

Royal Botanical Garden, Glasnevin, Dublin, Ireland

Royal Botanical Garden, Calcutta, India.

Smith College, Northampton, Mass.

Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C.

U. S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C.

Office of Experiment Stations.

Division of Agrostology.

Division of Botany.

Division of Vegetable Pathology and Physiology.

(46)

Division of Soils.

Division of Forestry.

Weather Bureau and its 44 Sectional Departments.

Monthly Weather Review.
U. S. Geological Survey, Washington, D. C.
U. S. Department of State; Publications of the Bureau of
Foreign Commerce.

University Library, Upsala, Sweden.
Victoria Gardens, Bombay, India.

Societies.

Academia National de Ciencas en Cordoba, Buenos Aires.

Academie Imperiale des Sciences, St. Petersburg, Russia.

Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, Pa.

American Association for the Advancement of Science.

American Rose Society, New York.

Appalachian Mountain Club, Boston, Mass.

Biological Society, Washington, D. C.

Botanischer Verein, Landshut, Bavaria, Germany.

Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences, Buffalo, N. Y.

California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, Calif.

Cincinnati Society of Natural History, Cincinnati, Ohio.

Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences, New Haven, Conn.

Davenport Academy of Sciences, Davenport, Iowa.

Edinburgh Botanical Society, Edinburgh, Scotland.

Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society, Chapel Hill, N. C.

Indiana Horticultural Society, Indianapolis, Ind.

Instituto Medico Nacional, Mexico City, Mexico.

K. K. Zool. Bot. Gesellshaft, Vienna, Austria.

Kansas Academy of Sciences, Topeka, Kans.

Massachusetts Horticultural Society, Boston, Mass.

Minnesota Horticultural Society, Minneapolis, Minn.

Michigan Horticultural Society, Lansing, Michigan.

Natural Science Association of Staten Island, New Brighton.

Naturforschende Gesellschaft, Zurich, Switzerland.

New England Botanical Club (" Rhodora"), Boston, Mass.

New York Academy of Sciences, Flatbush, N. Y.

New York Farmers.

New York Zoological Society.

Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio.

47)

Pennsylvania Forestry Association, Philadelphia, Penna.
Philadelphia Mycological Center, Philadelphia, Penna.
Rochester Academy of Sciences, Rochester, N. Y.
St. Louis Academy of Natural Sciences, St. Louis, Mo.
Sociedade Broteriana, Jardin Botanique, Coimbra, Portugal.
Sociedade Cientifica, Argentina, Buenos Ayres, La Plata, So. A.
Societe Botanique, Brussels, Belgium.
Societe Botanique, Luxemburg, Belgium.

Societe Botanique, " Dodonea," University of Ghent, Belgium.
Societe des Naturaliste Luxembourgeois, " Fauna," Luxem-
bourg, Gd. Duchy of Luxembourg.

Torrey Botanical Club, New York City.

Wisconsin Academy of Arts and Sciences, Madison, Wis.

Washington Academy of Sciences, Washington, D. C.

Journals.
American Agriculturist, New York City.
American Florist, Chicago, 111.
American Gardening, New York City.
American Journal of Pharmacy, Philadelphia, Penna.
American Microscopical Society Journal, Washington, D. C.
Bolletino del R. Orto Botanico di Palermo, Palermo, Italy.
Bolletino del R. Orto Botanico di Siena, Siena, Italy.
Botanisches Centralblatt and Beihefte, Cassel, Germany.
Botanical Gazette, Chicago, 111.
Botaniska Notiser, Lund, Sweden.
Bulletin of Pharmacy, Detroit, Mich.
Florist's Exchange, New York.
Gardening, Chicago, 111.

Journal of Applied Microscopy, New York City.
Journal of Pharmacology, New York City.
Median's Monthly, Germantown, Penna.
Muhlenbergia, Lancaster, Penn.
Nuova Notarisia, Padua, Italy.
Park and Cemetary, Chicago, 111.
Pharmaceutical Record, New York City.
Pharmaceutical Review, Milwaukee, Wis.
Revue Bryologique, Cahan, Athis, France.
Rural New Yorker, New York City.
The Plant World, Washington, D. C.
Science, New York City.

(48)

Vick's Illustrated Monthly Magazine, Rochester, N. Y.
Zoe.

Periodicals Subscribed for by the Garden.

Biologisches Centralblatt, Leipzig, Germany.
Centralblatt fur Bacteriologie, Jena, Germany.
Nature, London, England.
Popular Science Monthly, New York City.
The Forester, Washington, D. C.

Periodicals Subscribed for by Columbia University and
Deposited at the Garden.

Allgemeine Botanische Zeitschrift, Karlsruhe, Germany.
Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Botanique, Paris, France.
Beitriige zur Wissentschaftlichen Botanik, Stuttgart, Germany.
Bibliotheca Botanica, Stuttgart, Germany.
Botanische Jahrbucher, Leipzig, Germany.
Flora, Marburg, Germany.
The Garden, London, England.
Gardener's Chronicle, London, England.

Jahrbucher fur Wissenschaftliche Botanik, Leipzig, Germany.
Baumgarten's Jahresbericht, Braunschweig, Germany.
Botanische Zeitung, Leipzig, Germany.
Just's Botanischer Jahresbericht, Leipzig, Germany.
Botanisches Centralblatt und Beihefte, Cassel, Germany.
Curtis' Botanical Magazine, London, England.
Berichte der Deutsche Botanische Gesellschaft, Berlin, Germany.
Journal de Botanique, Paris, France.
Linnean Society, Botany, Journal, London, England.
Linnean Society, Botany, Transactions, London, England.
Malpighia, Genoa, Italy.
• Societe Botanique de France, Paris, France.
Societe Mycologique, Bulletin, Paris, France.
Societe Royale de Botanique de Belgique, Bulletin, Brussels,
Belgium.

Zeitschrift fiir Pflanzenkunde, Stuttgart, Germany.

Periodicals Received in Exchange by The Torrey Botanical
Club and Deposited by Columbia University at the

Garden.

American Gardening, New York City.

American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia, Penna.

(49)

Annals of Botany, London, England.

Asa Gray Bulletin, Tacoma Park, D. C.

Botanical Gazette, Chicago, 111.

Forest Leaves, Philadelphia, Penna.

Hedwigia, Dresden, Germany.

Bulletin of the Illinois Laboratory of Natural Science, Spring-
field, 111.

Bulletin of the Natural History Laboratories of Iowa University,
Iowa Citv, la.

Bulletin of the Botanical Department of Jamaica, Jamaica, W.I.

Botanisk Tidsskrift, Copenhagen, Denmark.

Botaniska Notiser, Lund, Sweden.

California Academy of Sciences, Proceedings, San Francisco,
Calif.

Canadian Record of Sciences, Montreal.

Columbus Horticultural Society, Columbus, Ohio.

Bulletin of the Scientific Laboratories of Denison University,
Granville, Ohio.

Deutsche Botanische Monatsschrift, Arnstadt, Germany.

Journal of Botany, London, England.

Bulletin of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, England.

Linnean Fern Bulletin, Binghampton, N. Y.

Massachusetts Horticultural Society, Boston, Mass.

Monatsschrift fur Kacteenkunde, Neudamm, Germany.

Notizblatt des K. K. Botanischen Gartens, Berlin, Germany.

Nuova Notarisia, Padua, Italy.

Osterreichische Botanische Zeitschrift, Vienna, Austria.

Ottawa Naturalist, Ottawa, Canada.

Pharmaceutical Archives, Milwaukee, Wis.

Pharmaceutical Review, Milwaukee, Wis.

Plant World, Washington, D. C.

Revue Generate de Botanique, Paris, France.

Revue Mycologique, Toulouse, France.

Rome, Annuario del R. Institutio Botanico, Italy.

Journal of the Royal Microscopical Society, London, England.

St. Petersburg Botanical Garden (Acta Hort. Petrop.), St.
Petersburg, Russia.

Sociedade Broteriana, Coimbra, Portugal.

Societa Botanica Italiana, Bulletino, Florence, Italy.

Tokio Botanical Society, Botanical Magazine, Tokio, Japan.

(50)

Trinidad, Bulletin of Miscellaneous Information, Trinidad, W. I.
Vienna, Zoologisch-Botanische Gesellschaft, Verhandlungen,

Vienna, Austria. tx .

Proceedings of the^oston Society of Natural History, Boston,

Mass.

Respectfully submitted,

Anna Murrey Vail,

Librarian.

(SO

REPORT OF THE CURATOR OF THE PLANTA-
TIONS.
To the Director-in-Chief.

Dea?' Sir : I have the honor to submit herewith my report
as Curator of the Plantations for the year just closed :

During the period covered by this report the collections
under my control have made much progress, both in growth
and in their better display and arrangement. In the matter of
growth, many additions have been made, something over 6,000
specimens having been received. This increase is especially
marked in the collections of tropical and other tender plants
which are many times larger than formerly. The frutice-
tum also claims a prominent place in the line of improvement,
many species new to this tract having been installed, derived
from our own nurseries or from outside sources. This, to-
gether with the other plantations, will be treated more in de-
tail under the sections of this report.

A large number of plants have also been obtained from
seeds secured from various sources. About 2,000 packets
have come in during the course of the year, mainly by gift
or in exchange. Many of these were of hardy plants for the
outdoor plantations and were sown in the nursery ; a fair
proportion germinated and developed into plants which have
been transplanted, mainly to the herbaceous grounds. Some
of the seeds intended for the conservatory collections have
also been sown, many of them have germinated, and inter-
esting results are expected from a number of plants thus de-
rived. The remainder of the conservatory seeds are await-
ing the completion of the range of propagating houses ; at
such time these will be sown, and as many of them are of
plants unusual in cultivation it is hoped that many valuable
additions will be derived from this source.

The installation of show labels has been prosecuted to the
fullest extent made possible under the circumstances, over
2,000 have been manufactured and placed in position. Af-
ter considerable experimenting, a system of lettering with

(52)

rubber type and adjustable lettering-frames has been devised
which gives a rapid, cheap and legible result, all desirable
features in a label. The value and importance of this feat-
ure of labeling in emphasizing the educational aspect of our
collections is continually borne in mind, and is fully appre-
ciated by the visiting public. The matter of providing all
plants with record labels is also of much importance, and has
been found of great assistance to us in the past. These labels
have been made much more efficient by allotting to each a
given number, our accession book giving under the same
number all available data in reference to the plant. The
copper label which we have used on the shrubs and small
trees for several years is employed for this purpose and is
proving very satisfactory. It is pendant from a wire inserted
along the edge of the pot in the rear, and so entirely hidden,
thus reducing to a minimum the chance of a mixture of labels
by some too inquisitive visitor. It far excels the zinc label
formerly used for this purpose. It is hardly necessary to
state that the card catalogue of the plants in cultivation is still
maintained, its usefulness having been so fully demonstrated
in the past. The data from our accession book are being
transferred to it as fast as possible. The herbarium of culti-
vated plants is increasing, many specimens having been
added. This will increase more rapidly in the future now
that our conservatory collections are growing so rapidly.

In my report for 1899 were given full lists of all the species
under cultivation. The preparation of such lists involves
much labor and time and to be effective should be approxi-
mately complete. Owing to the large accessions of the past
six months much time has been consumed in properly record-
ins: and installing; such additions. This has rendered it im-
possible to determine many of the plants which have come to
us without names, and to properly verify some names about
which there is considerable suspicion. It would of course be
impossible to incorporate such unnamed material, and for
this reason a list made at this time would necessarily be in-
complete, and would give an erroneous idea as to the size and

(53)

composition of our collections. It has been thought best,
therefore, to defer the making of such lists, if they are desir-
able, until such time as this important matter of determina-
tion of the plants can be given due consideration. I would
state, however, that every available moment is beino- o-iven

to to

to the stud}- of the collections and their proper naming. If,
however, it is desired that such lists be prepared now, such
data as are at hand may be tabulated.

In treating the collections more in detail, those which
claim our attention first on account of their remarkable
growth are those installed in the

Conservatories.

This range of houses went into operation in June, and the
task of securing plants to fill them at once commanded our
attention. The collections which had been accumulating in

to

the green houses at Columbia University for the past few
years were transferred under my direction to their new home
toward the latter part of June. While these were of consid-
erable size and filled their old quarters, in the new houses
there was ample room for growth after their installation. It
seemed a formidable task to secure plants to fill this large area,
but much to our gratification a large part of this task was soon
accomplished. This happy result was brought about largely
by the kindness and generosity of our members, and of other
friends, who presented us with many plants and in some
cases large collections, thus greatly lightening the work.
Exchanges with other institutions have been arranged and
consummated by which many other desirable plants have
been secured. Most of the larger gifts of plants and those
secured by exchange were packed, shipped and installed
under my . personal supervision, and it affords me great
pleasure to state that but a small percentage were damaged
in transit, although some of them were moved several hun-
dred miles, and the last accession as late as December, when
the danger from cold was an additional menace.

During the past year 3,659 plants have been added to the

(54)

collections in the conservatories, these representing many-
families, species and varieties, natives of many and distant
lands, a large percentage of them new to our collections.

The label used here, and which has been very successful
thus far, is made of sheet zinc and painted gray. A lip is
provided on the upper surface and this is bent back and in-
serted in the pot or tub, bringing the top of the label flush
with the rim of the pot, so that no part of the plant is ob-
scured, an important advantage in the labeling of specimens.
As in the other plantations, the label is designed to give the
common and botanical names of each plant and its native
country, but here, in addition to these, is given the name of
the family to which the plant belongs, and also, if it has been
a gift, the name of the donor. These labels are of two sizes,
the larger one for tubs and large pots ; of the larger size
92, and of the smaller 872, have been placed in position,
making a total of 964.

The collections have been in great part grouped according to
families, making their comparative study much easier, and ren-
dering them much more available for purposes of instruction.

Herbaceous Grounds.

Much has also been accomplished in this plantation. Sev-
eral new beds have been added, made necessary by the
growth and needs of plants already installed and by the ad-
dition of new ones. The collections arranged here must
from the nature of things be changeable, their complexion
varying from year to year. Many plants are unable to stand
our climate but for a year or two and then die out, while
others show the utmost vigor, evidencing wonderful adapta-
bility for decorative planting. About 1,000 specimens have
been added during the year, and of these many are new to the
collections or have replaced those which have succumbed to
our climate or other adverse conditions. Of the wooden show
label used in this tract 817 were made and installed for the
individual plants, and 19 family signs were also placed in
position. This beautiful area is attracting added attention

(55)

from year to year, and is certainly destined to be one of
great interest during the summer months, due not alone to its
instructive features, but also to its natural charm.

Fruticetum.

Decided progress can also be recorded in the collection of

shrubs. Many of the beds have been considerably enlarged

to accommodate the growing representation of the respective

families allotted to them, and some entirely new beds have

been opened, these being required in several instances for

families new to the collection. There are now in this area

over 1,000 shrubs, about 350 of which were incorporated this

year, illustrating 50 families, about 118 genera, and 455

species and varieties. Of these 3 families and 125 species

and varieties are new to the collection. Two hundred and

twenty-four show labels have been added here during the

year.

Arboretum.

Some planting has been done here, especially in the line
of willows and poplars in the southern end of the tract. Any
great development in this tract, however, must await the com-
pletion of roads and paths, as their construction after the
planting of trees is most disastrous, this fact being fully
demonstrated for the past few weeks during the course of
road-making in progress on portions of the arboretum site
where young trees had been set out, these in many cases be-
ing much damaged by the unavoidable carting and hauling.
Much material is being accumulated in the nurseries and
borders, however, in preparation for active operations as soon
as circumstances will permit. A large number of species of
both deciduous and evergreen trees are making very satisfac-
tory progress in the nursery plantations.

The tree label, upon which a report was submitted last
year, still proves satisfactory. Many of them have now been
exposed to the inclemencies of our variable climate for over
15 months, no repairs whatever having been made to them
in the mean time, and I am glad to report that they are
standing the test admirably.

(56)

Viticetum.

A number of species new to the collection have been added
here, and the available space for many of the families is ex-
hausted. It will be necessary to provide additional arbor
room to properly accommodate more material.

Nurseries and Borders.

The material collected for several years in the area desig-
nated as the west nursery was in great part removed during
the past fall, much of it being transplanted to the borders
and extending their area to a considerable degree. Other
portions were transferred to the new nursery, a continuation
of what was formerly called the east nursery, and which is
still retained. As stated above, there are many species of
trees here which will soon be in a condition to transplant, and
these will largely add to the interest and value of the arbo-
retum, both deciduous and evergreen.

The nurseries and borders are divided into sections which
are consecutively numbered. The plants in these sections,
and their section number, are being recorded as fast as pos-
sible, so that it will soon be possible to locate definitely any
plant desired.

Respectfully submitted,

Geo. V. Nash,
Curator of the Plantations.

(57)

REPORT OF THE HEAD GARDENER.

To the Director-ix-Chief.

Sir: I have the honor to present to you the following re-
port as Head Gardener for the past 3'ear. The work accom-
plished will be a memorable one in the history of the Garden.
In the first place, the main front and part of the lateral range
of the horticultural buildings have been completed, and, to
the astonishment of ourselves and the public, are already
pretty well filled with plants, nearly all donations.

Many of these were given because their owners could no
longer accommodate them, having grown too large for pri-
vate greenhouses ; others have been presented out of pure
love to do something for the benefit of the Garden, and the
appreciation is shown by the great number of visitors availing
themselves of the opportunity of seeing the progress of the
development here. Interest is particularly shown in the
naming of all the plants, their arrangement, classification,
native habitats and family relations, this being entirely differ-
ent from the indiscriminate staging of plants in an ordinary
greenhouse arranged for display only.

The propagating houses are also about finished, as far as
the present contract calls for ; these will be used for the
sowing of seeds, and growing of all young plants that may be
collected in future, preparatory to planting in the near-by nur-
series, or for the furnishing of permanent plants for the large
horticultural houses ; this will leave the main range for its
legitimate use, that is, only specimen plants will be grown,
and not too many of one species. It is proposed also to de-
vote a liberal space to the students for experimental purposes.
The heating is by the hot water system, which will be
operated in a large, convenient cellar, where there is ample
room for the storage of coal, bulbs, roots, soil and other re-
quisites. The potting shed is a model in its way, having
more benches and other conveniences than many commercial
places.

(58)

The work of draining, removing rocks, grading, road
making, and preparing the ground for permanent lawns has
been pushed along as rapidly as the available labor force
would permit.

Two of the main lawns have been graded and sown ; these
are already beginning to have a permanent look, having
been cut with the scythe and lawn-mower several times.

The terraces on the southeast and southwest of the Mu-
seum Building are finished and greatly improve the approach
to the two wings.

The paths running nearly parallel to the main driving
road are well under way, and the coming spring will make
them available for the use of the public.

The rounded grass terrace east of the main drive leading
from the Boulevard was sodded just before frost; at the
foot of this there is a grass gutter to carry the water to a
catch basin at the foot of the hill, this doing its work admirably
during a recent heavy rain as soon as finished.

The border north and south of the new station on the Har-
lem Railroad has been remodeled, the two loops lengthened
and made to correspond with the wide approach from the
station on entering the grounds.

Quite a quantity of shrubs have been planted in the way
of groups on the main lawns.

Rhododendrons and azaleas were planted on the precipi-
tous slopes south of the upper lake last spring. If these
prove a success, it is intended to plant the whole of the slope
in future with this class of plants. The expectation is that
the shade of the deciduous trees growing naturally and the
northern aspect will afford conditions favorable to their wel-
fare ; so far they have grown better than we expected.

The two former swamps are being transformed into lakes,
by building a dam at the lower end near the Bronx River ;
the difference in level of the lakes will be about two feet.
A permanent road is being built between them. The two
varieties of yews planted on the ridge northwest of the her-
baceous grounds, have flourished beyond expectation. A

(59)

new border between the power house and the southern
boundary has been plowed, and planted with trees and shrubs.
All of the trees, shrubs and herbaceous beds have had a
coating of rotted manure ; also the lawns.

The long rose bed that will form one of the boundaries of
the future Mosholn Parkway approach has been a great suc-
cess, although planted late last spring. Quite a number of
tender, and monthly roses were planted along with the hybrid
perpetuals. These have all been very carefully 'mulched to
ensure their living through the winter.

Respectfully submitted,

Samuel Henshaw,

Head Gardener.

(6o)

SCHEDULE OF EXPENDITURES DURING 1900 UNDER
APPROPRIATIONS MADE BY THE BOARD OF

MANAGERS.

City Maintenance Account, $40,000.00

Salaries and Labor.

Appropriated 33 ,645 . 23

Expended 33,645.23

Supplies and Repairs.

Appropriated 6,354. 77

Expended 6.354.73

Total Expended 39>999-96

Balance .04

Garden Accounts.
Equipment of the Laboratories.

Appropriated 2,000.00

Expended 1,999.71

Balance .29

Museum and Herbarium Material.

Appropriated 3, 750.00

Transferred from Circulars Inviting Member-
ship 1 1 .00

Transferred from Operation of Temporary

Greenhouse 26. 75 3.7S7.75

Expended 3 . 5 S 6 . 9 6

Transferred to Grading Water Supply and

Drainage 200.00 3,786.96

Balance .79

Library.

Appropriated 1 ,400.00

Transferred fromLectures 1S.69 1 . jiS.69

Expended 1.41S.03

Balance .66

(6i)

Publications.

Appropriated r ,075 .00

Transferred from Circulars Inviting mem-

bership 83-41

Transferred from Rent of Temporary Office 35-oo 2,093.(1

Expended " 2,093.29

Balance \ \ ~ 2

Exploration and Collection.

Appropriated $1 ,000. 00

Expended 991.86

Balance 8.14

Lectures.

Appropriated S50.00

Expended S3 1 .3 1

Transferred to Library 1S.69 850.00

Contingent Fund.

Appropriated 1 , 650.00

Expended 1 ,649.9 1

Balance .09

PurcJiase of Plants.

Appropriated 1 , 200.00

Expended 977.81

Transferred to Grading Water Supply and

Drainage 200.00 1,177.81

Balance 22.19

Engineering Advice.

Appropriated 200.00

Expended 1 96.75

Balance 3.25

Special Assistance.

Appropriated 950.00

Expended 944.10

Balance 5.90

(62)

Circulars Inviting Membership.

Appropriated 625.00

Expended 53°-59

Transferred to Publications 83.41

Transferred to Museum and Herbarium

Material 11.00 625.00

Operation of Temporary Greenhouse.

Appropriated 200.00

Expended r 73 • 2 5

Transferred to Museum and Herbarium

Material 26.75 200.00

Telephone Cable.

Appropriated ,. 147.20

Expended 147.20

Meteorological Equipment.

Appropriated 140.00

Expended 140.00

Rent of Temporary Office.

Appropriated 140.00

Expended 105.00

Transferred to Publications 35.00 140.00

Equipment of Stable.

Appropriated 300.00

Expended 297.28

Balance 2 • 7 3

Insurance.

Appropriated 425.00

Expended 418.2

Balance 6.80

Grading, Water Supply and Drainage.

Appropriated 5>75°-°°

Transferred from Museum and Herbarium

Materia 1 200.00

(6 3 )

Transferred from Purchase of Plants 200.00 6,150.00

Expended 6,143.95

Balance 6.0^

Telephone Construction.

Appropriated 100.00

Expended 100.00

Model of Fountain.

Appropriated 200.00

Expended 200.00

Total appropriated for Garden Accounts 23,002.20

Total expended for Garden Accounts 22,945.20

Balance 57-°°

Special Garden Accounts.
Ellis Fund.

Balance from 1S99 940.00

Expended 940.00

Microscope Fund.

Subscribed by Mr. William E. Dodge 665.50

Expended 665 .50

Conservatory Fund.

Subscribed 2,135.00

Expended 7 1 0, 44

Balance 1,324.56

Special Book Fund.

Subscribed 1899 4,950.00

Expended 1899 1,916.65

Expended 1900 2 >395- 28 4>3 XI -93

Balance 638.07

Total expenditures from funds of

the Garden $27,656.42

(6 4 )
REPORT OF THE SCIENTIFIC DIRECTORS.

(Presented and accepted January 14, igoi.)

To the Board of Managers,

New York Botanical Garden.
Gentlemen : I have the honor to submit herewith the re-
port of the Board of Scientific Directors for the year now

closing.

The Scientific Directors have held two meetings. At the
meeting of April 9, 1900, Dr. Henry H. Rusby was elected
a Scientific Director, subject to confirmation by the Board of
Managers. This confirmation was subsequently given.

Plans were approved for quite extended botanical explora-
tion and investigation by various attaches of the Garden dur-
ing the summer of 1900, which plans have been since carried
out. In this way important work has been done along the
Atlantic coast and in Bermuda by Dr. Marshall A. Howe ;
in Wyoming by Dr. Carlton C. Curtis ; in northern Idaho by
Dr. D. T. MacDougal ; on the shores of the Gulf of Mexico
and in the Mississippi Delta by Professor Francis E. Lloyd,
and in southeastern Colorado by Dr. P. A. Rydberg.

Mr. Cornelius Van Brunt was appointed Honorary Floral
Photographer to the Garden, and provision was made for
vacations for the officers of the Garden.

The second meeting was held November 21, 1900. In the
meantime Dr. Britton, the Director-in-Chief, had visited the
Paris Exposition and had attended various botanical convoca-
tions as a representative of the Garden. In connection with
his trip both at Paris and at other botanical centres in Europe,
Dr. Britton succeeded in procuring a great quantity of scien-
tific material for our collections, a detailed report regarding
which was submitted to the Board of Scientific Directors at
this meeting.

In general, regarding the work of the year, I may state
that the courses of instruction have been firmly established
and have drawn a body of students numbering about twenty

(6 5 )

at the present time. It is gratifying to note that they come
from various institutions, Columbia University being repre-
sented by only about one quarter of the number. The green-
houses have been installed and creditably filled with plants
by means of gifts and subscriptions. The portions of the
Garden devoted to herbs and shrubs have made very gratify-
ing progress and now present most important opportunities for
study and instruction. The same is true of the arboretum.
The scientific work of the Garden, both as regards instruc-
tion and investigation, has now been successfully inaugurated
and is in the full discharge of those activities for which it
was created.

Respectfully,

Seth Low,
Chairman .

(66)

REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE ON PATRONS,
FELLOWS AND MEMBERS.

(Presented and Accepted January 14, igoi.)

To the Board of Managers of the New York Bo-
tanical Garden.

Gentlemen :

The number of new annual members who have qualified
during the past year is 160.

The total number of annual members is now 837.

Of these 25 are in arrears for dues for 1900 ; 4 are in
arrears for dues for 1899 and 1900 ; 4 are in arrears for dues
for 1898, 1899 and 1900, and 2 are in arrears for dues for
1897, 1898, 1899 and 1900.

Annual dues have been collected to the amount of $8,160,
which has been transmitted to the Treasurer as received.

Seventeen persons have qualified as life members by the
payment of $100 each. These sums have been transmitted
to the Treasurer for credit to the Endowment Fund.

A complete list of Patrons, Fellows, Life Members and
Annual Members to date is herewith submitted.

New York, January 14, 1901.

Patrons.

Hon. Addison Brown, J. Pierpont Morgan,

Andrew Carnegie, *Oswald Ottendorfer,

Columbia College, James R. Pitcher,

*James M. Constable, J°hn D. Rockefeller,

•Hon. Chas. P. Daly, William Rockefeller,

Wm. E. Dodge, Wm. C. Schermerhorn,

Geo. J. Gould, Jas. A. Scrymser,

Helen M. Gould, Samuel Sloan,

Mrs. Esther Herrman, *Cornelius Vanderbilt,

John S. Kennedy, Mrs. Antoinette Eno Wood,
D. O. Mills,
*Decea6ed.

Mrs. Melissa P. Dodge,
*C. P. Huntington,
David B. Ivison,
Morris K. Jesup,
John Innes Kane,

(6 7 )
Fellows.

Hon. Seth Low,
*F. F. Thompson,
Samuel Thorne,
Tiffany & Co.,
H. C. von Post.

Life Members.

Edward D. Adams,

Mrs. James Herman Aldrich,

Richard H. Allen,

Samuel P. Avery,

Samuel D. Babcock,

George V. N. Baldwin,

Dr. John Plendley Barnhart,

Samuel R. Betts,

Geo. C. Boldt,

Geo. S. Bowdoin,

*Frederic Bronson,

E. D wight Church,

Geo. C. Clarke,

Banyer Clarkson,

Mrs. Wm. Combe,

Theodore Cooper,

Melville C. Day,

Miss Julia L. Delafleld,

Maturin L. Delafield, Jr.

Miss Ethel Dubois,

Miss Katharine DuBois,

Wm. A. DuBois,

Mrs. John Dwight,

Newbold Edgar,

George Ehret,

David L. Einstein,

Ambrose K. Ely,

Amos F. Eno,

Edward J. Farrell,

Andrew Fletcher,

* Deceased.

Chas. R. Flint,

Col. Dr. Lancey Floyd-Jones,

James B. Ford,

Mrs. Theodore Kane Gibbs,

James J. Goodwin,

J. B. M. Grosvenor,

Bernard G. Gunther,

Frederic R. Halsey,

H. O. Havemeyer,

Very Rev. E. A. Hoffman,

Geo. B. Hopkins,

Archer M. Huntington,

Frank D. Hurtt,

Adrian Iselin,

Theo. F. Jackson,

Dr. E. G. Janeway,

Miss Annie B. Jennings,

Walter R. T. Jones,

W. B. Kunhardt,

Eugene Kelly, Jr.,

Mrs. George Lewis,

W. H. Lewis, Jr.,

Joseph Loth,

David Lydig,

Wm. H. Macy, Jr.,

Edgar L. Marston,

A. G. Mills,

Roland G. Mitchell,

John G. Moore,

A. Lanfear Norrie,

(68)

Gordon Norrie,
Geo. M. Olcott,
Geo. Foster Peabody,
James Tolman Pyle,
M. Taylor Pyne,
Geo. W. Quintard,
Jacob Monroe Rich,
II. H. Rogers,
Reginald H. Sayer,
Edward C. Schaefer,
Mrs. I. Blair Scribner,
Isaac N. Seligman,
Francis L. Stetson,

Anson Phelps Stokes,

Miss C. Phelps Stokes,

Miss Olivia E. Phelps Stokes,

Charles G. Thompson,

Robert M. Thompson,

Wm. Stewart Tod,

Spencer Trask,

Miss Susan Travers,

F. T. Van Beuren,

Dr. Henry Freeman Walker,

F. N. Warburg,

John I. Waterbury,

John D. Wing.

Annual Members.

Dr. Robert M. Abbe,

Ernest Kempton Adams,

A. G. Agnew,

Mrs. Cornelius R. Agnew,

Miss Elizabeth Agnew,

R. Percy Alden,

John E. Alexandre,

C. L. Allen,

Dr. Timothy F. Allen,

William C. Alpers,

Bernard G. Amend,

John A. Amundson,

J. M. Andreini,

J. Sherlock Andrews,

John D. Archbold,

James Armstrong,

Dr. Edmund S. F. Arnold,

Francis B. Arnold,

Reginald H. Arnold,

John Aspinwall,

Theo. Aub,

Mrs. H. D. Auchincloss,

Hugh D. Auchincloss,

John W. Auchincloss,

George C. Austin,

Samuel P. Avery, Jr.
Mrs. Elizabeth Bache.
Mrs. N. P. Bailey,
Frederic Baker,
Stephen Baker,
Robert F. Ballantine,
Ewald Balthasar,
Amzi Lorenzo Barber,
Henry I. Barbey,
Wm. D. Barbour,
Henry H. Barnard,
E. W. Barnes,
John S. Barnes,
Chas. T. Barney,
William Barr,
E. W. Bass,
Chas. Batchelor,
Thos. H. Bauchle,
Alfred N. Beadleston,
Chas. C. Beaman,
Gerard Beekman,
M. H. Beers,
August Belmont,
James II. Benedict,
M. W. Benjamin,

(6 9 )

Jno. R. Bennett,

Frank Sherman Benson,

Mrs. Adolph Bernheimer,

Chas. L. Bernheimer,

Simon E. Bernheimer,

Edward J. Berwind,

Henry Beste,

Albert S. Bickmore,

Eugene P. Bicknell,

L. Horatio Biglow,

Isaac Bijur,

Miss Elizabeth Billings,

Miss Laura Billings,

W. H. Birchall,

Geo. Blagden,

Mrs. Birdseye Blakeman,

Mrs. S. A. Blatchford,

Geo. T. Bliss,

Mrs. Wm. T. Blodgett,

Jno. H. Bloodgood,

Lyman G. Bloomingdale,

Mrs. Edward C. Bodman,

Henry W. Boettger,

Albert G. Bogert,

Frank S. Bond,

G. T. Bonner,

Hon. H. W. Bookstaver,

Simon Borg,

John M. Bowers,

J. Bramwell,

Michael Brennan,

M. P. Breslin,

Miss Cornelia G. Brett,

Mrs. Benjamin Brewster,

Marvin Briggs,

Chas. Astor Bristed,

Jno. I. D. Bristol,

W. T. Brittain,

Mrs. Harriet Lord Britton,

Mrs. Kate M. Brookfield,

John Crosby Brown,
M. Bayard Brown,

Robert I. Brown,
W. L. Brown,
W. P. Brown,

F. W. Bruggerhof,
H. B. Brundrett,
Mrs. William Bryce,
William Bryce, Jr.,
W. Buchanan,
Albert Buchman,
James Buckhout,
Mrs. J. Bunzl,
Wm. Allen Butler,
Dr. John Cabot,
John L. Cadwalader,
Albert Caiman,
Emil Claman,
Henry L. Caiman,
W. L. Cameron,

H. H. Cammann,
Henry L. Cammann,
S. T. Cannon,

G. M. Carnochan,

Mrs. Miles B. Carpenter,
James C. Carter,
Walter S. Carter,
John W. Castree,
John H. Caswell,
Dr. W. H. Caswell,
Frank R. Chambers,
Chester W. Chapin,
Geo. E. Chisolm,
Mrs. Wm. E. Chisolm,
Jared Chittenden,
Wm. G. Choate,
W. F. Chrystie,
Miss Helen L. Chubb,
John K. Cilley,
John Claflin,

(7o)

J. Mitchell Clark,
Wm. N. Clark,
C. C. Clarke,
Frederick Clarkson,
Dr. Wm. J. Coates,
Wm. F. Cochran,
John W. Cochrane,
Miss Mary F. Cockcroft,
C. A. Coffin,
Chas. H. Coffin,
Edmund Coffin,

E. W. Coggeshall,
Samuel M. Cohen,
N. A. Colburn,

Mrs. James B. Colgate,
P. F. Collier,

F. Collingwood,
Miss Ellen Collins,
Alexander T. Compton,
Roland R. Conklin,
Wm. L. Conyngham,
C. T. Cook,

Mrs. C. T. Cook,
Henry H. Cook,
Hon. Edward Cooper,
Geo. Coppell,
C. H. Coster,
Chas. J. Coulter,
Albert Crane,
Geo. F. Crane,
Jonathan H. Crane,
Mrs. Jonathan H. Crane,
Francis Crawford,
Robert L. Crawford,
H. G. Crickmore,
John D. Crimmins,
George A. Crocker,
Frederic Cromwell,
James W. Cromwell,
Edwin A. Cruikshank,

Charles Curie,

Charles B. Curtis,

Henry Dalley,

Ira Davenport,

William Gilbert Davies,

Clarence S. Day,

H. de Coppet,

Richard Beeves,

Robert W. DeForest,

Dr. C. Bryson Delavan,

Charles de Rham,

Theo. J. de Sabla,

Theo. L. DeVinne,

F. W. Devoe,

W. B. Dickerman,

Charles D. Dickey,

Mrs. Hugh T. Dickey,

George H. Diehl,

Charles F. Dieterich,

Miss Mary A. Dill,

Mrs. Henry F. Dimock,

Rev. Morgan Dix,

Cleveland H. Dodge,

D. Stuart Dodge,

George E. Dodge,

Miss Grace H. Dodge,

Mrs. William E. Dodge, Jr.,

C. W. Doherty,

L. F. Dommerich,

Mrs. Henry Dormitzer,

Henry Doscher,

J. R. Doudge,

Mrs. George William Douglass,

James Douglass,

Mrs. David Dows,

Mrs. David Dows, Jr.,

Tracy Dows,

John J. Drake,

B. Ferdinand Drakenfeld,

Mrs. Henry Draper,

(7i)

Matthew B. Du Bois,

John Duer,

R. G. Dun,

John P. Duncan,

Dr. Edward K. Dunham,

George H. Dunham,

E. B. Dunne,

S. Whitney Dunscomb, Jr.,

Frank J. Dupignac,

H. A. Du Pont,

John S. Durand,

J. B. Dutcher,

Thomas Dwyer,

D. Edgar,

Miss Laura Jay Edwards,

Edward Ehrlich,

Henry G. Eilshemius,

August Eimer,

Mrs. Matilda A. Elder,

Geo. W. Ellis,

John W. Ellis,

J. M. Ellsworth,

Win. Ellsworth,

Wm. W. Ellsworth,

John J. Emery,

C. Temple Emmet,

Robert Temple Emmet,

Robert Endicott,

Jno. C. Eno,

Louis Ettlinger,

Richard Evans,

H. C. Fahnestock,

Thos. H. Faile,

Samuel W. Fairchild,

Jas. C. Fargo,

Henry W. Farnam,

William L. Findley,

B. Fischer,

Mrs. Josiah M. Fiske,

Stephen Fiske,

Mrs. Louis Fitzgerald,

Wm. L. Flanagan,

Isaac D. Fletcher,

Miss Helena Flint,

A. R. Flower,

J. D. Flower,

Edw. W. Foster,

Scott Foster,

Mrs. A. Frankfield,

H. P. Frothingham,

Wm. F. Gade,

John A. Garver,

Joseph E. Gay,

Mrs. Martha F. Gay,

William H. Gebhard,

S. J. Geoghegan,

John J. Gibbons,

Mrs. Hervey de Blois Gibson,

R. W. Gibson,

George Gill,

J. Waldron Gillespie,

Peter C. Gillings,

Georges A. Glaenzer,

Frederic N. Goddard,

Chas. H. Godfrey,

Mrs. Edwin L. Godkin,

Samuel Goodman,

E. Read Goodridge,

Mrs. Frederic Goodridge,

Francis Goodwin,

Miss Theodora Gordon,

Edwin Gould,

Hon. Wm. R. Grace,

Robert D. Graham,

Henry Graves,

John Clinton Gray,

Ernest F. Greeff ,

John Greenough,

Isaac J. Greenwood,

Rev. David H. Greer,

(72)

Daniel J. Griffith,

E. Morgan Grinnell,

Chester Griswold,

W. C. Gulliver,

W. S. Gurnee,

W. S. Gurnee, Jr.,

John A. Hadden,

John A. Hadden, Jr.,

J. and M. Haffen,

James D. Hague,

Miss Laura P. Halsted,

Wm. Hamann,

Miss Adelaide Hamilton,

Chas. T. Harbeck,

J. Montgomery Hare,

E. H. Harriman,

S. W. Harriot,

Wm. Hamilton Harris,

Mrs. William Hamilton Harris,

Marcellus Hartley,

Jacob Hasslacher,

Miss Mary R. Hatch,

Dr. Louis Haupt,

J. C. Havemeyer,

T. A. Havemeyer,

G. G. Haven,

J. Woodward Haven,

R. Somers Hayes,

Frederick W. Haynes,

Arthur H. Hearn,

William W. Heaton,

John G. Heckscher,

L. A. Heinsheimer,

Homer Heminway,

Chas. R. Henderson,

Chas. Henderson & Son,

Jos. J. Henderson,

Edmund Hendricks,

Samuel Henshaw,

* Deceased.

Hon. Abram S. Hewitt,

James J. Higginson,

Geo. R. Hill,

Wm. K. Hinman,

Dr. John H. Hinton,

B. Hochschild,

Dr. Abbott Hodgman,

Mrs. Robert Hoe,

Mrs. George Hoffman,

John Swift Holbrook,

E. B. Holden,

E. R. Holden,

Miss Virginia Hollins,

Henry Holt,

Isaac A. Hopper,

William W. Hoppin,

Burrett W. Horton,

Dr. Lucius W. How,

William P. Howe,

Alfred M. Hoyt,

Gerald L. Hoyt,

Samuel N. Hoyt,

Gen. Thomas H. Hubbard,

John E. Hudson,

Alex C. Humphreys,

Dr. Frederick Humphreys,

Edward T. Hunt,

*C. P. Huntington,

Mrs. Robert P. Huntington,

Adolph G. Hupfel,

Frank Hustace,

John S. Huyler,

Clarence M. Hyde,

Frederick E. Hyde, Jr.,

Henry Iden, Jr.,

Mrs. Samuel Inslee,

John B. Ireland,

A. D. Irving,

Adrian Iselin, Jr.,

(73)

Miss Georgine Iselin,

William E. Iselin,

Samuel Isham,

William B. Isham,

Charles Carroll Jackson,

Frederic Wendell Jackson,

Dr. Abram Jacobi,

Robert Jaffray,

A. C. James,

D. Willis James,

Dr. Robert C. James,

Samuel M. Jarvis,

O. G. Jennings,

Walter Jennings,

James R. Jesup,

Geo. Pryor Johnson,

Adrian H. Joline,

Mrs. John D. Jones,

S. Nicholson Kane,

Mrs. H. F. Kean,

Mrs. A. B. Kellogg,

Mrs. Chas. Kellogg,

Thos. H. Kelly,

Edward Kemp,

Prof. J. F. Kemp,

H. Van Rensselaer Kennedy,

Mrs. Elizabeth C. Kenyon,

Rudolph Keppler,

Mrs. Catherine L. Kernochan,

John B. Kerr,

Geo. A. Kessler,

A. P. Ketchum,

Wm. Kevan,

Samuel K. Keyser,

Nathaniel T. Kidder,

Alfred R. Kimball,

David H. King, Jr.,

William F. King,

William M. Kingsland,

Gustave E. Kissel,

Herman Knapp,
Shepherd Knapp,
Percival Knauth,
Henrv C. F. Koch,
Chas. Kohlman,
Wm. Krafft,
Julius G. Kugelman,
Percival Kiihne,
H. R. Kunhardt, Jr.,
Adolf Kuttroff,
William M. Laffan,
Francis G. Landon,
Woodbury Langdon,
J. D. Lange,
Lewis H. Lapham,
Jesse Larrabee,
Richard Lathers,
Walter W. Law,
John Burling Lawrence,
Mrs. Lydia G. Lawrence,
Richard H. Lawrence,
Mrs. Samuel Lawrence,
W. V. Lawrence,
J. D. Layng,
Prof. Frederic S. Lee,
Wm. II . Lefferts,
Emanuel Lehman,
Edward A. Le Roy, Jr.,
Arthur L. Lesher,
Julius Levine,
Mrs. John V. B. Lewis,
Leonard Lewisohn,
Philip Lewisohn,
Wm. S. Livingston,
Wm. C. Lobenstine,
Luke A. Lockwood,
James Loeb,
Prof. Morris Loeb,
Walter S. Logan,
Mrs. Daniel D. Lord,

(74)

Franklin B. Lord,

R. P. Lounsbery,

C. Adolphe Low,

Mrs. Charles Russell Lowell,

Charles H. Ludington,

August Lueder,

Walther Luttgen,

Samuel H. Lyman,

Mrs. Alida McAlan,

C. W. McAlpin,
Geo. L. McAlpin,
John A. McCall,

J. Jennings McComb,
Mrs. W. H. McCord,
Thos. A. Mclntyre,
Mrs. Jeannie McKewan,
Gilbert H. McKibbin,
Rev. Haslett McKim,
George William McLanahan,
James McLean,
George R. MacDougall,
W. W. MacFarland,
J. W. Mack,

D. E. Mackenzie,
Malcolm MacMartin,
Charles A. Macy, Jr.,
Charles A. Macy, 2d,
V. Everit Macy,

J. H. Maghee,
Alexander Maitland,
Charles Mallory,
Howard Mansfield,
Miss Delia W. Marble,
Theophilus M. Marc,
A. Marcus,
Peter Marie,
Jacob Mark,
T. M. Markoe,
Henry S. Marlor,
Henry G. Marquand,

Charles M. Marsh,

Charles H. Marshall,

Louis Marshall,

Edwin S. Marston,

W. R. H. Martin,

Brander Matthews,

Robert Maxwell,

David Mayer,

Henry Mayer,

Harry Mayer,

Mrs. Emma Mehler,

Payson Merrill,

Captain Henry Metcalfe,

Dr. Alfred Meyer,

J. Meyer,

Thomas C. Meyer,

Dr. George N. Miller,

Jacob F. Miller,

S. M. Milliken,

W. McMaster Mills,
Peter Moller,
John Monks,
A. C. Monson,
Alphonse Montant,
Francis C. Moore,
Wm. H. Helme Moore,
Mrs. Daniel Moran,
E. D. Morgan,
Geo. H. Morgan,
A. H. Morris,
A. Newbold Morris,
Miss Cora Morris,
Henry Lewis Morris,
Lewis R. Morris,
Geo. Austin Morrison,
Richard Mortimer,
H. O. Moss,
Ed. M. Muller,
Robt. I. Murray,
Isaac Myer,

(75)

Nath'l Myers,

Adam Neidlinger,

Edward M. Neill,

Wm. Nelson,

Geo. G. Nevers,

Miss Catherine A. Newbold,

Miss Edith Newbold,

Frederic R. Newbold,

Geo. L. Nichols,

John Barron Niles,

Wm. Nilsson,

John Notman,

Frederick J. Nott,

Adolph Obrig,

E. E. Olcott,

Mrs. Chas. Tyler Olmsted,

Robert Olyphant,

Mrs. Emerson Opdycke,

Wm. S. Opdyke,

Adolphe Openhym,

Mrs. Wm. Openhym,

William C. Orr,

Prof. Henry S. Osborn,

Wm. Church Osborn,

Mrs. W. H. Osborn,

Mrs. Thomas J. Owen,

Lowell M. Palmer,

N. F. Palmer,

S. S. Palmer,

Henry Parish,

Henry Parish, Jr.,

John H. Parker,

Henry V. Parsell,

Mrs. Phebe A. Parshall,

Charles Parsons,

Mrs. Edwin Parsons,

John E. Parsons,

W. A. Paton,

O. H. Payne,

Mrs. Frederick Pearson,

Alfred Pell,
Miss Frances Pell,
Wm. Hall Penfold,
Geo. H. Penniman
Geo. W. Perkins,
Samuel T. Peters,
W. R. Peters,
Franklin Phillips,
Lloyd Phoenix,
Phillips Phoenix,
Winslow S. Pierce,
Gottfried Piel,
Gifford Pinchot,
James W. Pinchot,
Fred. S. Pinkus,
Hon. Thos. C. Piatt,
Gilbert M. Plympton,
Henry W. Poor,
A. S. Post,
C. A. Postley,
Frederick Potts,
De Veaux Powel,
Joseph M. Pray,
Anderson Price,
Prof. J. Dyneley Prince,
Chas. Pryer,
Percy R. Pyne,
Charles Raht,
Gustav Ramsperger,
George Curtis Rand,
Rastus S. Ransom,
Geo. R. Read,
Wm. A. Read,
G. H. Redmond,
Whitelaw Reid,
Geo. N. Reinhardt,
John B. Reynolds,
Miss Serena Rhinelander,
John Harsen Rhoades,
Prof. Charles Rice,

(76)

Auguste Richard,

Prof. P. de P. Ricketts,

John L. Riker,

Samuel Riker,

Dr. Wm. C. Rives,

S. H. Robbins,

Miss Mary M. Roberts,

Andrew J. Robinson,

Frederick Rode,

J. C. Rodgers,

Edward L. Rogers,

Noah C. Rogers,

Theo. Rogers,

W. Emlen Roosevelt,

Mrs. W. Emlen Roosevelt,

Hon. Elihu Root,

Leo. Rosett,

E. V. W. Rossiter,

Jacob Rothschild,

Wm. Rothschild,

Geo. P. Rowell,

Charles Runyon,

Jacob Ruppert,

Mrs. A. D. Russell,

Chas. Rowland Russell,

Clarence Sackett,

Henry W. Sackett,

Mrs. Edward C. Sampson,

C. Daniel Sands,

L. F. Saumenicht,

Robt. W. Schedler,

Carl Schefer,

Miss Mary E. Schell,

J. Egmont Schermerhorn,

Mrs. H. M. Schieffelin,

Dr. Wm. Jay Schieffelin,

Jacob H. Schiff,

Gustave Schirmer,

Grant B. Schley,

Miss Jane E. Schmelzel,

Henry W. Schmidt,

Paul G. Schoeder,

C. Schumacher,

Philip Schuyler,

L. Henry Schwab,

Adolph Schwarzmann,

Mrs. James Scott,

Edward M. Scudder,

Geo. J. Seabury,

Wm. F. Sebert,

Mrs. Horace See,

Geo. W. Seligman,

Isaac N. Seligman,

T. G. Sellew,

Prof. Fred. Sei-inghaus,

Alfred Seton, Jr.

Mrs. Clarence Seward,

Mrs. Angelica B. Shea,

W. H. Sheehy,

Edward M. Shepard,

G. K. Sheridan,

Gardiner Sherman,

G. O. Shields,

Robt. Simon,

John Boulton Simpson,

John W. Simpson,

W. T. Simpson,

John Sinclair,

Samuel T. Skidmore,

Francis Louis Slade,

Chas. F. Smillie,

James D. Smillie,

Mrs. Annie Morrill Smith,

Chas. Robinson Smith,

Edward A. Smith,

George W. Smith,

James H. Smith,

James R. Smith,

John Jewell Smith,

Walter M. Smith,

(77)

Wm. Alex. Smith,

Hans Sommerhoff,

Chas. Sooysmith,

A. W. Soper,

Frederick Southack,

Samuel Spencer,

Paul N. Spofford,

Miss Anna Riker Spring,

Dr. Edward Hamilton Squibb,

J. R. Stanton,

John Stanton,

Jno. N. Stearns,

James H. Stebbins,

Henry Steers,

James R. Steers,

Olin J. Stephens,

Benjamin Stern,

Isaac Stern,

Louis Stern,

Alexander H. Stevens,

Dr. Geo. T. Stevens,

Lispenard Stewart,

Wm. R. Stewart,

Jos. Stickney,

Miss Clara F. Stillman,

Dr. D. M. Stimson,

James Stokes,

Mrs. J. O. Stone,

Mason A. Stone,

Sumner R. Stone,

Chas. Strauss,

Edward Sturges,

F. K. Sturgis,

Thos. Sturgis,

Rutherford Stuyvesant,

Mrs. Geo. Such,

Miss Catharine Allen Sullivan,

John S. Sutphen,

Mrs. P. C. Swords,

Albert Tag,

Edward N. Tailer,

C. A. Tatum,

Miss Alexandrina Taylor,

Geo. C. Taylor,

Stevenson Taylor,

Wm. E. Tefft,

C. H. Tenney,

H. L. Terrell,

Jno. T. Terry,

Nikola Tesla,

Ernest Thalmann,

Anthony J. Thomas,

Samuel Thomas,

L. S. Thompson,

Walter Thompson,

Dr. W. Gilman Thompson,

Miss Phebe Anna Thome,

W. V. S. Thorne,

William Thorne,

H. L. Thornell,

C. C. Tiffany,

C. L. Tiffany,

Louis C. Tiffany,

Albert Tilt,

E. Titus, Jr.,

J. Kennedy Tod,

William Toel,

Wm. Toothe,

Henry R. Towne,

R. H. L. Townsend,

R. W. Townsend,

C. D. Tows,

J. Evarts Tracy,

Edwin D. Trowbridge,

Frederick K. Trowbridge,

Dr. Alfred Tuckerman,

Paul Tuckerman,

Geo. E. Turnure,

Benjamin Tuska,

Edward P. Tysen,

(78)

E. S. Ullmann,

Miss Anna Murray Vail,

Herbert Valentine,

Mrs. Lawson Valentine,

Charles H. Van Brunt,

Cornelius Van Brunt,

E. H. Van Ingen,

Alfred Van Santvoord,

Joseph Van Vleck,

Edgar B. Van Winkle,

Miss Elizabeth S. Van Winkle,

H. A. Von Post,

George H. Vose,

John Wagner,

Hon. Salem H. Wales,

Dr. Henry F. Walker,

Lewis Wallace,

Antony Wallach,

William I. Walter,

E. A. Walton,

William T. Wardwell,

Allan C. Washington,

Miss Emily A. Watson,

S. D. Webb,

Mrs. John A. Weekes,

Charles Wehrhane,

Camille Weidenfeld,

Mrs. John Wells,

R. E. Westcott,

George Westinghouse,

Dr. John M. E. Wetmore,

Dr. George G. Wheelock,

Dr. William E. Wheelock,

A. H. White,

Horace White,

Stanford White,

Dr. Whitman V. White,

J. Henry Whitehouse,

Worthington Whitehouse,

James Whitely,
Giles Whiting,
Clarence Whitman,
William Wicke,
Edward A. Wickes,
Franklin A. Wilcox,
Robert F. Wilkinson,
David Willcox,
John T. Willets,
Robert R. Willets,
G. G. Williams,
Richard H. Williams,
Mrs. Douw D. Williamson,
Washington Wilson,
William G. Wilson,
Dr. Joseph E. Winters,
Edgerton Winthrop,
Grenville L. Winthrop,
Mrs. Frank S. Witherbee,
Ernst G. W. Woerz,
I. B. Wolfe,
A. Wolff,
Emil Wolff,
Lewis S. Wolff,
Mrs. Cynthia A. Wood,
William Congdon Wood,
John A. Woods,
F. F. Woodward,
Professor R. S. Woodward,
W. H. Woolverton,
Henry H. Wotherspoon,
Miss Julia Wray,
Mrs. J. Hood Wright,
C. S. Young,
Edward L. Young,
Andrew C. Zabriskie,
August Zinsser,
O. F. Zollikoffer.

(79)

REPORT OF THE TREASURER.

New York, January 14, 1901.

To the Board of Managers of

the New York Botanical Garden.

Gentlemen :

Herewith I submit a statement of my Receipts and Dis-
bursements during the year 1900 and a Balance Sheet from
my ledger as of December 31, 1900.

Respectfully yours,

C. F. Cox, Treasurer.

Receipts.

Balance of Cash brought over from 1899 $14,099.55

Fixed Income :

3 per cent, on $110,000 N. Y. City
Bonds...., $3,300.00

4 per cent, on $50,000, Erie R. R. Co.

Prior Lien Bonds 2,000.00

4^ per cent, on $50,000, Ches. &

Ohio R. R. Co. Genl. Mtge. Bonds 2,250.00

5 per cent, on $50,000, Southern Ry.

Co. First Consol. Bonds, 2,500.00 10,050.00

Appropriations of the City for Maintenance 38, 14 7.69

Annual Dues 8,180.00

Interest @ 3 per cent, allowed by J. P.
Morgan & Co. on cash balance with

them 274.04

Proceeds of Merchandise sold 28.30

Proceeds of Publications sold 1 68.95

Life Membership Fees 1,700.00

Tuition Fees — Credited to Students' Re-
search Fund 543-5°

Contributions to Conservatory Fund (for

living plants) 2,110.00

Contribution from Mr. Wm. E. Dodge for

purchase of Exhibition Microscopes. 665.50

$75,9 6 7-53

(8o)

Disbursements.

Addition to Director in Chief's Working

Fund $2,500.00

Expenses paid through Director-in-Chief :

Account City Maintenance 38,147.69

On General Account 24,071.73

Account Special Appropriation for

specimens 393-89

Books — Account Special Book Fund 2,279.61

Plants — Account Conservatory Fund 492.07

Exhibition Microscopes 665.50

Balance, Cash on hand

68 >55°-49
$ 7,417.04

Ledger Balances, December 31, 1900

Dr.

Permanent funds : Endowment Fund —

Fellowship fees

Life membership fees

Students' Research

Fund

1 ' emporary funds : For Ellis collection...

For Library books —

For Cons ervatory

plants

Investments :

Net cost of $110,000. N. Y. City Bonds....

$50,000. Ches.& Ohio Ry.Co.

Genl. Mtge. Bonds,

$50,000. Southern Ry. Co. 1st

Cons. Mtge. Bds

$50,000. Erie R. R. Co. Prior
Lien Bonds

Cr.

$264,750.00
8,000.00
8,600.00

724.00

282,074.00

940.00
789.64

1,617.93

$258,248.76

(8i)

Director in Chief, Working Fund 7.^00.00

Construction Account, cost of plans not

yet used 2,350.00

Income account, balance borrowed from

Permanent Funds 9'9°5'77 ^

Cash in bank 7,417,04

$285,421.57 $285,421.57

February 13, 1901.
Charles F. Cox, Esq., Treasurer,

New York Botanical Garden, New York City.

My Dear Sir : As requested by you, I have caused your ac-
counts, as Treasurer of the New York Botanical Garden, to be ex-
amined and audited for the year 1900, and take pleasure in report-
ing that the same have been found to be correct, in accordance with
your balance sheet and statement of receipts and disbursements, re-
turned herewith, as per the attached report.

Yours very truly,

James A. Scrymser,

Chairman, Finance Committee.

(82)

BOTANICAL CONTRIBUTIONS.

Propagation of Lysimachia terrestris (L.) B.S.P.
By D. T. MacDougal.

In the course of some studies on etiolative reactions, the
writer had occasion to make numerous cultures of Lysimachia
terrestris, and the facts gained seemed to be of such general
interest in their bearing upon the physiology of propagation
as to be worthy of separate presentation.

This plant is an inhabitant of swampy meadows and moist
thickets in eastern North Ameiica. The subterranean por-
tion of the plant consists of a more or less sparingly branched
rhizome. At the beginning of the season the terminal buds
acquire apogeotropism and develop leafy, branching stems
bearing a terminal virgate raceme of inconspicuous flowers.
The slowly extending rhizomes accomplish some multiplica-
tion of the individuals by the dying away of the older por-
tions leaving the younger detached branches as independent
and new plants. The greatest amount of propagation, how-
ever, is accomplished by the bulbils.

The bulbils are formed in the axils of
the leaves of the main aerial stems.
These bodies are 4 to 15 mm. long with
a diameter of 2 to 3 mm. in the middle,
tapering slightly to the blunt basal end
and sharply to the pointed apex. Their
greatest diameter is about twice that of
the main stem on which they are formed.
These bulbils are generally branches of
Fig. i. Apical portion f the first order, though often found in
of stem with bulbils. the axilg of thege branches, and, as a

natural consequence, the bulbils themselves are sometimes
branched. The bulbil shows the three to five internodes of
the normal branch, and the pair of short ovate scales arising
from each node gives them the appearance of a loranthaceous

( 8 3 )

stem. In consequence, the plant was mistaken by Linnaeus
for a terrestrial parasite and named by him Viscum terrestre.
During seasons with well distributed rainfall, and fairly
equable temperature, such as that of 1900, the specimens
growing in the open meadows in the New York Botanical
Garden produced only a few small bulbils, and rather dense
racemes of flowers followed by a full crop of seeds. If a

Fig. 3. Cross section of portion of branch of Ly&imackia terrestris. A, in-
tercellular spaces. B, xylem. C, sclerenchyma. D, glandular ducts, E, cam-
bium.

drouth ensues during the early period of development of the
flower bud and extension of the branches, however, the growth
of the former is checked and the latter are converted into
bulbils. In many instances all of the branches are converted
into bulbils, which remain attached to the main stem after
the leaves have withered and fallen off. This effect may be
produced if the plant is grown in diffuse light or in green-
houses showing low night temperatures. An example of the
latter is shown in Plate 13, Fig. B.

The bulbils remain attached to the stems until about the
time of the autumnal leaf casting. After they fall to the
ground their tapering outlines facilitates their descent in the
upper layer of fallen leaves, and looser layer of soil so that a
large number of them soon reach a position below danger
from frost. This habit is slightly altered when they drop in

(«4)

the water, where their buoyancy causes them to float until the
approach of cold weather when they sink and escape freezing.
Upon the approach of warm weather the formation of gases
in the chlorophyl-bearing tissues causes them to rise and float
about in such manner that many of them may be carried long
distances before germination ensues. This appears to be the
only method by which dissemination to any distance is secured.
The bulbils show a very weak power of resistance to low
temperatures and to desiccation. Specimens taken from the
soil and placed in a seed envelope in a laboratory at tempera-
tures from 15 to 22°C. were shrivelled and incapable of growth
a month later. Others laid on a table wholly unprotected
were dead in four days.

Fig. 4. Cross section of portion of bulbil of Lysimachia terrestris. ^.in-
tercellular spaces. B, protoxylem. D, glandular ducts. E, procambrium.
.F, sheath.

A temperature of a few degrees below the freezing point
was sufficient to kill them, although a large proportion sur-
vived the winter when buried to a depth of a few centimeters
in the soil.

The adaptation by which aerial branches are converted into

(85)

bulbils, or rather by which bulbils instead of branches are
formed, seems to consist in a stoppage of the development of
the stelar tissues and an exaggerated production of the cortex.
This action makes the bulbils very similar to the rhizomes in
general anatomy, and as may be seen later the bulbils actu-
ally pass into rhizomes when they continue their growth in
the soil. The central pith has about the same bulk as that of
the aerial stems ; the elements as well as those of the cortex are
globose and furnished with large intercellular spaces. The
protoxylem consists of a number of elongated elements of the
customary type, and the protophloem is a thin ring of cambi-
form cells and companion cells, with a fairly well-marked
sheath marking the inner boundary of the cortex. The cor-
tical cells are arranged in radial plates after the manner

Fig. 5. Germinating bulbil, showing origin <>i roots. X 4-
of aquatic stems. An outer region of live or six layers has
the elements more compactly arranged; these contain stan li
and chlorophyl in abundance, and many <•! them in common
with the epidermis include red coloring matter, and agran-
ular substance the identity of which has not been ascertained.

(86)

Five or six glandular ducts may be seen in the cross section
of the cortex in agreement with the rhizome while the aerial
stems usually show but four. One or more of these ducts
occur in the pith in both kinds of stems. Whether or not the
secretion exercises a protective function has not been ascer-
tained.

Perhaps the most marked structural adaptation of the bulbil
is the entire absence of stomata or transpiratory openings in
the epidermis, which is also true of the short bracts; the inner
surfaces of the scales sheathing the terminal buds are furnished
with capitate glandular hairs however.

As has been noted the bulbils are but sparsely provided
with reserve food, and while they may remain quiescent
throughout the winter in equable temperatures, yet they may
be induced to germinate in a few days or a few weeks after
separation from the parent plant. The first indication of
activity consists of the formation of roots at the basal nodes,
but these organs are formed from all of the internodes before
the apical bud is fairly in action. Germination proceeds in-
differently in water and soil. The bulbils have a specific
gravity greater than water and usually sink when first sepa-

^c§233>

Fig. 6. Advanced stage in germination of bulbil in water, showing spiral
form of roots, and geotropic curvature of shoot. X 2 -

rated from the plant but rise to the surface when germination
begins, by reason of the gases accumulated, although they rise
and sink erratically if allowed to continue growth in water.
The roots appear to be subject to the usual contraction of
the cortex which takes place so irregularly, however, that these
organs are thrown into spirals. The tangle produced by the
twisted roots is most effective in causing a floating germin-
ating bulbil, to become entangled in the branches or roots of

(8 7 )

other aquatic plants. At the same time this contraction also
serves to secure the anchorage of specimens which have lodged
in the mud and penetrated it, and to draw the bulbil down into
the loose soil when germination takes place on land.

The apical bud becomes apogeotropic
soon after germination after the manner
of a rhizome rather than of the bran< h,
and its upward curvature disturbs tin-
balance of a floating bulbil in such man-
ner that it turns over with the result thai
the bud is directed downward. It is
soon turned upward, however, by .1 re-
verse curvature and this process is re-
peated many times until anchorage is
secured (Fig. 6).

The bulbil retains its general relations
in polarity by forming roots from tin-
basal end primarily and developing tin-
apical bud most readily. Modifications
amounting to direct reversal o! these re-
lations may be made by external condi-
tions however. Any one of the grow-
ing points in the axils of the bracts may
be forced to grow and develop the main
axis of a new plant, or the bulbil may
be cut into several portions, each of
which may give rise to a new plant.

Fig. 7. Advanced stage p er haps the most interesting feature
of germination of bulbil . . ,. .. , . • ,

... ta . of the history of the bulbils is the tact

which is being converted 1/x ""■' ' J

into a rhizome. Actual that they do not perish in gel mi mil ion
size. an( l J n giving rise to a new individual.

Bulbs and other modified stems generally consist of a mass of
tissue which has reached its full development, while the power
of extended growth is retained only by certain generative le-
gions. New shoots are formed by the growth of these points
and food for their nourishment is withdrawn from the storage
tissues of the bulb which soon breaks down and does not par-
ticipate further in the history of the new individuals.

(88)

The bulbils of Lysimachia, however, are simply slender
stems in which elongation and differentiation has been
checked at an early stage, and the entire stele remains in an
embryonic condition. But little reserve food is accumulated.
The separation of the bulbil from the parent plant, and the
proper conditions of moisture and temperature act as stimu-
lants which incite a renewed development of all of the re-
gions of the organ. This results in the development of the
xylem, phloem and cortex in such manner as to fit the bulbil
for a life under the surface of the substratum, and for it to
become the subterranean axis of a new plant, which perishes
only by dying away slowly at the basal end after the manner
of such structures. The sheathing scale leaves only appear
to have attained full development during the stage of attach-
ment to the parent plant. This continued existence of the
bulbil of Lysimachia places it alone in a new category of
propagative bodies.

The following statements may be made in conclusion :

Propagation of Lysimachia terrestris is effected by the
branching and gradual death of the rhizomes, and by the
growth of bulbils formed in the axils of the aerial stems.

The bulbils are branches of restricted development, of the
first and second order, which are formed under various con-
ditions unfavorable to the formation of seeds. Diffuse light
and low temperatures seem to be the principal inciting causes,
and these structures are formed in especial abundance in dry
seasons.

The bulbils are free from transpiratory organs of any kind,
and resemble rhizomes in structure rather than aerial stems
on which they are borne.

Detached bulbils are killed by exposure to a freezing
temperature in the open air, or by exposure to an atmos-
phere of a relative humidity of 30 to 40 per cent, for a day
or two, at a temperature of 18-22 C.

The germination of the bulbil ensues without any appre-
ciable resting period, and is followed by the final stages of
the differentiation of the stele, which was checked during the

(«9)

formation of the bulbil. The bulbil becomes the main axis
of the new plant, and does not perish, except gradually, after
the manner of a rhizome, into which it becomes converted.
In this it forms a new type of vegetative reproductive body
among the seed plants.*

The Mimosaceae of the southeastern United States.

By John K. Smaix.

A study of the published treatments of the Family Mimo-
saceae, especially in connection with work on the represen-
tatives of that family in the southeastern United States, has
convinced me that they are all far too artificial and, to say the
least, impracticable. An examination of the genera and
species occurring in this region has led me to the conclusions
expressed in the following synopsis, f

Family MIMOSACEAE Reichenb. Fl. Exc. 437. 1832.

The Mimosaceae differ from the Caesalpinaceae and the
Papilionaceae, the other main divisions of the group Legu-
minosae in which the family formerly was included, chiefly
by their regular flowers.

Key to the Genera.

Stamens numerous, more than 10.

Filaments partially united into a tube.

Valves of the pod not separating from the continuous margin.
Pods with woody or thick-leathery valves.

Leaves with 4 leaflets, or if more, few and relatively large :
spikes head-like: ovary stipitate ; pods contorted, with
thick-leathery valves. I. PiTHECOi,OBiUM.

* See Vochting, H., Zur Physiologie der Knollengewachse. Jahrh. f.
Wiss. Bot. 34 : 1899.

See Beal, W. J., Seed dispersal, p. 21, 189S, for notes on bulbils of other
species of Lysimachia.

f Genera and species hitherto undescribed and new transferals of species
from one genus to another, are indicated by heavy face type. Professor
Bray, of the University of Texas, has furnished me with notes on the habitat
of some of the species.

(9°)

Leaves with many relatively small leaflets : spikes elon-
gated : ovary sessile: pods straight or merely curved,
with woody valves. 2. Siderocarpos.

Pods with membranous or thin-leathery very flat valves.

Ovary stipitate : calyx very short and different from the
corolla in texture. 3. Havardia.

Ovary sessile: calyx simulating the corolla, but much
shorter, and quite similar in texture.

4. Aebizzia.
Valves of the pod separating from the continuous margin.

5. Lysiloma.
Filaments distinct, or the inner ones sometimes slightly united at the

base.
Ovary stipitate : petals distinct or united, commonly only to below
the middle : pods flat, dry, the seeds not in two distinct rows.

6. Acacia.

Ovary sessile : petals united into a tubular- funnel form shallowy
lobed corolla : pods nearly terete or broader than high, pulpy
within, the seeds in two separate rows. 7. Vacheleia.

Stamens as many as the petals or the corolla-lobes or twice as many.
Anthers without glandular appendages at the top.

Valves of the pod not separating from the continuous margin.
Shrubs or trees : seeds transverse in the pod.

S. Leucaena.
Herbs : seeds lengthwise or oblique in the pod.

9. Acuan.
Valves of the pod separating from the continuous margin.

Pods slightly, if at all, flattened, 4-angled or with a broad

margin, beaked, not jointed. 10. Morongia.

Pods flat, jointed, not beaked. 11. Mimosa.

Anthers, at least in the bud, topped by glandular appendages.
Herbs : pods flat and thin, twice or thrice longer than broad.

12. Neptunia.
Shrubs or trees : pods relatively thick, many times longer than
broad.
Pods straight or merely curved, somewhat constricted between

the seeds, in lax clusters. 13. Prosopis.

Pods tightly coiled into a spiral, in bunch-like clusters.

14. Strombocarpa.

I. PITHECOLOBIUM Mart. Flora, 20 : Part 2, Beibl. 114.

i837.

Leaflets leathery : petioles shorter than the petiolules : ovary pubescent.

1. P. Guadalufcnse.
Leaflets membranous : petioles longer than the petiolules : ovary glabrous.

2. P. Unguis-Cati.

(90

I. PlTHECOLOBIUM GuADALUPENSE (PerS.) Chapm.

Mimosa Guadalufcnse Pers. Syn. 2: 262. 1805.
Pithecolobium Guadalupense Chapm. Fl. S. States. 116.
i860.

In sand, Key West, Florida. Also in tropical America.

2. Pithecolobium Unguis-Cati (L.) Benth.

Mimosa Unguis-Cati L. Sp. PL 517. 1753-
Pithccolobium Unguis-Cati Benth. Lond. Journ. Bot. 3:

200. 1844.

In sand, southern peninsular Florida and the Keys. Also

in tropical America.

2. SIDEROCARPOS.

Trees with spreading branches and zigzag twigs. Leaves
alternate, but often clustered : blades 2-pinnate, with 4-6
pinnae: leaflets relatively few. Flowers mostly perfect, in
cylindric spikes. Calyx campanulate, 5-lobed, very different
from the corolla. Corolla 5-lobed, the lobes longer than the
tube. Stamens numerous : filaments united below. Ovary
sessile : style filiform. Ovules numerous. Pods stout and
turgid, very tardily dehiscent, the valves woody, enclosing a
soft tissue which separates the seeds from each other. Seeds
transverse, on straight funicles.

From mdrjpoz, iron, and xapitot;, fruit, in reference to the
very hard valves of the pod of the following species.

Distinguished from related genera by the characters given
in the generic key.

I. SIDEROCARPOS FLEXICAULIS (Benth.)

Acacia flexicaulis Benth. Lond. Journ. Bot. 1 : 505. 1842.
Pithecolobium Texense Coult. Cont. Nat. Herb. 1: 27.

1890.

Pithecolobium jlexicaule Coult. Bot. Gaz. 15 : 270. 1890.

On bluffs, Texas and adjacent Mexico.

3. HAVARDIA.

Small evergreen trees, sometimes shrubby, armed with
stipular spines. Leaves alternate : blades 2-pinnate, with

(92)

6-10 pinnae: leaflets numerous (20-40 in each pinna), rela-
tively small. Flowers perfect, in head-like spikes. Calyx
quite short, 5-lobed, very different from the corolla in shape
and texture. Corolla 5-lobed, the lobes shorter than the tube.
Stamens numerous : filaments united below. Ovary stipitate :
stvle filiform. Ovules several. Pods flat, readily dehiscent,
with membranous or thin-leathery valves. Seeds few.

(In honor of Dr. Valery Havard, U. S. Army, a diligent
student of the North American flora.)

Distinguished from related genera by the characters given
in the generic key.

1. Havardia brevifolia (Benth.)
Pithecolobium brevifolium Benth. ; A. Gray, PL Wright.
1 : 67. 1852.

In valleys, southern Texas and northern Mexico.

4. ALBIZZIA Durazz. Mag. Tosc. 3: IV. 11. 1772.

1. Albizzia Julibrissin Durazz.

Albizzia Julibrissin Durazz. Mag. Tosc. 3: IV. 11. 1772.
In sandy soil and open woods, Virginia to Arkansas, Florida
and Texas. Naturalized from Asia.

5. LYSILOMA Benth. Lond. Journ. Bot. 3: 82. 1844.

1. Lysiloma latisiliqua (L.) Benth.

Mimosa latisiliqua L. Sp. PL 519. 1753.

Lysiloma latisiliqua Benth. Trans. Linn. Soc. 30: 534.

i875-

In sandy soil, Florida Keys, and in the West Indies.

6. ACACIA Adans. Fam. PL 2: 319. 1763.

Leaflets of each pinna mostly more than 20.

Pods over 15 mm. broad : the ultimate divisions of the leaf-rachis
puberulent. . \. A. Berlandicri.

Pods less than 10 mm. broad : the ultimate division of the leaf-
rachis glabrous or with few long hairs.
Leaflets of each pinna 40-100, acute. 2. A. filicioides.

Leaflets of each pinna 20-30, blunt. 3. A. cuspidata.

Leaflets of each pinna mostly less than 20.
Flowers in head-like spikes.

(93)

Pods less than S mm. broad, contracted between the seeds :

leaflets less than i mm. broad. 4. A. constricta.

Pods over 15 mm. broad, not constricted between the seeds :

leaflets over 2 mm. broad. 5. A. Roemeriana.
Flowers in elongated spikes or racemes.
Pods over 10 mm. broad.

Flowers sleuder-pedicelled. 6. A. Wrightii.

Flowers sessile or nearly so. 7. A. Greggii.

Pods less than 10 mm. broad. 8. A. amentacea.

I. Acacia Berlandieri Benth.

Acacia Berlandieri Benth. Lond. Journ. Bot. 1 : 522.

1842.

On dry bluffs and volcanic mounds, southern Texas and

Mexico.

2. Acacia filicioides (Cav.) Trelease.

Mimosa filicioides Cav. Icon. 1 : 55.7^/. 78. 1791-
Acacia filicioides Trelease ; Branner & Coville, Rep. Geol.
Surv. Ark. 1888: Part 4, 178. 1891.

On prairies and in sandy soil, Missouri and Kansas to Texas,
Arizona and Mexico, and in Florida. The wholly or partially
glabrous form, occurring in Texas and Florida, is A. fili-
cioides Texensis : \_Acacia Texcnsis T. & G. Fl. N. A. 1 :

404. 1840].

3. Acacia cuspidata Schlecht.

Acacia cuspidata Schlecht. Linnaea, 12 : 573. 1838.
In dry soil, Texas to Arizona.

4. Acacia constricta Benth.

Acacia constricta Benth. ; A. Gray, PI. Wright. 1 : 66.
1852.

On gravelly terraces and slopes, southern Texas to New
Mexico and adjacent Mexico.

5. Acacia Roemeriana Scheele.
Acacia Roemeriana Scheele, Linnaea, 21 : 456. 1848.
On limestone hills, southern Texas, New Mexico and

Mexico.

6. Acacia Wrightii Benth.

Acacia Wrightii Benth. ; A. Gray, PI. Wright. 1 : 64.
1852.

(94)
In dry soil, Texas, New Mexico and adjacent Mexico.

7. Acacia Greggii A. Gray.

Acacia Greggii A. Gray, PL Wright. 1 : 65. 1852.

In limestone soil and gravelly terraces, Texas and Mexico.

8. Acacia amentacea DC.

Acacia amenlacca DC. Prodr. 2: 455. 1825.
On plains and hillsides, Texas, from the Guadalupe River
to the Pecos, and in northern Mexico.

7. VACHELLIAWight&Arn.* Prodr. Fl. Ind. 272. 1834.

Shrubs or small trees, with spreading branches and straight
spines. Leaves alternate : blades 2-pinnate, with 8-16 pin-
nae : leaflets numerous (20-50 in each pinna), relatively
small. Flowers polygamous, in globular spikes. Calyx
simulating the corolla but only about ]/ 2 as long, shallowl}'
5-lobed. Corolla tubular-funnelform, shallowly 5-6-lobed,
the lobes as broad as high. Stamens very numerous: fila-
ments distinct. Ovary sessile : style filiform. Pod stout,
turgid, nearly terete or usually broader than high, scarcely
dehiscent, filled with a pulp which separates the two rows of
seeds and the individual seeds from each other.

1. Vaciiellia Farnesiana (L.) Wight & Arn.

Mimosa .Farnesiana L. Sp. PI. 521. 1753*

Acacia Farnesiana Willd. Sp. PI. 4: 1083. 1806.

Vachellia Farnesiana Wight & Arn. Prodr. Fl. Ind. 272.
1834.

On sandy or clayey plains and prairies, southern Texas
and Mexico, and naturalized in Florida. Widely distributed
in tropical and warm countries.

8. LEUCAENA Benth. Lond. Journ. Bot. 4: 416. 1842.

Leaves with 15-18 pairs of pinnae: branches tomeutose : leaflets less than
1.5 mm. broad. 1. L. pulvcrulenta.

Leaves with 2-8 pairs of pinnae : branches glabrous or glabrate : leaflets
over 1.5 mm. broad.

* Specimens of a species representing a related genus were collected by
Mr. I Idler at Corpus Cliristi, Texas, in 1894; but the material at hand is
insufficient for satisfactory stud\ .

(95)

Leaflets 20-40, mostly thrice as long as broad : pods with membranous
valves. 2. L. glauca.

Leaflets 12-16, mostly less than twice as long as broad: pods with
leathery valves. 3. L. rctusa.

1. Leucaena pulverulenta (Schlecht.) Benth.
Acacia -pulvcrulenta Schlecht. Linnaea, 12: 571. 1838.
Leucaena pulverulenta Benth. Lond. Journ. Bot. 4: 417.
1842.

In rich soil, southern Texas and Mexico.

2. Leucaena glauca (L.) Benth.

Mimosa glauca L. Sp. PI. 520. 1753.

Leucaena glauca Benth. Lond. Journ. Bot. 4: 416. 1842.

In sandy or rocky soil, Florida to Texas and Mexico. A

native of tropical America, now widely distributed in tropical

regions.

3. Leucaena retusa Benth.

Leucaena retusa Benth. ; A. Gray, PI. Wright. I : 64.
1852.

On plains and prairies, southern Texas and New Mexico.

9. ACUAN Medic. Theod. Sp. 62. 1786.

[Desmanthus Willd. Sp. PI. 4: 1044. 1806.]

Stamens 5.

Pods 4-6 mm. wide, in compact heads : peduncles longer than the pods.

1. A. Illinoensis.
Pods 2 mm. wide, in loose clusters : peduncles shorter than the pods.

2. A. kptiloba.

Stamens 10.

Leaves mostly with 8-12 pinnae.

Stems glabrous or nearly so : peduncles 1-2 cm. long.

3. A. Jamesii.

Stems velvety pubescent : peduncles 2.5-5 cm - lon g-

4. A. velutina.

Leaves mostly with 2-6 pinnae.
Peduncles 1-2.5 cm. lonj<.

Leaf-rachis and its branches glabrous : leaflets not ciliate.

5. A. depressa.
Leaf-rachis and its branches pubescent : leaflets ciliate.

6. A. acuminata.

Peduncles 4-12 cm. long.

(96)

Pinnae mostly with 12-18 leaflets : leaflets glaucous beneath,

glabrous or nearly so : pods 3 mm. wide.

7. A. reticulata.
Pinnae mostly with 20-28 leaflets : leaflets ciliate and pubescent

beneath : pods 2 mm. wide. 8. A. fallax.

i. Acuan Illinoensis (Michx.) Kuntze.

Mimosa Illinoensis Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. 2: 254. 1803.
Acuan Illinoensis Kuntze, Rev. Gen. PI. 158. 1891.
In dry soil and on river banks, Minnesota to Tennessee,
Florida, Kansas and Texas.

2. Acuan leptiloba (T. & G.) Kuntze.

Desmanthus leptilobus T. & G. Fl. N. Am. 1 : 402.
1840.

Acuan leptiloba Kuntze, Rev. Gen. PI. 158. 1891.
On prairies, Kansas to Texas.

3. Acuan Jamesii (T. & G.) Kuntze.

Desmanthus JamesiiT. & G. Fl. N.Am. 1: 402. 1840.
Acuan Ja?nesii Kuntze, Rev. Gen. PI. 158. 1891.
In dry soil, Indian Territory to Texas and Arizona.

4. Acuan velutina (Scheele) Kuntze.

Desmanthus velutinus Scheele, Linnaea, 21 : 455. 1848.

Acuan velutina Kuntze, Rev. Gen. PI. 158. 1891.

In dry usually calcareous soil, southern and western Texas.

5. Acuan depressa (H. & B.) Kuntze.

Desmanthus depressus H. & B. ; DC. Prodr. 2 : 444.
1825.

Acuan depressa Kuntze, Rev. Gen. PI. 158. 1891.

In sandy soil, near the coast, Florida to Texas and Mexico.

6. Acuan acuminata (Benth.) Kuntze.

Desmanthus acuminatus Benth. Lond. Journ. Bot. 4:
357. 1842.

Acuan acuminata Kuntze, Rev. Gen. PI. 158. 1891.
In sandy soil, southern Texas.

(97)

7. Acuan reticulata (Benth.) Kuntze.

Desmanthus reticulatus Benth. Lond. Journ. Bot. 4: 3^7.
1842.

Acuan reticulata Kuntze, Rev. Gen. PI. 158. 1891.
In dry soil, often on arid hills, southern Texas.

8. Acuan fallax.

Stems branched at the base, the branches spreading or
prostrate, 1-2 dm. long, finely canescent, angled. Leaves
with 4-8 pinnae: leaflets mostly 20-28, oblong, slightly
inequilateral, 3-5 mm. long, rather obscurely reticulated,
acutish : peduncles elongated, 3-7 cm. long, surpassing the
subtending bracts: spikes about 1 cm. in diameter: pods
linear, 3-4 cm. long, slightly curved, acute.

In dry soil, San Diego, Texas. Type collected by Miss
Mary B. Croft, during the years 1885-6, no. 162, specimen
in the herbarium of Columbia University.

10. MORONGIA Britton,* Mem. Torr. Club, 5: 191.

1894.

\Schrankia Willd. Sp. PI. 4: 1041. 1806. Not Medic.

1792.]
Leaflets prominently nerved beneath. 1. M. uncinata.

Leaflets scarcely, if at all, nerved.

Sides and margins of the pods with similar or nearly similar prickles.

2. M. angustata.
Sides and margins of the pods with conspicuously dissimilar prickles.

Pods scarcely flattened, the sides with long and broad prickles, the
margins nearly unarmed ; beak 10-15 mm - l° D g-

3. M. latidens.
Pods markedly flattened, the sides with very fine prickles, the mar-
gins with stouter prickles ; beak 4-5 mm. long.

4. M. Roemcriana.

i. Morongia uncinata (Willd.) Britton.

Schrankia uncinata Willd. Sp. PL 4: 1043. 1806.
Morongia uncinata Britton, Mem. Torr. Club, 5: 191.
1894.

*A Mexican species, Morongia aculeata, has been reported from Texas, but
I have not yet been able to examine authentic or satisfactory specimens.
Species additional to those here recognized have been described by Michaux
and Chapman, but I have not yet been able to segregate them.

(98)

In dry soil, sand or gravel, Virginia and South Dakota to
Florida and Texas.

2. Morongia angustata (T. & G.) Britton.

Schrankia angustata T. & G. Fl. N. Am. i : 400. 1840.
Morongia angustata Britton, Mem. Torr. Club, 5 : I 9 I «
1894.

In dry soil, Virginia to Tennessee, Texas and Florida.

3. Morongia latidens.

Perennial, bright green. Stems 3-10 dm. long, with con-
spicuously pale and sharp angles and still paler prickles :
leaves with 4 pinnae or rarely some of them with only 2
pinnae; leaflets thick, oblong, 3-8 mm. long, apiculate, not
nerved : peduncles much stouter than the petioles, with few
pale prickles : pod stout, 3-7 cm. long, the sides with broad
prickles, the broad margins scarcely or only slightly armed ;
beak 1— 1.5 cm. long.

In dry soil, Kenedy, Carnes County, Texas. Type, Hel-
ler, PI. So. Texas, no. 1779, in the herbarium of Columbia
University.

4. Morongia Roemeriana (Scheele) Heller.

Schrankia Roemeriana Scheele, Linnaea, 21 : 456. 1848.
Morongia Roemeriana Heller, Cont. F. & M. Coll. I : 44.
1895.

In stony soil, Texas.

11. MIMOSA L. Sp. PI. 516. 1753.

Stamens as many as the corolla-lobes. 1. M. pudica.

Stamens twice as many as the corolla-lobes.
Shrubs or trees with hard wood.

Branchlets and petioles or their divisions glabrous.

Leaves usually with 2 pinnae ; leaflets 6-io, oval or orbicular-
oval, 2-4 mm. long : pods armed. 2. M. boreal is.
Leaves usually with 4-6 piunae ; leaflets usually 12, oblong or
oblong-obovate, 4-6 mm. long : pods unarmed or nearly so.

3. M. fvagrans.
Branches and petioles or their divisions puberulent or pubescent.

Leaves with 2-4 or rarely 6 piunae ; leaflets 4-12.

4. M. Texan a.

(99)

Leaves with 6-mauy pinnae ; leaflets numerous.

5. M. Lindheirneri.

Herbs or undershrubs, or soft-woody climbing shrubs.

Climbing : foliage tomentose or puberulent : leaflets less than twice
as long as broad. 6. M. malacophylla.

Prostrate and creeping or erect : foliage strigose or strigillose : leaf-
lets over twice as long as broad.
Erect or ascending: peduncles becoming 1-2 cm. long : pods
8-15-seeded. 7. M.Berlandieri.

Prostrate : peduncles becoming 5-20 cm. long : pods 2-4-seeded.

S. J\r. strigillosa.
i. Mimosa pudica L.
Mimosa -pudica L. Sp. PL 518. 1753.
In waste places, about the cities of the Gulf States. Nat-
uralized from tropical America.

2. Mimosa borealis A. Gray.

Mimosa borealis A. Gray, Mem. Am. Acad. (II) 4 : 39.
1849.
On bluffs and terraces, Indian Territory and Texas.

3. Mimosa fragrans A. Gray.

Mimosa fragrans A. Gray, Bost. Jour. Nat. Hist. 6: 182.
1850.

In arid soil, limestone and granite hills, Texas and New
Mexico.

4. Mimosa Texana (A. Gray).

Mimosa borealis var. ? Texana A. Gray, PI. Wright. 1 :

61. 1852.

On plains and prairies, Texas to New Mexico and adjacent

Mexico.

5. Mimosa Lindiieimeri A. Gray.

Mimosa Lindheirneri A. Gray, Bost. Jour. Nat. Hist. 6 :
182. 1850.

On bluffs and terraces, southern and western Texas.

6. Mimosa malacophylla A. Gray.

Mimosa malacofhylla A. Gray, Bost. Jour. Nat. Hist. 6:
182. 1850.

In dry soil, Texas to New Mexico and Nuevo Leon,

(IOO)

Mexico. The form with merely puberulent stems and
branches, and rather larger glabrous leaflets, is Mimosa mala-
cophylla glabrata Benth.

7. Mimosa Berlandieri A. Gray.
Mimosa Berlandieri A. Gray ; Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound.
Surv. 61. 1859.

In low grounds, southern Texas and San Luis Potosi,

Mexico.

8. Mimosa strigillosa T. &. G.

Mimosa strigillosa T. & G. Fl. N. Am. 1 : 399. 1840.
On river banks and in moist soil, chiefly near the coast,
Florida to Texas.

12. NEPTUNIA Lour. Fl. Cochinch. 653. 1790.

Spikes about 50-flowered, oblong-cylindric. 1. N. lutea.

Spikes about 20-flowered, ovoid or oval.
Bracts and calyx-lobes ciliolate.

Pinnae 4-6 : leaflets merely ciliolate. 2. A 7 , pubescens.

Pinnae 6-10 : leaflets ciliate, and pubescent beneatb.

3. N. Lindheimeri .
Bracts and calyx-lobes not ciliolate. 4. N. Floridana.

i. Neptunia lutea (Leavenw.) Benth.

Acacia lutea Leavenw. Am. Journ. Sci. 4: 61. 1824.

Neptunia lutea Benth. Lond. Journ. Bot. 4: 356. 1842.

In moist often clay soil, Arkansas and the Indian Territory
to Florida and Texas. A Texan form with nearly or quite
glabrous branches and peduncles, is known as Neptunia
lutea tenuis (Benth.) Robinson.

2. Neptunia pubescens Benth.

Neptunia pubescens Benth. Lond. Journ. Bot. 4 : 356.
1842.

In dry soil, southern Texas and tropical America.

3. Neptunia Lindheimeri Robinson.
Neptunia Lindheimeri Robinson, Proc. Am. Acad. 33:
333- 1898.

On prairies, Texas.

(IOI)

4. Neptunia Floridana Small.
Xeptunia Floi'idana Small, Bull. Torr. Club, 25: 138.
1898.

In sand, Florida to Louisiana.

13. PROSOPIS L. Mant. 1: 10. 1767.
1. Prosopis glandulosa Torr.

Prosopis glandulosa Torr. Ann. Lye. N. Y. 2 : 192.^/. 2.
1828.

On plains or prairies, Kansas to Texas, Arizona and
Mexico.

14. STROMBOCARPA A. Gray, Bost. Jour. Nat. Hist. 5 :

243. 1845.

Shrubs or trees, with axillary spines. Leaves alternate :
blades 2-pinnate, with short petioles or sessile : pinnae few :
leaflets relatively few. Flowers perfect, in cylindric or globu-
lar spikes. Calyx 5-lobed, campanulate or turbinate. Corolla
of 5 distinct or slightly united petals. Stamens 10: filaments
distinct. Ovules numerous. Pods tightly coiled into a spiral,
and disposed in dense clusters, woody without, pulpy within.

1. Strombocarpa cinerescens A. Gray.

St?'ombocarfta cinerescens A. Gray, PI. Wright. 1 : 60.
1852.

In moist soil, along the lower Rio Grande, southern Texas
and Mexico.

Contributions to the Botany of the Yukon Territory.

1. An Enumeration of the Hepaticae collected by R. S. Williams,

1898-1899.

By Marshall A. Howe.

Mr. Williams' collection of Hepaticae is of much interest
inasmuch as it contains one species which appears to be en-
tirely new, one which has not before been reported from this

(102)

continent, five others new to the Alaska region, and besides
these two or three which have been rarely collected in Amer-
ica. With the exception of the collections made by the Har-
riman Alaska Expedition in 1899 and reported upon by Dr.
Alexander W. Evans,* the number of species — 24 — secured
by Mr. Williams is greater than that brought from Alaska f
by any other collector. The literature bearing upon the Al-
askan Hepaticae has been so fully discussed in the recent
paper by Dr. Evans that nothing on that point need now be
said.

Marchantia -polymorfha L. West Dawson, July 30,

1899.

Metzgeria -pubescens (Schrank) Raddi. On rocks, Canon
City, March 27, 1898.

Gymnomitriutn coralloides Nees. On rocks, Lake Linde-
man, May 5 and 8, 1898. In canon above Lake Lindeman,
April 8, 1898.

Marsupella emarginata (Ehrh.) Dumort. Sheep Camp,
March 29, 1898. A variety, also, of this species on rocks
above Long Lake, May 24, 1898.

JVardia scalaris (Schrad.) S. F. Gray. Dawson, Septem-
ber 11 and October 2, 1898. Mixed with Lophozia Floerkii.

Jtmgermannia cordifolia Hook. Abundant in streams
running into Lake Lindeman, April 9, 1898. Mixed with
Scafania undidata. The leaves are more rigid and the leaf-
cells have larger trigones than is normal, but the plants
(sterile) agree with J. cordifolia in size, habit, form of

leaves, etc.

Lopiiozia Rutiieana (Limpr.). {Jungermannia Ruthcana
Limpr. Jahresb. Schles. Gesell. vaterl. Cult. 61 : 207. 1884.
Jungermannia lofhocoleoides Lindb. Medd. Soc. Faun, et
Fl. Fenn. 14: 66. 1887. Kongl. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl.
23 6 : 41. 1889.) Paroicous. The species was originally
described as dioicous. Lindberg, however, called attention

*Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci. 2 : 287-314. pi- 16-1S. 10 O. 1900.

fThe word " Alaska " is employed in the present paper in a geographical
rather than political sense. Most of Mr. Williams' specimens came from
British soil.

(i<>3)

to the great similarity between it and his paroicous J. lojho-
colcoides, suggesting the possibility that it had not been rightly
interpreted, owing to poverty of material. In a copy of the
original diagnosis sent out by Limpricht, the " Diocisch" has
been replaced by a pen-and-ink " Parocisch," indicating the
recognition of an error in the first description.

Lojhozia hctcrocolja (Thed.) M. A. Howe. Over rocks
and earth on mountain side, Dawson, August 7 and Septem-
ber 7, 1898.

Lojhozia incisa (Schrad.) Dumort. On Sjhagnmn, Klon-
dike, September 18, 1898.

Lojyhozia barbata (Schreb.) Dumort. Klondike River
bottom, October 9, 1898. New to Alaska.

Lojhozia Floerkii (Web. & Mohr) Schiffn. On wet rocks,
Lake Lindeman, May 30, 1898.

Lophozia lycojodioides (Wallr.) Schiffn. Very common
among bushes, Lake Lindeman, May 22, 1898. New to
Alaska.

Lojhozia quinquedentata (Huds.) Schiffn. On rocks,
Klondike, October 10, 1898. Mixed with the following
species.

Lojhozia saxicola (Schrad.) Schiffn. On rocks, Klondike,
October 10, 1898. We have seen but two other American
specimens of this, both in the herbarium of Professor Under-
wood. One bears the inscription " Moore Factory, Canada,
in herb. Tayl., Greville, 1843." This was probably collected
by Drummond. The other was collected by Prof. J. Macoun,
August, 1882, in " alpine situations, Mount Albert, Gaspe,
Canada," and was issued as no. 236 of Carr. & Pears. Hep.
Brit. Exsicc. According to Herr Stephani,* the species was
collected in Alaska by the Drs. Krause, also.

Lojhozia minnta (Crantz) Schiffn. On rocks, Lake Lin-
deman, May 24, 1898. In a swamp, Dawson, September 8,
1898.

Mylia anomala (Hook.) S. F. Gray. On Sjhagnum, Daw-
son, August 31, 1898. New to Alaska.

* Engler's Bot. Jahrb. 8 : 97. 1887.

(io 4 )

Geocalyx graveolens (Schrad.) Nees. Dawson, August 31,
1898. Gemmiferous. New to Alaska.

Odo7itosckisma sphagni (Dicks.) Dumort. In swamp,
Dawson, September 8, 1898. New to Alaska.

Bhpharostoma trichophyllum (L.) Dumort. On river bank
below Bonanza Creek, Klondike, June 18, 1899.

Temxoma setiformis (Ehrh.). {Jungermannia setifo'mis
Ehrh. Beitr. 3: 80. 1788.) On rocks, Lake Lindeman,
May 5, 1898.

Ptilidium ciliare (L.) Nees. On ground in woods, Daw-
son, September 7, 1898.

Diplophxllcia ta.xifolia (Wahlenb.) Trevis. On rocks,
Canon City, March 27, 1898.

Scapania undulata (L.) Dumort. In streams running into
Lake Lindeman, April 9 and May 21, 1898. Also a variety
in still water, Lake Lindeman, May 23, 1898. A very pe-
culiar plant, probably to be considered a variety of this
species, was collected by Mr. Williams " in springs between
Lakes Lindeman and Bennett, June 2, 1898." The leaf-
lobes in this are almost wholly separate, as sometimes hap-
pens in S. uliginosum, but it differs from the latter species in
the acute and dentate-margined lobes.

Scapania imbricata sp. now

Yellowish green, becoming somewhat brown, densely caes-
pitose : stems (secondary) prostrate or subascending, plane at
apices, 2-4 cm. long, .4— .57 mm. (22-28 cells) in thickness,
brown, simple or sometimes sparingly and irregularly
branched, root-hairs obsolescent : leaves for the most part
very densely imbricate, of nearly uniform size throughout,
rigid and subconchiform when dry, or slightly wrinkled, not
decurrent, bipartite for |-| their length, the carina slightly or
not at all alate ; lobes very entire ; ventral lobes twice as large
as the dorsal or subequal, oblong, oblong-ovate, or elliptical,
1.8-2.2 mm. x .96-1.34 mm., patent-horizontal, the very obtuse
often subtruncate apex deflexed, the ventral margin nearly
plane ; dorsal lobes elliptical-ovate or ovate, suberect or
erecto-patent, inflato-convex, appressed-imbricate, rounded-
obtuse ; leaf-cells near the margin subquadrate or elliptical-
oblong, 12-22 ft, firm-walled, those near the middle of lamina

(io 5 )

5- or 6-angled, 16-30 p, with pronounced trigones, cuticle
smooth or very slightly roughened. (Plate 14.)

On rocks, Crater Lake, at foot of Chilcoot Pass, altitude
about 900 m., May 24, 1898. Although Mr. Williams' speci-
men is wholly sterile, the peculiarities of the species are so
striking that we think our description and figures will make
possible its easy recognition. We are unacquainted with any
Scapania which seems closely related to this species. Sca-
■pania Kaiirini Ryan, from Norway, has obtuse, entire or
subentire leaf-lobes but here the resemblance ceases, for
S. Kaiirini is a much smaller plant in every way, its leaves
increase in size toward the stem-apex, are commonly sub-
vertical, and are less deeply lobed, the dorsal lobes are not at
all imbricate unless at the very apex of the stem, the ventral
lobes are ovate or obovate, the root-hairs are numerous, etc.
The arrangement of the leaf-lobes in Scafiania imbricata is
quite suggestive of the genus Diflophylleia, yet the plant is
doubtless a true Scafiania.

Explanation of Plate 14.

Figs, i and 2. Stems (secondary), natural size.

Fig. 3. From near base of stem, dorsal view, X 7-

Fig. 4. Apical portion, dorsal view, X 7-

Figs. 5 and 6. Portions of stem with typical leaves, dorsal view, X I2 -

Figs. 7 and 8. Same portions, ventral view, X I2 -

Figs. 9 and 10. Single leaves viewed from outer (lower) surface, X I2 -

Fig. 11. Leaf cells from apex of ventral lobe, showing margin, X 2 45-

Fig. 12. Leaf-cells from middle of ventral lobe, X 2 45-

Fig. 13. Cross-section of (secondary) stem, X 4°-

Fig. 14. Cells from near surface in cross-section of (secondary) stem, X

245-

2. An Enumeration of the Mosses collected.

By R. S. Wiuiams.

Our party arrived at Dyea, Alaska, March 23, 1898, and a
day or two later a few specimens of mosses were collected in
the immediate vicinity, from which time on collections were
made at intervals as opportunity offered till Dawson was
reached on the 21st of June. On our arrival the streets of

(io6)

Dyea, scarcely above tide water, were quite bare, but a mile or
two above town and on the mountain sides snow was in more
or less abundance and constantly increasing in amount as one
went back from the coast. The nights were not very cold,
about such, perhaps, as might occur in New York City dur-
ing February. Dyea Creek at the mouth of which the town
of that name was located (it is scarcely an inhabited town any
longer, the travel all going by way of Skagway) is some 16
miles long. About half way up is the place called Canon
City where the gulch narrows for a mile or two often to only
a few rods in width. Here the rocks, where exposed, were
often covered with fine growths of mosses and lichens, but
there was too much snow and frost to do any satisfactory col-
lecting. About 4 miles farther up the gulch was Sheep
Camp, the last place where wood for fuel could be obtained
till after crossing the Chilcoot Pass. We camped here from
the 28th of March to the 7th of April, and although the
ground was everywhere covered with 2 or 3 feet or more of
snow, a number of specimens were obtained from the trunks
of trees and exposed rocks. Chilcoot Pass is 3,500 feet
high and the mountain summits near, 2,000 or 3,000 feet
higher. Just beyond the Pass, Crater Lake lies in a small
depression at the foot of a steep hill and ten miles away is
Lake Lindeman, at an elevation of 2,170 feet. This last lake
is the nearest point to the coast where boats can be built and
run into the Yukon and we camped here from the 7th of
April to the first of June. Quite a number of specimens were
obtained during this time although the ground was well
covered with snow up to the middle of May. By the 25th of
the month the lower hills and mountain sides were mostly
bare and the ice in the upper half of the lake had largely
melted. Frogs were first heard croaking in a marsh May
1 6th and on the 26th a single small buttercup was found in
bloom close to the lake shore, while sedges were appearing
above ground with green tips an inch or so long. Leaving
Lindeman the first day of June we sailed down to the foot of
the lake (5 or 6 miles only) and camped for 5 days. Vegeta-

(io7)

tion was found to be considerably more advanced than at the
head of Lindeman owing doubtless to the somewhat smaller
snowfall and the dryer, more sandy soil. A lupine, one or
two violets and a species of Ribcs were in full bloom, Equise-
tum arvense was in good fruit and a young fern had reached
a height of 5 or 6 inches on June 2d. But little collecting-
was done here owing to lack of time and as no more stops of
any length were made from this place on to Dawson, a dis-
tance of 525 miles, but little collecting was really done along
the Yukon. At Dawson I remained from the 21st of June,
1898, to the 14th of Aug., 1899, and doubtless a fairly com-
plete collection of the higher plants, mosses and lichens was
made, growing within 2 or 3 miles of town. All the moun-
tains near Dawson are low (1,200 or 1,500 feet above town,
which has an elevation of some 1,700 feet, I believe) and
without snow for 3 months during the warm season. Rains
were not very frequent or heavy during the summer spent
there and snow fell in winter about 16 inches deep in town
and perhaps twice that amount on the mountains near.

Aug. 14, 1899, I left Dawson, coming out by the same
route as that traversed going in till the head of Lake Bennett
was reached on the 25th. Frequent stops along the Yukon
allowed the collection of some flowering plants at this season
as did a stop over night at Bennett City. On the 26th I took
the train at this place for Skagway. We started at 7.15
a. m., reached the White Pass Summit (elevation 2,600 feet)
at 9.25 a. m. where a stop-over of 1% hours gave time to ob-
tain a number of specimens just on the line between Alaska
and British soil, then we continued on down to Skagway
arriving there early in the afternoon where the last collecting
of the trip was done while awaiting a steamer for Seattle.

To Mrs. Britton the author is under many obligations for
assistance in preparing this list.

Dr. Warnstorf has kindly determined the Sphagnums.

Sphagnum Wamstorfii Russow. Swamps at the head of
Lake Lindeman (507).

Sphagnum Warnstorjii purpurasccns Russow. Locality

of preceding (505).

(io8)

Sphagnum Girgensohnii Russow. Locality of preceding

(5o6).

Sphagnum f us cum (Schimp.) Klinggr. In swamps about
Dawson. In fine fruit the latter part of August. Often
used in large quantities for filling the spaces between the
logs of buildings (501).

Sphagnum fimbriatum Wils. In swamps about Dawson.
Fruiting. Rather rare (502).

Sphagnum teres squarrosulum (Lesq.) Schp. Canon City,
Dyea Creek. On damp mountain side (509).

Sphagnum squarrosum Pers. Klondike River bottom (513).

Sphagnum squarrosum subsquarrosum Warns. Swamps
about Dawson. Fruiting (508).

Sphagnum medium Limpr. Abundantly fruiting in swamps
and on cold, wet hillsides about Dawson. This species is
also largely used in the building of log houses (516).

Andrcaea petrophila Ehrh. Common about Lake Linde-
man. In fine fruit May 17. The plants are quite variable
in color and length of stem. The leaves are papillose on
both sides but most distinctly so on the back in upper part.
The cell walls are very thick, the upper cells measure .008
x .008 mm. to .008 x .012 mm., below they are 3-4 times
longer than wide (5 2 °)«

Andreaea petrophila acuminata Schimp. Lake Linde-
man. All the specimens examined seemed to be dioicous.
The papillae vary greatly on different leaves, often being very
prominent on young leaves and scarcely visible on old spec-
imens (523).

Andreaea petrophila parvifolia (Muell.). Sheep camp,
Dyea Creek. These specimens are from the original locality
of parvifolia and agree with a bit of the original collection
from Herb. Mueller. They differ from petrophila in having
rather smaller leaves and mostly dioicous flowers, the $
plants being more branching than the 9 and bearing three or
four antheridial buds ; paroicous plants occur, however, and
there seems to be no reason for considering it other than a
variety as above given (519)-

(io 9 )

Andreaea alpestris (Thed.) Schimp. Sheep Camp, Dyea
Creek. This has leaves very similar to the preceding in size
and shape, but the leaf cells below are longer, thinner-walled
and less pitted. It should, perhaps, be regarded as only a
variety of -pctrophila, as Braithwait does (512).

Gymnostomum curvir ostrum (Ehrh.) Iledw. Yukon
River bluff just below Dawson (524).

Dicranozveisia crispula (Iledw.) Lindb. Common on
rocks about Lake Lindeman (555).

Dicranozveisia coutermina R. & C. Locality of preceding

(556).

Cynodontium Sckisti (Wahlb.) Lindb. On earth about
ledges of rock. The leaves are roughly papillose on both
faces. Upper leaf-cells irregular, not much elongated, up to
about .008 mm. long. Rough spores up to .016 mm. Teeth
either solid or with two or three perforations above (525).

Cynodontium torqucscens (Bruch) Limpr. Lake Linde-
man, on thin earth over rock. Dawson, on rock. Leaves
papillose, up to 3 mm. long, twice longer and much narrower-
pointed than in alpestris. Inner perichaetial leaves longer-
pointed and less clasping than in gracilesccns, foliage leaves
also narrower above. The perigonium, of two leaves, close
under the perichaetium or almost at its side (526).

Cynodontium poly carpum (Ehrh.) Schimp. Common on
rock on upper Dyea cr., also just over the Coast Range on
streams flowing into Lake Lindeman. The leaves are dis-
tinctly serrate above (527).

Cynodontium strumiferum (Ehrh.) DeNot. Lake Linde-
man. In crevices of rock (528).

Ourop/iorus virens (Sw.) Brid. {Cynodontium virens
Schimp.) About springs between Lakes Lindeman and
Bennett. Alar cells sometimes more or less enlarged or in-
flated (529).

Oncophorus virens serratus (B. & S.) Limpr. {Cyno-
dontium virens serratumB. & S.) On earth along streams
flowing into Lake Lindeman (792).

Oncophorus virens nigrcscens (Schimp.). {Cynodontium

(no)

virens nigrescens Schimp.) A depressed, blackish variety
growing on the margin of an alpine pond just below snow
banks about iooo ft. above Lake Lindeman (791).

Oncophorus Wahlenbergii Brid. (Cynodontium Wahlen-
bcrgii Hartm.) Common about Dawson on old stumps and
logs, in fine tufts, up to 6 cm. high (530).

Dicranella crispa (Ehrh.) Schimp. On damp sandy soil
at mouth of Bonanza Creek (552).

Dicranella varia (Hedw.) Schimp. Below Lake Lebarge
on Thirty-mile River (551).

Dicranella heteromalla (L.) Schimp. Sheep Camp, Dyea
Creek (554).

Dicranella subulata (Hedw.) Schimp. Growing on a thin
layer of damp earth over rock at Lake Lindeman (553).
These specimens have the upper leaves somewhat serrulate
above, thus approaching curvata, but the capsule is scarcely
elongated, erect and symmetrical enough to be that.

Dicranum fulvellum (Dicks.) Smith.* On rock at Long
Lake a few miles below Chilcoot Summit. The specimens
are old and blackish with distinctly furrowed capsule. Leaf-
cells not pitted and costa .050 mm. wide at base (531).

Dicranum falcatum Hedw. Sterile plants collected on
rock at Lake Lindeman. The leaf-cells from apex one-half
down are short and angular, often nearly square, the excur-
rent costa of the upper leaves is very rough with teeth-like
projections of the cells, width of costa at base .080 mm. (532).

Dicranu?n molle Wils. Collected at Lake Lindeman on
damp, clayey soil subject to overflow. The specimens bear
very immature capsules but show a distinct struma. The
leaves are entire or nearly so and erect-spreading, with cell-
walls thickened and pitted chiefly a little above the base, the
upper cells elongated, often rectangular and 4 to 6 times
longer than broad. Costa about .065 mm. wide at base,
about \ leaf base. This species has been previously collected
outside of Europe in Alaska and Greenland (546).

* The Dicranums have heen kindly revised by Dr. R. F. True, but the
notes are by the author.

(Ill)

Dicranum Blyttii B. & S. Rather common on rock
about Lake Lindeman. Some specimens are dioicous, male
plants occurring with three or four antheridial buds. The
leaf-cells vary considerably in width below, with walls some-
times thickened and pitted, especially in the perichaetial
leaves a little above the base (533).

Dicranum elongatum Schleich. Dawson. Very com-
mon on both old stumps and rocks in damp places. Some
of the specimens might be referred to var. orthocarpum if
that is worth recognition as a variety (534).

Dicranum fuscescens Turn. On rock along Dyea Creek
and on earth at Lake Lindeman (536).

Dicranum congestum Brid. On swampy ground at Daw-
son. Distinguished from the preceding by the wider leaf
point with cells elongated-oval, not short and angular above.
In both species the cell walls are more or less porose and the
nerve at base varies from \ to \ the width of leaf base (537).

Dicranum Muhlenbcckii B. & S. Growing among bould-
ers at Lake Lindeman. This has small, angular leaf-cells,
often only .006 x .006 mm.-.oo6x .008 mm. extending § down
the leaf or more. The cell walls may be more or less po-
rose. The costa at base is about \ width of leaf base (538).

Dicranum fragilifolium Lindb. Very common on de-
cayed logs about Dawson. Perichaetial leaves rather grad-
ually narrowed to the subula with cell walls porose in lower
part. Other leaves scarcely or not porose. The costa often
well defined below and broad, over \ width of leaf base (535).

Dicra?ium angustum Lindb. Sterile specimens collected
at Lake Lindeman in swamps and found in good fruit at
Dawson in July. This is a more slender plant than scopa-
rium with erect-spreading, nearly straight, smooth and en-
tire leaves, giving a somewhat bristly appearance to the
stems. The leaf-cells are elongated throughout often from 4
to 8 times longer than wide in upper leaf, with walls strongly
porose, at least below. Nerve indistinct and narrow a short
distance above base. Perichaetial leaves abruptly narrowed
to a smooth subula about J the length of blade. Capsule

(112)

short, curved, furrowed. Annulus of one or two rows of
cells. Spores slightly roughened, up to about .023 mm.
Kindberg gives this as a plant of northern Europe, occur-
ring principally in Norway, Finland and Lapland (539).

Dicranum maj'us orthophyllum Al. Br. Fruiting specimens
collected at Lake Lindeman. Thisvariety with nearly straight,
erect-spreading leaves bears little resemblance to the beauti-
fully falcate-leaved majus. The leaves of the Lindeman
specimens measure up to 8| mm. long, with margins serru-
late in upper \ and vein somewhat rough on back with low
papillae. Leaf-cells elongated throughout and porose nearly
to apex, costa percurrent, .045 to .080 mm. wide a little
above the broadened base. Capsules clustered, up to 5 in
the same perichaetium (544).

Dicranum Bonjeani DeNot. (D. palustrc Br. and Sch.).
On rather dry ground at Lake Lindeman. A variety with
straight leaves 4^ mm. long with costa scarcely papillose on
back and margin entire or nearly so (543).

Dicranum Bergeri Blandow. [D. Schradcri Web. &
Mohr.), Lake Lindeman, mouth of Little Salmon River and
near Dawson (540).

Fissidcns bryoides (L.) Hedw. Common on earth about
Dawson (559).

Fissidcns osmundoidcs (Swartz) Hedw. On earth and
rocks at Lake Lindeman (557).

Fissidcns adiantoides (L.) Hedw. In marshy places at
Lake Lindeman (558).

Ceratodon purpureas Brid. Common on rock at Lake
Lindeman (560). Sterile specimens of a moss that may be
only a variety of this were collected at Marsh Lake on
dry rock, in which the leaves are broader than the normal
form and only |- as long (800).

Distichium capillaceum (Sw.) B. & S. On earth and rock
from Lake Lindeman to Dawson (561).

Distichium inclinatum (Ehrh.) B. & S. Lake Lebarge
on earth and at Dawson on old stumps (562).

Blindia acuta (Huds.) B. & S. Skagway, in fine fruit

("3)

Aug. 27, also sterile specimens on dry rock at Lakes Linde-
man and Lebarge (563).

Pottia latifolia pilifcra (Brid.) Muell. On bare earth of
river bluff just below Dawson (564).

Didymodon rubellus (Hoffm.) B. & S. Canon City, Dyea
Creek, also common at Dawson. The apex of the leaf of this
species usually terminates in a somewhat enlarged, pale,
smooth cell with one or two similar cells on either side, form-
ing teeth that stand out very distinctly from the rest of the
rather obscure papillose cells of upper leaf. The capsule
varies greatly in length and breadth. Cells of the lid not in
oblique rows (565).

Ditrichum giganteum R. S. Williams, sp. nov.

Dioicous. Growing in large cushions up to 12 cm. high,
usually of a yellow-green color. Upper stem leaves up to
7 mm. long, narrowly subulate above, sharply denticulate at
apex and more or less serrulate or crenulate on border about
^ down, also often rough on back above. Inner perichaetial
leaf truncately narrowed to a denticulate subula about equal-
ing the broad part in length. Cell walls thickened through-
out except in and near margin at base. Cells in upper leaf
3-5 times longer than wide with rounded ends, in middle
near margin, short and irregular, often not or scarcely elon-
* gated, toward base several rows in margin narrowly rectan-
gular, 8-10 times longer than wide, with thin walls, within
the cells become much wider, thick-walled and near costa,
mostly pitted. Capsule oblong-cylindrical, not quite sym-
metrical, with conical lid ^ its length and broad annulus of
3 rows of cells. Three or 4 rows of elongated cells about
mouth of capsule, below the cells becoming irregularly ob-
long to rectangular, mostly 2-4 times longer than wide.
Teeth pale, very papillose, rather broad and irregular, with-
out distinct articulations. (Plate 15.)

This plant is closely related to jlcxicaulc with which it has
been associated both in this country and Europe, and some of
the larger forms of jlcxicaule approach it very closely but I
have not yet seen any with such long, slender, serrulate
leaves with inner perichaetial leaf truncately narrowed to so
dentate a subula. The color and size alone are usually

(H4)

sufficient to separate the plant. Macoun's no. 66 is this
species, also Leiberg's 232. In European collections, "485
Jack, Leiner and Sitzenberger Kryp. Badens, "' " a" is this
and " c" is jlexicaule. 1307 Rabenhorst, Bry. Eur. looks
much like this but is Dicranodontium. " in Bryotheca
Silesiaca" and " in Wilson, Musci Brit." are this species.

Sterile specimens only were collected at Dawson. The
description is drawn up from specimens collected at Columbia
Falls, Mont., July, 1892. In the plate the teeth are probably
figured too short, the only available specimen being in poor
condition. The plant grows on both earth and rock and
rarely fruits (568).

Ditrichum jlexicaule (Schleich.) Hampe. (Leftotrichum
flcxicaule Hampe.) Common about Dawson in swampy
places. These specimens are similar to 961 , Rabenhorst, Bry.
Eur. The leaf-cells below are often much pitted, perichaetial
leaves gradually narrowed and leaf towards apex only slightly
serrulate. Occasionally there is a distinct cluster of alar cells
found in both European and American specimens (567).

Ditrichum Jlexicaule densum (B. & S.) Braithw. Speci-
mens about 1 cm. high, collected between the Big and Little
Salmon rivers, in good fruit June 16. This plant has the
habit of D . homomallum and Macoun's no. 8, so called, be-
longs here. It is at once distinguished from homomallum bv
the short, often transversely elongated cells near middle of
leaf toward margin, also the rectangular basal cells are only
i as long. These specimens appear quite distinct iromjlex-
icaule by their small size, short, nearly entire leaves and
scarcely or not pitted cell walls, the teeth also are distinctly
articulate ; possibly, however, all these characters are too
variable to make specific distinctions (566).

Desmatodon cernuus (Hiiben) B. & S. Dawson (570).
Barbula brevirostris (Hook. & Grev.) Bench. On earth-
covered stumps and bare clayey soil about Dawson (571).

Barbula fallax rccui'vifolia Wils. (Barbula rcjlcxa Brid.)
Dawson. Growing in large tufts on rock (572).

Barbula fragilis (Drurnm.) B. & S. Dawson. In damp

("5)

shady places on earth. Collected with rather old fruit,
August 4th. The lid about equals the capsule in length, the
calvptra extends nearly J down capsule. Teeth red and
closely twisted when first exposed, later becoming scarcely
twisted. Outer walls of the cells of leaf subula much thick-
ened (574).

Barbala subulata (L.) Beauv. Dawson. On earth in
rather dry places (575).

Barbala nivalis (L.) Hedw. On rocks about Lakes Lin-
deman and Bennett (576).

Bryobrittonia R. S. Williams, gen. nov.

Closely related to Tortala and Desmatodon from which it
is distinguished by the mamillose leaves, the exposed surfaces
of the very distinct cells being highly convex. From Trich-
ostomum and Timmiella it is distinguished by the costa with
only one stereid band ; the first of these also has the leaves
smooth or papillose and the second has a leaf lamina of 2
layers of cells, mamillose on the upper surface only.

This genus is dedicated to Mrs. Elizabeth G. Britton, by
whose aid so many American students of our mosses have
been encouraged.

Bryobrittonia pellucida R. S. Williams, sp. nov.

With much the habit of Tortala latifolia but leaves much
longer and narrower above. Stems mostly simple, radiculose
below, in loose, rather dark green tufts up to 2 cm. high, in
cross-section irregularly oval (about .320 mm. long) with
walls of 2 or 3 rows of slightly thickened irregular cells,
ground tissue of large thin-walled cells, surrounding a dis-
tinct central strand of numerous small thin-walled cells.
Terminal leaves (often enclosing numerous long paraphyses-
like hairs) oblong lanceolate, up to 7.5 mm. long and 1.5
mm. broad, plicate and somewhat crispate when dry or rarely
nearly straight, mamillose on both faces except dorsal side
of costa, crenulate-serrate on flat borders in upper half, ob-
tusely or somewhat acutely pointed, with stout costa (.140
mm. wide near base) long-decurrent on stems and vanishing
several cells below apex. Lower leaves ovate-oblong (about

(n6)

3 mm. long). Leaf-cells above rhomboidal to hexagonal,
about .016 mm. in diameter, becoming gradually elongated
below and hyaline, the cells near margin a little above base
.004-. 006 mm. wide and up to .160 mm. long, toward costa
.020-. 025 mm. wide and up to .100 mm. or more long.
Cross-sections of costa show in the ventral half about 4 guide-
cells with a few accessory cells or even 1 or 2 rows of
accessory cells nearly as large, in addition to the row of
mamillose cells on ventral surface. The dorsal half of costa
consists of a stereid band, the outer row of cells a little larger
than the others with a distinct central strand of small, irreg-
ular, thin-walled cells. (Plate 16.)

Yukon River bluff, just below Dawson. Collected April
6, 1899, on rock (587).

Scouleria aquatica Hook. Fine fruiting specimens col-
lected near Canon City, Dyea Creek. As usual in clear moun-
tain streams, the plants are blackish and robust. Also col-
lected sterile in Miles's Canon and in fruit on the Yukon at
Dawson. These latter specimens are more slender and of a
dull green color, such as are usually found in larger streams
that become swift and muddy in high water. There seems to
be no microscopical differences between the different speci-
mens (588) and (806).

Grimmia conferla Funck. Marsh Lake. This plant has
cell walls thin, not or scarcely sinuous, the upper cells
roundish, the lower short rectangular, about 1 to 3 (589).

Grimmia apocarfa (L.) Hedw. Lake Lindeman. Grow-
ing in blackish tufts on perpendicular walls. This species
has cells of leaf above, mostly oblong to square, with thick,
sinuate, angular walls, especially near middle, toward base
becoming hyaline and long-rectangular with thin walls.
The leaf towards apex consists of a double layer of cells
throughout; about \ down the cells are double only in margin
and here and there within (591).

Grimmia apocarpa gracilis Web. & Mohr. Lake Linde-
man. The cell structure of the leaves is similar to the pre-
ceding, I believe. The plant differs in being rather more
slender, with leaves more papillose and lateral appearing
fruit (592).

("7)

Grimmia rivularis Brid. Lake Lindeman. On rock Dear
water-line. This plant has rather obtuse leaves, mostly some-
what sinuate dentate above. The cell walls are less thick-
ened and angular than in aftocarpa, and the lower cells
shorter rectangular and broader (593).

Grtmmta torquata Hornsch. Sterile specimens collected at
Sheep Camp, Dyea Creek ; also at Lakes Lindeman and Ben-
nett. The typical form has leaves more or less curved and
twisted in various directions (596). In other specimens the
leaves all twist about the stem in the same direction, present-
ing a very rope-like appearance (598). The tufts may finally
become of a dull, brownish-black throughout. Some small,
brownish-green tufts only 1 cm. high were collected at Lake
Bennett, apparently young plants. The leaves are short, with
scarcely thickened or sinuous cell walls. Propagula, mostly
at the base of the costa beneath, resemble those of ordinary
torquata (599).

Grtmmta ovalis (Hedw.) Lindb. {Grimmia ova/a
Schwaegr.) Lake Lindeman and Dawson and at various
intermediate points on the Yukon. Common (595).

Grimmia tenuicaulis R. S. Williams, Bull. Torr. Bot.
Club, 27: 316-317. 1900. Dawson on rather dry rock walls.
Specimens not quite so slender as the type (590).

Grimmia acicularis (L.) C. M. {Racomitrium aciculare
Brid.) Lake Lindeman (601).

Grimmia microcarjia (Hedw.) C. M. {Racomitrium
Sudeticum (Hedw.) B. & S.) Lake Lindeman. Limpricht
states the leaf margin in this species consists of 2 layers of
cells, distinguishing it from heterostichum which has only one.
In these specimens the margin above consists sometimes of a
double layer, on one side, at least (602).

Grimmia heterosticha (Hedw.) C. M. {Racomitrium
heterostichum Brid.) Lake Lindeman and Skagway. Leaf
border of a single layer of cells (603).

Grimmia fascicular is (Schrad.) C. M. {Racomitrium
fascicularc (Schrad.) Bridel.) Lake Lindeman (605).

Grimmia ramulosa Lindb. [Racomitrium microcarpum
(Schrad) Brid.) Lake Lindeman (606).

(n8)

Grimmia cancscens (Timm.)C. M. {Racomitrium canes-
cens Brid.) Sheep Camp, Dyea Creek and Lake Linde-
man. Specimens sometimes blackish throughout. The
alar cells, more or less hyaline and somewhat inflated-hex-
agonal, in several rows, seem alwa}'s to distinguish this plant
(608).

Grimmia hypnoidcs (L.) Lindb. (Racomilritem lanugi-
nosum Brid.) Lake Lindeman (607).

Hedwigia albicans (Web.) Lind. (//. ciliata Ehrh.)
Common about Dawson in fine fruiting tufts with stems up
to 8 cm. long, also collected at Lake Bennett (610).

Amphidiiim Lapponicnm (Hedw.) Schimp. (Amphori-
dium Lapponicnm (Hedw.) Schimp.) Lake Lindeman and
Lake Marsh (611).

Wcissia Drummondii (Hook. & Grev.) Lind. (Ulota
Drummondii Brid.) On bark of Alnus at Sheep Camp,
Dyea Creek (612).

Wcissia Bruchii (Hornsch.) Lindb. {Ulota Bruchii
Hornsch.) On rock at Sheep Camp and Lake Lindeman

(613).

Wcissia ulophylla intermedia (Schimp.) Braithw. {Ulota

crispa intermedia (Schimp.) Dixon.) Sheep Camp. On
Popuhis and Alnus (614).

Wcissia phyllantha (Brid.) Lindb. {Ulota phyllantha
Brid.) Skagway, Alaska. On rock just above tide-water.
The plants are stout and dark colored, bearing dense clusters
of gemmae on both sides of the costa near apex (615).

Orlhotrichum anoniahim Hedw. Dawson. In fine fruit
June 29, on rock. Also collected at Skagway (616).

Orihotrichum Macounii Aust. Dawson. On rock. I
refer specimens to this species with a seta about twice the
length of the cylindrical capsule, which is at first smooth but
may finally become ribbed throughout, with teeth regular and
often united to apex and stout cilia (of a double row of cells)
often nearly as long as the teeth. The characters pointed
out by Austin as separating this species from Kingianum are
not apparently very constant (617).

("9)

Ortkotrickum rupestre Schleich. Lake Lindeman (618).
Orthotrichum alpestrc Hornsch. Lake Marsh and Daw-
son. On rock (619).

Orthotrichum speciosum Nees. Skagway, Alaska. On
cotton-wood (620).

Orthotrichum obtusifolium Schrad. Skagway. On cot-
ton-wood (621).

Lecrsia rhabdocarpa (Schwaegr.) Lindb. [Encalypta rhab-
docarpa Schwaegr.) Dawson (623).

Leersia Sehvyni (Aust.) E. G. Britt. [Encalypta Selwyni
Aust.) Lake Marsh ; also common about Dawson (624).

Georgia pellucida (L.) Rab. (Tetraphis pellucida (L.)
Hedw.) Lake Lindeman (625).

Georgia geniculata (Girgens.) Lindb. ( Tetraphis genicu-
lates Girgens.) Canon City, Dyea Creek (626).

Dissodon splachnoides (Thunb.) Grev. & Arn. Lake
Lindeman. A few specimens found growing on damp earth
by margin of pond. The rhomboidal leaf-cells a little below
the apex measure .010 mm. by .025 mm., toward base be-
coming rectangular with a width of about .008 mm. and from
4 to 6 times longer. Spores up to .036 mm. Synoicous
(627).

Tctraplodon angustatus (Sw.) B. & S. Dawson. On
bones. In good fruit, May 7. This species often grows
mixed with the next and is scarcely to be distinguished by
the unaided eye, unless by the little shorter pedicel. The
stomata are confined to the upper end of the apophysis, the
teeth approximate in fours, not in twos, as given in the L. &
J. Manual (805).

Tetraplodon bryoides (Zoeg.) Lindb. {Tctraplodon nui/'o-
ides(Sxv.) B. &S.) Dawson. On bones. In fine fruit, July
3. The stomata are scattered over the apophysis and teeth
approximate in twos (628).

Tetraplodon nrceolatus (Brid.) B. & S. Near summit of
Moosehide Mt. just back of Dawson. On bones. In a letter
recently received by Mrs. Britton from Mr. II. N. Dixon,
speaking of the differences between T. mnioides cavifolius

(I20)

and T. urceolatus he states he found "that the areolation of
the leaf afforded a very distinct character, that of urceolatus
being shorter, more rectangular and above all more incras-
sate, that of all forms of T. mnioides being more irregular,
more elongated and with thinner walls.*' He further states
that the Labrador plants he has seen all belong to mnioides
and that possibly we do not have the true urceolatus in
America. The specimens collected at Dawson, however, en-
tirely agree with European specimens of the latter, the cell
characters being just such as pointed out above (622).

Funaria calcarea Wahl. On bare earth of river bluff just
below Dawson. This species is only to be separated from
Mediterranean apparently, by the slightly more serrate leaf
and shorter point. Leaf-cells above about .036 x .060 mm.
Teeth with about 12 lamellae, 4 or 5 rows of transversely
elongated cells about mouth of capsule and rough spores up
to .025 mm. (629).

Funaria hygrometrica (L.) Sibth. Lake Marsh and near
Dawson (630).

Funaria hygrometrica arctica Berggrn. Lower Klondike
River. The specimens are mostly from 12 to 20 mm. high.
Spores up to .024 mm. The spores of hygrometrica run up
to .016 or .018 mm. (691).

Bartramia ithyphylla (Haller) Brid. Lake Lindeman

(63i)-

Bartramia OEderiana (Gunn.) Swartz. Dawson (632).

Bartramia -pomiformis (L.) Hedw. Canon City and
Sheep Camp, Dyea Creek (633).

Philonotis fontana (L.) Brid. Rather common about Lake
Lindeman and Lake Bennett (635).

Conostomum boreale Swartz. Growing in dense cushions
on wet rock near Long Lake, between Chilcoot Pass and
Lake Lindeman (634).

Catoscofiium nigritum (Hedw.) Brid. Dawson. In fine
fruit about springs, May 7 (636).

Meesea trichodes (L.) Spruce. {Meesia uliginosa Hedw.)
Dawson. The teeth of the peristome are sometimes almost

(121)

up to l~ the segments in length, they are separated bv spaces
up to |- the width of the teeth across. Apex of teeth often
split or perforated b) r a single opening. The minutely
roughened spores measure up to .048 mm. (637).

Meesca triquetra (L.) Aongstr. {Messia tristicha B. & S.)
Klondike River bottom. In fine fruit July 23 (639).

Pahtdclla squarrosa (L.) Brid. Sterile specimens grow-
ing in bogs at Lake Lindeman. Found abundantly in fruit
at Dawson July 23, growing in large patches many feet
across. In places, specimens were so mixed with Camfito-
thecium miens that only the tall seta and capsule of squar-
rosa were visible (640).

Lcptobryum -pyriforme (L.) Schimp. Lake Lindeman
and Dawson (641).

Pohlia nutans (Schreb.) Lindb. ( Webera nutans (Schreb.)
Hedw.) Sheep Camp, Dyea Creek, also on an island just
below Fort Selkirk (642).

Pohlia nutans var. ( Webera nutans var.) Lake Linde-
man. These specimens are dioicous with appendiculate
cilia and costa rough on the back above by the projecting
upper ends of the cells. P. nutans longiscta is described as
having a rough costa, but it has a seta 3 or 4 times longer
than these specimens. Limpricht states it attains a height of
10 cm. I have Montana specimens of nutans with paroicous
inflorescence, seta 2 or 3 cm. high and costa slightly rough
on back above, also specimens with seta 6 cm. high and costa
smooth (643).

Pohlia cruda (L.) Lindb. {Webera cruda (L.) Schimp.)
Lake Lindeman (644).

Pohlia sphagnicola (Brid.) Lindb. & Arn. {Webera
sphagnicola Schimp.) Dawson. In fine fruit July 2.
Growing with slender, mostly solitary stems up through
tufts of Sphagnum and Aulacomnium . The specimens are
paroicous not dioicous as usually described, with leaves
mostly flat-bordered and entire except a few of the elongated
perichaetial, which are slightly serrulate near apex. It is
undoubtedly closely related to nutans, differing chiefly in the

(122)

slender, elongated stems and more entire leaves. Some of
the perichaetial leaves are only -1- mm. wide and up to 3^
mm. long, without teeth, the margin being slightly sinuate
only toward apex. These specimens agree in inflores-
cence and in every other way with specimens from Green-
land, and labeled sphaguicola apparently in Schimper's own
handwriting. Some half dozen other specimens in the
" Garden " collection from Europe and labeled sphaguicola
are very different plants (647).

Pohlia commutata Lindb. ( Wcbcra commutata Schimp.)
Lake Lindeman. On sandy bank by stream. This species
may usually be distinguished from our other Weberas, I be-
lieve, by the comparatively broad, short leaves, ovate rather
than lanceolate, mostly 1-4, excepting a few perichaetial,
the only other species approaching it in this respect being
cucullala, which is paroicous (645).

Pohlia gracilis Lindb. ( Wcbcra gracilis De Not.) On
shaded, moist sand bank of the Klondike River just above
Dawson. The specimens are not fruiting but bear abundant
red bulbs in the axils of the leaves, often 4 or 5 on the same
stem. The bulbs measure about .260 by .375 mm. and are
readilv observed at some distance by the naked eye. They
are borne on a very short stalk that comes out from the stem
some little distance above the attachment of the leaf (646).

Pohlia proligera Lindb. ( Weber a proligera (Lindb.)
Kindb.) Lake Lindeman in marshy place. A dioicous, very
pale-colored plant, with elongated, spindle-shaped, more or
less vermicular brood-bodies, clustered in the axils of the
leaves. These bodies are quite variable in size and shape.
They usually consist of several series of cells somewhat twisted
together but apparently always terminating in a single pointed
cell and measure about .020 by .200 mm., or even larger.
The median leaf-cells are about .120 by .008 to .010 mm.

(803).

Bryum arcticum B. & S.* Dawson, on earth in rather dry

* The Bryums have all been submitted to M. Philibert for determination
and he has indicated several new species, the descriptions of which, how-
ever, have been drawn up by the author.

( I2 3)

places. The outer plates of the teeth are often nearly square
and up to .020 mm. high. The lamellae, about 16, are
usually connected below by cross walls, not more than one,
however, between adjoining lamellae. The spores in these
specimens measure up to .028 or .030 mm. Upper leaf-cells
large, up to .025 by .070 mm.

Br yum Brownii B. & S. ? [Pohlia bryoides R. Br. ?)
Dawson, on earth about ledges of rock. There seems to be
some confusion with regard to this plant. My specimens are
called a variety, " filiferum " by M. Philibert, but they are
scarcely or not longer pointed than is shown in Fig. 8a, Tab.
Supp. I, IV., Bryo. Eur. The peristome as figured in this
plate, also, as far as it goes, rather agrees with my speci-
mens, viz., the lamellae are not very numerous (14 to 16) or
close together and the outer plates are comparatively high.
This does not agree with Limpricht's description, who states
that the lamellae are numerous and close together and basal
plates narrowly rectangular (1 to 4), also that the costa of the
leaf is excurrent into a short awn. In the Dawson specimens
the 14 or 15 lamellae are joined by 1 to 3 thick cross walls be-
tween the adjacent lamellae and the outer plates are from
twice wider than high to nearly square. In a packet in the
Columbia Herbarium, are European specimens called Brown//
from Chr. Kaurin, but the lamellae are not connected by
vertical walls and the plants are otherwise different so that
they certainly are not Brownii. The same may be said of
Bourgeau's specimens of " The Palliser N. A. Expedition ;
that is, unless true Brownii belongs to a section that does no
have the lamellae connected by cross walls as in fendulum.
The Dawson specimens are synoicous and antoicous, leaf
border of one layer of cells not more thickened than within,
spores roughened, up to .028 mm., leaf-cells below sometimes

pitted (581).

Since writing the above Mrs. Britton has received a letter
from Ernest S. Salmon, in which he gives good reasons for
believing that the type of Pohlia bryoides R. Br., is not in
existence. Taking, then, Schimper's figures in the Bryologia

(I2 4 )

Europea as representing the type of B. Brozvnii, it would
seem that the only differences by which this is to be distin-
guished from 'pendulum (B. cernuuni), Plate 331, are the
better developed cilia and the thin, not pitted leaf-cells. We
have lately received from M. Philibert a specimen collected
in Norway and regarded by him as true Brozvnii. This
shows teeth with about 23 lamellae joined by very thin cross
walls, the outer plates toward base \\ to 2.! times wider than
high and 2 or 3 cilia, not appendiculate and irregular, some
of them nearly as long as the segments. Roughened spores
up to about .030 mm. Flowers antoicous, $ and 9 very
similar, but the first rather larger. The leaf-cells are thin-
walled, the lower being longer in proportion to width (from 3
to 6 to 1) than in -pendulum, in which they are nearly square,
often, in basal angles. The stem leaves are nearly all worn
away and imperfect ; a few, however, show points nearly as
long as Schimper's figure. In any case my Dawson speci-
mens must be referred to pendulum and the others men-
tioned above, exxept the one from Norway, are not Brozvnii,
nor is Drummond's no. 265, so there seems to be no known
American specimens at present.

Br yum pendulum (Hornsch.) Schimp. Dawson, in fine
fruit July 30. Inflorescence, teeth, etc., as given for the pre-
ceding Dawson specimens (582).

Bryum Dawsonense R. S. Williams, sp. nov.

Synoicous and autoicous. Tufts low, 1.5 cm. high, and
dense. Stems branching. Outer perichaetial leaves ovate-
lanceolate, upper stem leaves ovate, about 2.5 mm. long with
costa excurrent the length of 2 or 3 short cells. Lower stem
leaves much smaller and costa not quite percurrent. Leaves
entire, or sometimes minutely serrulate towards apex with
revolute margins from base to near apex or in very young
or lower leaves margins scarcely revolute. Marginal cells
.! down in upper leaves narrowed and much elongated in
3 or 4 rows but only slightly changed toward apex. Inner
perichaetial leaves small, lanceolate pointed, with percurrent
costa. Median leaf-cells rhomboidal to hexagonal, mostly
2 or 3 times longer than broad, about .050 mm. long. Lower

(i25)

cells sometimes pitted. Capsule with. lid up to 2.5 mm. long.
Sporangium oblong, scarcely or not contracted below mouth
and rather abruptly narrowed when dry to the shorter col-
lum. Peristome yellowish below, the lower plates of teeth
mostly twice wider than high, gradually becoming nearly
square above; lamellae 16-18, irregularly connected by 1—3
cross walls between adjoining lamellae; segments narrow
and narrowly perforated, separated by mostly 2 cilia, a little
shorter and often long appendiculate. Annulus broad, of 3
rows of cells. About 3 rows of transversely elongated cells
about mouth of capsule, the cells near middle becoming some-
what rectangular and in collum scarcely elongated and sin-
uous walled, with oblong stomata about .040 mm. long.
Spores smooth or nearly so, up to .025 mm. (Plate 17.)

Dawson, on damp earth. In good fruit Aug. 28, 1898.
This plant is undoubtedly close to pendulum differing in the
short pointed leaves, more distinct^ bordered and in the long
cilia, some of which are finely appendiculate (585).

M. Philibert left me in doubt as to just what he considered
this plant and I have finally ventured to describe it as a dis-
tinct species rather than a variety of pendulum.

Bryum longisetum Bland. Dawson. In good fruit July
31, on swampy ground with Meesea uliginosa. These
specimens have a seta up to 8.5 cm. high. The teeth are
small with only about 12 lamellae not joined by cross walls,
the dorsal plates high (about 1 to 2). Inner peristome free
with narrow segments and very short cilia. Spores large
and nearly smooth, up to .040 mm. Leaves long-pointed,
costa excurrent for a length of 4 or 5 cells (649).

Bryum conditum R. S. Williams, sp. nov.

Dioicous. Male plants discoid. Tufts up to 3.5 cm.
high. Stems and branches more or less radiculose. Outer
penchaetial leaves oblong-lanceolate, with a gradually nar-
rowed base, up to 4.5 mm. long. Upper stem leaves a
little shorter with broader base, all entire, with costa
excurrent for a length of 3 or 4 cells and a brown revolute
border of thick-walled cells in double layer, confluent with
the costa. Lower stem leaves much smaller with costa van-
ishing. Inner perichaetial leaves very broad, the width very
often & equal to J, or more, of the length and costa percurrent.

(126)

Median leaf-cells mostly hexagonal, 2 to 4 times longer than
wide, up to .070 mm. long. Cell walls rather thick, scarcely
pitted or sometimes distinctly so both above and below.
Capsule with lid up to 5.5 mm. long. Sporangium not con-
tracted below mouth, mostly somewhat gradually narrowed
to collum and about equalling it in length. Lid low-convex,
not mamillate. Annulus of 3 or 4 rows of cells. Exostome
pale golden-yellow below with dorsal plates near base 3 to 4
times wider than high and 26 to 28 lamellae on ventral side
not joined by cross walls. Endostome free, with basal mem-
brane extending 4- up, segments broadly pointed with 8 to 10
narrow perforations, well developed cilia broad, solitary, 2
or 3 rows of cells wide, with apex sometimes slightly split or
shorter and imperfect. About three rows of transversely
elongated cells about mouth of capsule, the cells toward
middle becoming rectangular (3 or 4 to 1) and near base
short and irregular with oblong stomata about .040 mm.
long. Spores smooth, up to .024 mm. (Plate 18.)

On rocky hillside between Canon City and Sheep Camp,
on Dyea Creek, March 28, 1898. This plant comes nearest
uliginosum, I believe, but differs in the more pointed leaf
with more distinct and revolute border, pitted leaf-cells,
blunt lid, more developed inner peristome and dioicous in-
florescence (578).

This plant was wholly unnamed by M. Philibert, and I
should have been greatly pleased to have given his name to
the species, but it does not seem to be available in this con-
nection.

Bryum cusj>idatum Schimp. Dawson. This species has
the costa excurrent into a sharp, denticulate point 4 or 5 cells
in length, a revolute margin of narrow cells, dorsal plates of
exostome 2 or 3 times wider than high, 25 or more lamellae
on ventral surface and smooth spores up to .014 mm. (586).

Bryum caes-piticium L. Marsh Lake. In good fruit June
10 (658).

Bryum Duvalii Voit. Sterile specimens collected at the
head of Lake Bennett (652).

Bryum ventricosum Dicks. (B. fiscudotriquctrum (Hedw.)
Schwaegr. ) Skagway. In line fruit August 27, on wet
rock (807).

(I2 7 )

Bryum ventricosum compactum (B. & S.) Williams.

(B. -pseudotriquetrum compactum B. & S.)

Dawson, July 17, in fine fruit. A much smaller plant
than the species, in very compact tufts. The leaf-cells and
spores seem to be rather smaller also. The medium cells
measure .008 mm. wide and .016 to .025 mm. long, the spores
up to .014 mm. The dorsal plates of teeth are rather narrow,
about 1 to 3 near base, lamellae 30. Cell walls of the leaves
usually seen to be distinctly pitted under a magnification of
300 dia. or more (583).

Bryum submuticum Philibert, sp. nov.

Dioicous. Male flowers bud-like with leaves ovate and
more or less spreading but not reflexed near middle, abruptly
much smaller on stem below. Plants growing in extensive
mats 2 or 3 cm. thick, stems scarcely branched, felted to-
gether with a dense mass of radicles below. Outer peri-
chaetial leaves 2! mm. long, ovate, somewhat acutely pointed
with costa percurrent or excurrent the length of 1 or 2 short
cells, upper stem leaves a little shorter and costa vanishing
just below apex, all entire or nearly so with a distinct revo-
lute border of about 3 rows of long narrow cells near middle,
towards apex the margins flat and cells not much elongated.
Inner perichaetial leaves ovate-lanceolate with costa vanish-
ing just below apex. Median leaf-cells about .035 mm. long
and I- as broad, lower cells short rectangular (about i-i.l or
2). Cell walls all somewhat thickened but not pitted. Cap-
sule with lid up to 2^ mm. long, slightly narrowed under the
mouth, the sporangium gradually narrowed to a shorter col-
lum. Exostome pale yellow below. Plates of teeth narrow
(about 1-3) near base, lamellae from 25-30. Basal mem-
brane of endostome extending 4- up, the segments broadly
perforated and separated by mostly 3 appendiculate cilia.
Two or 3 rows of transversely elongated cells about mouth
of capsule, the cells near middle broad, often scarcely elon-
gated with somewhat sinuous walls, at base very irregular
and sinuous walled. Oblong stomata about .035 mm. long.
Smooth spores up to .014 mm. Annulus of 4 rows of cells.
(Plate 19.)

This species is quite near the preceding variety but still
smaller and more slender. The leaves are broader, shorter

(128)

pointed, more entire, and costa more frequently vanishing
just below point (584).

Collected in good fruit July 17, 1899, at Dawson, also at
the mouth of the little Salmon River. The plants form ex-
tensive mats, often many feet across, in low, wet places.

Bryum suborbiculare Philibert, sp. nov.

Apparently dioicous, no male flowers found. Tufts up to
2. 1 , cm. high. Stems seldom branching. Leaves in 3 or 4
rosettes with innovations starting from their bases. Outer
perichaetial leaves oblong, somewhat acutely pointed, 2 mm.
long, upper stem leaves a little shorter, very broadly ovate,
often obtuse, all entire with costa percurrent or mostly so.
Borders revolute below and of about 3 rows of elongated
cells, toward apex becoming flat and cells scarcely elongated.
Lower leaves small, obtuse, often nearly as broad as long,
with costa vanishing. Inner perichaetial leaves very broadly
ovate-lanceolate, small, with costa vanishing. Median leaf-
cells rhomboidal to hexagonal, from scarcely elongated to
twice longer than broad, up to .025 mm. long. Cell walls
not pitted. Capsule with lid up to 3 mm. long, broadly obo-
vate, the sporangium gradually narrowing to a very short
collum. Lid low-convex, papillate. Seta up to 2^- cm.
high. Exostome with lower dorsal plates narrow (1-3) and
25-30 lamellae on inner face. Endostome free with basilar
membrane extending over ^ up, the segments slender above
and widely perforate with mostly 3 long, finely appendicu-
late cilia between. Annulus of 3 rows of cells. Exothecal
cells about mouth of capsule transversely elongated, in 2 or
3 rows, near middle the cells about twice longer than wide,
toward base irregular, sinuous walled, with stomata about
.035 mm. long. Spores nearly or quite smooth, up to .016
mm. (Plate 20.)

This small moss is peculiar in having the broad, mostly
obtuse leaves clustered in 3 or 4 rosettes along the stem. It
does not seem to be related very closely to any other Ameri-
can species.

Dawson, growing in swamp with Cinclidium and appar-
ently rare. Collected in good fruit, July 2, 1899 (577)-

Plagiobryum Zierii (Dicks.) Lindb. {Zieria julacea
Schimp.) A few sterile specimens collected on earth in
crevices of rock about 1000 ft. above Lake Lindeman (660).

(I2 9 )

Plagiobryum argenteoides R. S. Williams sp. now

With the appearance of Bryum argenteum. In den

tufts up to i cm. high. Stems simple or branching, vineous
red, radiculose below, in cross section showing an outer wall
of one layer of irregular, somewhat thick-walled cells, with
ground tissue of very large, thin-walled cells, becoming
smaller toward center and enclosing a distinct central strand.
Leaves concave, appressed, broadly ovate, with short abrupt
point, entire, mostly \ mm. long or less or occasionallv the
terminal leaves lanceolate pointed and up to i mm. long.
Costa vanishing from \ to -| up. Upper \ of leaf usually
hyaline. Alar cells and most basal cells square (sides 12 to
16 mm.) to short rectangular (1 to 2). Median cells irregu-
larly rhomboidal to oblong-linear, up to .040 or .050 mm. by
.012 mm. Cell walls somewhat thickened, especially above.
(Plate 21.)

This species is distinguished from the preceding by its
small size and nerve vanishing far below the apex as well as
by the short, square alar cells. Found on bare rock in dry
places on the Yukon River, just below Dawson, March 19,
1899 (659).

Karl Mueller described in Flora, 70: 221, 1887, a Bryum
bidlatum, which he compares with small Plagiobryum Zierii.
As this comparison well fits my plant I was in some doubt as
to the two being distinct, but having lately received a speci-
men of bidlatum from the Mueller collection, through the
kindness of the Berlin authorities, the two plants prove to be
perfectly distinct, bidlatum being an Anomobryum {Sclcro-
dictyon) as described.

Mnium medium B. & S. Left bank of the Klondike River
just below Bonanza Creek, not common, also collected at
Skagway, growing abundantly under the heavy evergreen
forests. Cell walls thickened and pitted, cells somewhat
elongated, not in oblique rows, stomata immersed (661).

Mnium rugicum Laur. Head of Lake Bennett. In
these specimens the leaf-cells are somewhat obliquely elon-
gated but not in rows. The leaves are narrow at base, not
decurrent and without distinct rectangular basal cells, the
margin with very small irregular teeth or entire (662).

( J 3o)

Mnium serratum Schrad. Klondike River near mouth of
Bonanza Creek. In fine fruit, June 18. The leaves are
long-decurrent, median cells up to .025 mm. (663).

Mnium orthorrhynchum Brid. Dawson. In good fruit,
July 16. Leaves somewhat decurrent, occasionally long-
decurrent. Median leaf-cells up to about .016 mm. (664).

Mnium sftinulosum B. & S. Lake Lindeman (665).

Mnium cinclidioidcs (Blytt.) Hueben. Dawson (666).

Mnium Blyttii'B. & S. Dawson. The sterile specimens
referred here were growing in dense tufts up to 5 cm. high.
The lower stem leaves are very broad and obtuse with mostly
an entire border of one row of cells somewhat elongated and
often nearly disappearing toward apex. The upper leaves
are longer with a distinct border extending to a short pointed
apex and usually bearing a double row of short, blunt teeth.
Leaf-cells somewhat thickened, not pitted, scarcely elongated,
up to .020 mm. Costa smooth on the back, vanishing 5 or
6 cells below the leaf point. Leaves scarcely or not decur-
rent. M. Blyttii usually has rather long-decurrent leaves
(667).

Milium punctatum datum B. & S. Lake Lindeman (668).

Milium subglobosum B. & S. Lake Lindeman. This
species seems to constantly differ from the preceding in its
inflorescence and peristome. The teeth of the latter are only
about I as large as in punctatum, most of the dorsal plates
are nearly as high as wide and the lamellae are distant and
only 12 or 14 in number (669).

Milium hymenophyllum B. & S. Bennett City and Daw-
son. Growing in large, thick tufts in damp and shady or wet
places. This species is very near M. hy men ophy lioides . It
was removed to Cinclidium by Lindberg, and Limpricht has
also placed it there. The only collection cited by the latter
is " Rabenhorst, Bryoth. Eur. No. 246," which is, at least in
the Columbia University set, not this plant but undoubtedly
hymenophylloides. The only true European specimens of
hymenophyllum examined are labeled " M. hymenophyllum.
Herjedalen. Un. itin. cr. 1867. Hellbom (41 et 42)."

(i3i)

They correspond well with the description and figures in the
Bryologia Europaea and my specimens from the Yukon are
the same. The species may be distinguished from hymeno-
fhylloides by the more decurrent leaves, with more rounded
apex and by the much shorter, wider cells in margin on
either side just below the apex. The first 2 or 3 cells on
either side of apical cell of leaf are scarcely elongated, the
next 2 or 3 are rhomboidal, 2 or 3 times longer than wide,
the width being .020 to .025 mm. In hymenofhylloides the
second or third cell in margin below the apical cell is about
.010 mm. wide and 6 to 10 times longer than wide (673).

Cinclidtum sty gium Swartz. Dawson. Common in swampy
places. In fine fruit July 9. The clear, rich red border
of the leaves at once distinguishes this plant from any Mnium.
The margins are mostly flat and of a single layer of thick-
walled cells. The leaf-cells are obliquely elongated, some-
what in rows, the inner median up to .050 mm. long. Cell
walls more or less thickened and pitted (671).

Cinclidtum subrotundum Lindb. Head of Lake Bennett
about springs. Tufts up to 9 cm. high. The leaves are very
similar to the preceding but have a double layer of cells in
the border (672).

Aulacomnium -palustre (L.) Schwaegr. Mouth of the
Little Salmon River. Fruiting, June 16 (675).

Aulacomnium ^palustre imbricalum B. & S. Dawson, very
common in wet places. Plants about the size of turgidum
(676).

Aulacomnium turgidum (Wahl.) Schwaegr. Sheep Camp,
Dyea Creek, sterile. Dawson, very abundant, fruiting (677).

Timmia cucullata Michx. Yukon River just above Dawson.
Growing at the base of trees. This species is quite distinct
from megaftolitana. It occurs in Montana and appears to be
the commonest species of the genus in the eastern United
States. It differs from megapolitana in the wider mouthed
capsule, more curved and smooth when dry, the exothecal
cells, also, are elongated and not sinuous walled, the stomata
roundish, about .048 mm. in diameter, sometimes even

( J 32)

slightly elongated at right angles to the opening and the
leaves are rather larger and wider above with larger tells and
leaf base narrower (679).

Timmia mcgapolitana Hedw. Marsh Lake and Klondike
River near mouth. This species seems to grow mostly on
rather dry earth at the base of rock ledges, usually at a some-
what higher elevation than the preceding. The capsule is
nearly straight and furrowed when dry, the exothecal cells
sinuous-walled and not elongated, the stomata oblong to
roundish, up to .072 mm. long and the leaf-base is usually
wider than above (678).

Timmia Austriaca Hedw. Canon City, Dyea Creek and
Moose Creek just below Dawson. This species has the leaf-
cells somewhat angular above, as compared with the two
preceding species and vein more or less toothed dorsally to-
ward apex (680).

Psilopilum arcticum Brid. Left bank of Klondike River
just below Bonanza Creek. On damp black soil of hillside.
Not fruiting (682).

Pogonatum alpinum (L.) Roehl. Sheep Camp, Dyea
Creek and Lake Lindeman (683).

Polytrichum gracile Dicks. Yukon River just below White-
horse Rapids (684).

Polytrichum piliferum Schreb. Lake Lindeman (685).

Polytrichum hyperboreum R. Br. Lake Lindeman. This
plant has a white hair-point like the preceding, but grows up
to 8 cm. high or more, with abundant branches. The hyaline
lower cells average somewhat narrower and about twice
longer than in piliferum. They are .008 to .012 mm. wide
and up to .160 mm. long (686).

Polytrichum juniperinum Willd. Lake Lindeman (687).

Polytrichum strictum Banks. Sheep Camp, Dyea Creek,
and Lake Lindeman (688).

Polytrichum commune L. Lake Lindeman and Dawson.
At the latter place in fine fruit July 30 (689).

Polytrichum inconstans Hagen.
Stems slender, up to 8 cm. high, rather uniformly leaved

(i33)

above with a felt of dark red radicles below. Leaves some-
what distant, irregularly spreading, up to 6 mm, long, lance-
olate with costa scarcely or short excurrent and margins
minutely serrulate. Lamellae up to about :.j, the median
from 5 to 9 cells high, terminating in i or sometimes 2 colls,
transversely oblong in section, about twice wider than high
and not or scarcely depressed. Blade of leaf-bearing lamellae
on either side of costa of only two layers of cells thick with
cell walls on back of leaf not thickened. Leaf-cells in blade
between base of lamellae and margin of leaf mostly from
.012 by .016 mm. to .016 by .020 mm. (Plate 22.)

These specimens have been compared with specimens of
inconstans Ilagen in litt., collected by C. Jensen at Lilleel-
vedal, Norway, lately received from Harold Lindberg, ill.,
and are without doubt the same. The species is peculiar in
the broad terminal cell of the lamellae, often doubled, the thin
cell walls on back of leaf, very small teeth of margin and
short excurrent nerve.

Collected at Lake Lindeman, in swampy places. May 26,
1898 (690).

Dichclxma falcatum (Iledw.) Myrin. Lake Lindeman.
On wet banks. In fine fruiting tufts up to 1 1 cm. high (692).

Ncckera Mcnzicsii Drumm. Canon City, Dyea Creek

(695)-

Xcckera pennata (L.) Hechv. Sheep Camp, Dyea Creek.

On cotton- wood (694).

Neckcra -ptcrantha C. M. & K. Dawson. In crevices of
rock. Fruiting abundantly. Secondary stems scarcely
branching. Paraphyllia abundant or almost wanting (693).

Pterigynandrum filiforme Iledw. Sheep Camp, Dyea
Creek. On trees (696).

Pterigynandrum pliformc decipiens (Web. k.v Mohr.)
Limpr. Lake Lindeman. On rock. This variety is darker
colored and grows in larger, looser tufts than the species
with the tips of the stems and branches more curved (697).

Antitrichia curttyendula gigantea Sulliv. & Lesq. Dyea
Creek, on trees. Skagway, on rock. All sterile (698).

Antitrichia Californica Sulliv. Dyea, Dyea Creek. Fruit-
ing (802).

(i34)

Myurella julacea (Vill.) B. & S. Head of Lake Bennett.
On rock, sterile. Dawson, about roots of trees in damp
places. In fine fruit, April 23 (700).

Myurella apiculata (Hiiben.) B. & S. Dawson. On earth
at foot of rock ledges, in fruit (699).

Leskea tectorum (A. Braun) Lindb. Lake Lebarge and
Dawson. On rock in rather dry places. Determined by Dr.
G. N. Best. This species has smooth, broadly ovate leaves,
with short-lanceolate point. The leaves are very concave,
entire, with margin flat above and recurved below. The
leaf-cells are mostly oval to rhomboidal, seldom more than
twice longer than broad and in margin below slightly trans-
versely elongated. The vein is broad below and extends \
up the leaf or sometimes shorter and forked above. Sterile
(702).

Pylaisia -polyantha (Schreb.) B. & S. Sheep Camp, Dyea
Creek, on wood. Dawson, at base of trees and on rock.
Abundant and fruiting (703).

Entodon orthocarpus (La Pyl.) Lindb. {Cylindrothecium
concinnum Schimp.) Island about 10 miles below Ft. Sel-
kirk. On ground under heavy spruce forest. This species
has before been reported only from Colorado and New-
foundland in North America. It is so like a slender form
of II. Schrebcri, however, that it must have been largely
overlooked in this country. The hyaline cluster of rather
small alar cells is sometimes as much as 4 layers of cells in
thickness (789).

Climacium dendroides (L.) Web. & Mohr. Canon City,
Dyea Creek, Marsh Lake and Klondike River bottom near
mouth. Not found fruiting (705).

Climacium dendroides Orcgonense R. & C. Shore of Lake
Marsh, on gravel, sterile (706).

Holmgrenia chrysea (Schwaegr.) Lindb. (Ort/wthccium
chryseum B. & S.) Skagway and Lake Bennett (707).

Pseudoleskea radicosa (Mitt.) Lesq. & James. Lake Linde-
man (656).

Pseudoleskea pallida filesccns Best. Head of Lake Ben-
nett (706).

(^35)

Pseudoleskea sitbstriata Best. Lake Lindeman, on rock
along shore (657).

Heterocladium procurrens (Mitt.) Rau & Hervey . [Hetero-
cladium aberrans Ren. & Card.) Skagway and Canon City,
on rock (708).

Tkuidium recognitum (Hedw.) Lindb. Yukon River above
Ft. Selkirk and common about Dawson. Not fruiting (709).

Tkuidium Philiberti (Philib.) Limpr. Klondike River
bottom near mouth. Sterile. The leaves have a smooth hair-
point up to 6 cells in length, the median leaf-cells near costa
are up to .008 or .010 mm. in length being about twice longer
in recognitum. Also the papillae are shorter, the leaf margins
smoother, and the cells more angular with thinner walls than
in the latter species (710).

Tkuidium abietinum (L.) Br. & Sch. Tagish Custom
House ; also common about Dawson on earth and rock (711 ).

Tkuidium Blandovii (Web. & Mohr) Br. & Sch. At
head of Lake Bennett also near mouth of Bonanza Creek,
in fine fruit July 9 (712).

Claopodium pellucinervc (Mitten) Best. Canon City,
Dyea Creek. Determined by Dr. G. N. Best. A notice of
this plant has already appeared in the Bryologist, 3 : 20,
1900. It is a very slender species with ovate-lanceolate
leaves, the surface densely and minutely papillose and leaf-
cells obscure except in the smooth, slender point (655).

Camptothecium lutescens (Huds.) B. & S. Sheep Camp,
Dyea Creek. On cotton-wood. In these specimens the
vein of the leaf never seems to end in a spine as in European

specimens (713).

Camptothecium nitens (Schreb.) Schimp. Lake Linde-
man, sterile. Mouth of Little Salmon River, in fruit.
Dawson, common and fruiting abundantly. Capsules 111
fine condition June 18 (7*5)-

Camptothecium Nuttallii B. & S. Skagway (714).

Brachythecium salebrosum (Hoffm.) B. & S. Lake Lin-
deman and Dawson (716).

Brachythecium salebrosum densum B. & S. Mouth of

(i36)

Little Salmon River. I refer specimens here with rather
narrower leaves more closely placed on stems and branches
than in the preceding (717).

Brachythecium albicans (Neck.) B. & S. Skagway, on
rock. Sterile (797)-

Brachythecium Starkei (Brid.) B. & S. Lake Lindeman.
In these specimens the costa extends about | up or is shorter
and double (719).

Brachythecium rcjicxnm Starke. Lake Lindeman (718).

Brachythecium Idahcnse R. & C. Dawson, on earth and
rock. This species is evidently most closely related to colli-
num from which it is distinguished principally by the nar-
rower leaves. The costa of the leaves near the ends of the
branches terminate in a spine, with the leaf surface on either
side papillose by the projecting upper ends of the cells. This
roughening of the back of the leaf occurs in coUinum, but
to a less degree and it makes these two species close to those
of Bryhnia, or rather, brings those species almost too close
to Brachythecium, it would seem. The perichaetial leaves
of both collinum and Idahense are somewhat variable, usually
rather abruptly acuminate with one or two coarse teeth at
base of acumen (720).

Brachythecium petrophilum R. S. Williams sp. now

In low, dense tufts or sometimes in thin mats with long
creeping stems and short subpinnate branches. Stem leaves
1.5 mm. long by .4 mm. wide, narrowly ovate-lanceolate,
about one-half costate, serrulate all round, more or less de-
current and margin reflexed near base, not very concave and
scarcely or not plicate. Median leaf-cells linear flexuous up
to .065 mm. long and .005 mm. wide. Alar cells short and
broad not forming a distinct cluster. Branch leaves very
similar to stem leaves but mostly a little smaller, with longer
costa ending in spine on back and adjacent cells sometimes
papillose by the projecting upper ends. Inner perichaetial
leaves pale, ecostate, gradually narrowed to a slender, flexu-
ous, serrulate point, with rarely 1 or 2 coarse teeth at its base.
Capsule nodding, curved, with lid about 2.5 mm. long and 1
mm. broad. Lid conical, its height about equal to basal di-

( J 37)

ameter. Annulus of two rows of cells. Teeth of peristome
hyaline bordered, papillose above, outer plates striate, inner
lamellae about 30, segments without rounded perforations,
more or less split along the keel with mostly 2 appendiculate
cilia between. Seta rough throughout, up to 1.2 cm. high.
Smooth spores up to .011 mm. (Plate 23.)

Dawson, on rock. In good fruit June 24, 1S98 (722).
This species is evidently nearest suberythrorrhizon but dif-
fers in the rough pedicel, leaves narrower, less serrate and
plicate and cilia appendiculate.

Brachythecium erythrorrhizon B. & S. Dawson, on
earth, common. Leaves always more or less falcate-secund,
thus resembling velutinum more perhaps than any other of
the genus (721).

Cirriphyllum cirrosum (Schwaegr.) Grout. Skagway. In
thick mats on rock by stream. Collected in rather old fruit,
August 27. These specimens have stems up to 11 cm. long.
A few of the capsules still retain the lid which is acutely
conical, a little higher than its basal diameter. The seg-
ments are separated by 1-3 long, nodose cilia. Not before
reported with fruit in North America (794).

Eurhynchium strigosum (Hoffm.) B. & S. Dawson, com-
mon (725).

Eurhynchium stoloniferum (Hook.) Jaeger & Sauerb.
Canon City, Dyea Creek and Skagway (724).

Porotrichum neckeroides (Schwaegr.) Williams.

[Thamnium neckeroides B. & S.)

Canon City, Dyea Creek. Lower stem leaves nearly as
broad as long, entire or nearly so, with rounded apex. Costa
rather coarsely toothed above on back in the upper leaves
(726).

Plagiothecium piliferum (Sw.) B. & S. (Hyp nam trich-
ophorum Spruce.) Skagway, Canon City and Lake Linde-
man. In very soft, often thick cushions on rock (727).

Plagiothecium pulchcllum (Dicks.) B. & S. Lake Marsh
and Dawson. Common on earth and rock (728).

Plagiothecium dcnticulatum (L.) B. & S. Head of Lake
Bennett and Dawson (729).

(138)

Amblystegium filicinum (L.) De Not. {Hypnum filicinwn
L.) Head of Lake Bennett, in springs (747).

Amblystegium Sprucci (Br.) B. & S. Dawson, in good
fruit, August 7 (733).

Amblystegium compactum (C. Muell.) Aust. Dawson.
Common (734).

Hypnum hispidulum Brid. Dawson, on logs. In fruit,
July 16. These specimens have the perichaetial leaf rather
short pointed and cilia only occasionally appendiculate (732).

Hypnum chrysophyllum Brid. Dawson (736).

Hypnum stellatum Schreb. Head of Lake Bennett and
Dawson (737).

Hypnum polygamum (B. & S.) Wils. Klondike River
bottom (738).

Hypnum uncinatum Hedw. Canon City, Dyea Creek,
Lake Lindeman, Lake Lebarge and Dawson (744).

Hypnum uncinatum plumulosum Schp. Lake Lindeman,
among boulders in rather dry places (799).

Hypnum Jluitans L. In swamps near Marsh Lake.
These specimens have leaves minutely serrulate all round,
scarcely decurrent or very narrowly so at angles with costa
from .050 to .060 mm. wide at base (about \ width of leaf
base) and extending f up. Median cells .006 mm. wide and
up to .130 mm. long. Cross section of stem shows 2 or 3
rows of thickened cells in outer wall and a slightly developed
central strand (798).

Hypnum Wilsoni Schimp. Middle of Lake Lebarge.
The specimens I refer here are rather short (7 cm. high) with
leaves a little narrower and less recurved than in typical
specimens from Southport, Eng. The Yukon specimens are
more like the specimens figured by Limpricht. All the
specimens have leaves with very long, slender, flexuous or
twisted points and scarcely decurrent angles. Sections of
stem show 3 or 4 rows of thick-walled, golden-yellow cells
next the surface and a central strand not always very dis-
tinct (740).

Hypnum revolvens Swartz. Dawson, common in swamps.

(!39)

Sections of stem show at the surface a layer of thin-walled
cells next to several rows of thickened cells and mostly a
central strand of 4 or 5 small cells, sometimes not distinct,
however. The costa is in section plano-convex. Plates of
teeth finely cross-lined (745).

Hypnum amblyphyllum R. S. Williams sp. nov.

Dioicous. Growing in water up to 3.5 dm. high, with
mostly short, subpinnate branches hooked at apex. Cross
sections of stem 5-sided with distinct angles, a poorly devel-
oped central strand of 3 or 4 small cells and outer walls of 1
or 2 rows of thickened cells. Leaves below more or less
spreading, flexuous and twisted, toward the tops of the stems
and branches falcate-secund with the tips often abruptly in-
curved. Stem leaves about 2.25 mm. long, serrulate all
round, distinctly long-decurrent, ovate-lanceolate with broad,
obtuse point, not plicate, somewhat concave, especially
toward apex. Costa extending § up, slightly convex on
back. Alar cells often inflated nearly to costa and some
small, nearly quadratic cells at margin just above the alar
cells. Medium leaf-cells .005 or .006 mm. wide and mostly
.035 to .060 mm. long. Younger branch leaves narrowly
lanceolate with very short costa. Perichaetial leaves not
plicate, closely sheathing, but little larger or more pointed
than stem leaves, entire, with faint costa extending up § or
more. Seta up to 6 cm. long. Capsule 2.5 by 1 mm., with
short upright collum, but much curved and nodding above.
Lid acutely conical, its height less than basal diameter. No
annulus. Peristome teeth broadly hyaline bordered above,
outer plates finely punctate below. Basal membrane of en-
dostome scarcely ithe teeth in height with solid segments and
2 or 3 nodose cilia between. Transversely elongated cells
about mouth of capsule in 3 or 4 rows, the cells below
roundish to oblong. Stomata roundish to short oblong, up
to .040 mm. long. Minutely roughened spores up to .016
mm. (Plate 24.)

This species is intermediate between cxaunulalinii and
peicdostra?nineum. From the first it differs in the short,
broadly-pointed leaves, the angular stem with fewer thickened
cells in the outer walls and leaf-cells not pitted. The
second differs in being monoicous, with entire, not decurrent
leaves and not angular stems.

(i 4 o)

Dawson, in swamp water, in fine fruit July 17, 1S9S (746).

Hxpnum falcatum Brid. About springs at head of Lake
Bennett. Leaves nearly entire or serrulate slightly below.
Median cells about .004 mm. wide and .030 to .060 mm.
long and cell walls all thickened (748).

Hxpnum crista-castrensis L. Lake Lindeman and Klon-
dike River bottom. Not found in fruit (750).

Hxpnum reptile Michx. Dawson, on rock. Median leaf-
cells .004 by .030-. 040 mm., scarcely vermicular, alar cells
short oblong to quadratic. Leaves not decurrent (756).

Hxpmun hamulosum B. & S. Dawson. At base of trees
in damp places. These specimens are rather more robust
than usual with longer and more narrowly pointed peri-
chaetial leaves. Cross sections of stem are oval, about .200 by
.160 mm. This is smaller than given by Limpricht (.300-
.350 mm. long), but no. 491, Raben. Bry. Europ., cited by
him, shows sections similar to mine in every way. The thin
outer cells of the stem have the exposed surfaces mostly
sunken in or worn way giving the surface a rough, papillose
appearance in cross section. The thickened cells next the
outer wall are in 3 or 4 rows. Central strand distinct. The
leaves are more or less plicate and border revolute below on
one side (754).

Hxpnum subplicatilc (Lindb.) Limpr. Lake Lindeman,
on damp rock and earth. This plant is very close to calli-
chroum but differs in being rather smaller with regularly pin-
nate branches, leaves wider just above the base and abruptly
narrowed to the insertion and capsule shorter. Cross sec-
tions of stem show an indistinct central strand and walls of a
row of thin outer cells next about 3 rows of thick-walled
cells. Median leaf-cells slightly vermicular, about .005 mm.
wide and .040-. 060 mm. long, alar cells mostly forming a
small but distinct, convex, pale cluster. Stem leaves entire,
borders flat, terminal branch leaves minutely serrulate, peri-
chaetial leaves gradually narrowed to long, serrulate, slender
point.

According to Limpricht this species has been previously col-

U40

lected on the island of Sachalin and in eastern Russia (75 1 ).

Hypnum circinale Hook. Canon City, Dyea Creek. In
good fruit March 28, on trees. Common at Skagway on
fallen logs. These specimens are dioicous with antheridial
flowers more or less clustered on the stems. The annulus is
simple, composed of pale cells slightly cohering. Median
cells about .004 by .055 mm. Alar cells forming an inflated
cluster. Spores rough, up to .016 mm. (752).

Hy-pnum revolutum (Mitt.) Lindb. (H. plicatile Mitt.)
Lake Lindeman and Lake Marsh. Medium leaf-cells .005
mm. wide and up to about .040 mm. long, the majority of
cells, however, up to .025 or .030 mm. long. Numerous short
often nearly square alar cells with usually a few hyaline,
somewhat enlarged cells in angles. In cupressiformc the
median cells are about twice longer (757).

Hypnum cupressiforme brevisetum Schimp. Lake Marsh,
on rock. The sterile specimens referred here possibly be-
long elsewhere, yet they come very close to this variety,
differing principally from the species in the leaves being
straighter, rather shorter and with somewhat shorter leaf-
cells (758).

Hypnum Vaucheri Lesq. Dawson at base of tree. This
species is dioicous. The leaves are entire, with flat borders.
Cells in angles small, roundish or nearly square, extending
up for a distance of 10 or 12 cells and in toward costa about
the same amount. Median leaf-cells about .004 by .030 to

.040 mm. (755).

Hypnum Lindbergii datum Schimp. Lake Lindeman,
in swamps. The specimens referred here have rather longer
pointed leaves than the type with leaf-cells also longer and
narrower, the median cells measuring about .004 by .080 mm.
The stem leaves are entire, flat bordered, not decurrent with
a convex cluster of more or less inflated alar cells, either pale
or colored. Stem sections oval, .280 mm. long, the outer
row of cells thin-walled, the next 2 or 3 rows thick-walled,
with central strand well developed, of 10 or 12 small cells
(761).

! i4a)

Hypnum pratensc Koch. Dawson, on hummocks in
swamp. Growing in depressed tufts with distichous leaves
and the habits of a Plagtothecium. Stem leaves serrulate or
nearly entire, branch leaves distinctly serrulate towards apex

Hypnum palustrc Huds. Skagway, Lake Marsh and
Miles' Canon. The cell walls are somewhat thickened and
linear-vermicular, the median up to .040 mm. long and
scarcely .004 mm. wide. Alar cells mostly forming a distinct
cluster often more or less colored (705 and 767).

Hypnum fics/ii Ren. & Bryhn. Skagway. This species
attains a greater size, 15-20 cm., than any other of the Lim-
nobiums. It has leaves secund, broadly ovate-lanceolate,
with a blunt, slightly serrulate apex. The leaf-cells are
rather irregular and thin-walled except at base, the alar cells
somewhat gradually enlarged or 2 or 3 cells rather abruptly
enlarged at the more or less decurrent angle. This plant is
described as a subspecies of molle by Renauld and Brvhn,
but I think it will stand as a distinct species. It differs from
molle in having no central strand. It is a larger species, also,
with stems below wiry and harsh with the bases of the broken-
off leaves. At first glance it more resembles dilatation but
the latter has much broader, often almost circular leaves and
a distinct, convex cluster of alar cells, as well as central
strand (770).

Hypnum alpinum Schimp. Lake Lindeman. I have
compared these specimens with no. 134S Rabenhorst, Bryoth.
Eur., the only collection cited by Limpricht, and they are
undoubtedly the same ; it may be questioned however,
whether alpinum is at best anything more than a variety of
dilatatum with slightly more serrulate leaves (771).

Hypnum alpestrc Sw. Skagway and Lake Lindeman.
These specimens have a rather broadly ovate, short-pointed
leaf and costa forked near base, with both branches often ex-
tending to or above the middle. The leaf-cells are probablv
more uniformly elongated and narrowed, with thicker walls
from base to apex than in any other Limnobium. In older

leaves the very distinctly inflated cluster of alar cells is ap-
parently always more or less deep red, sometimes the whole
base being colored or even the cell walls up to apex. Young
leaves have alar cells hyaline. Median cells measure .005
mm. wide and up to .060 mm. long. The leaves are usually
minutely serrulate all round (768 and 769).

Ilxpnum ochraceum Turn. Dawson, on rock in bed of
stream. The stems of these specimens are rather slender and
elongated, with leaves shorter and broader-pointed than in
typical specimens. The hyaline alar cells are more decur-
rent, I believe, than any other species of the group. The
outer wall of the stem consists of a single layer of large, thin-
walled cells next several rows of thickened cells (772).

Hypnum polar el^'mdb. Lake Lindeman. Growing along
low wet shore. This species is distinguished from any of
our others by the ovate-oblong leaves, with stout nerve, very
convex on the back, vanishing just below the apex and becom-
ing as wide or wider above the middle than at the middle.
Alar cells scarcely enlarged or forming a distinct cluster.
The plant has been previously collected in several localities
in Europe and also in Greenland (773).

Hyjmum cordifolium Hedw. Klondike River bottom near
mouth. I refer specimens here having scarcely branched
stems, alar cells not forming quite so distinct a convex group
as in the next and other leaf-cells perhaps a little wider, none
of the assigned differences between this zn&gigantcum seem
very constant however (774).

Hypnum giganteum fluitans Klinggr. In still water of
small stream flowing into Marsh Lake. These specimens
are the largest I have seen, the leaves measuring 4.5 by 3
mm. The leaves on lower stem are distant, the branches
mostly few, short and irregularly placed (775).

Hypnum sarmentosum Wahl. In small pond by snow
banks about 1000 feet above Lake Lindeman (776).

Hypnum sarmentosum fontinaloides Berggrn. Bonanza
Creek near mouth. On rocks in the bottom of a small
stream. This is a variety with long, slender stems and

(H4)

larger leaves often all green or partly green and partly pur-
ple. These specimens have the cell walls less thickened and
pitted than in the species (777).

Hypnum Richardsoni (Mitt.) Lesq. & James. Dawson in
swamps. In fine fruit July 27. This species is distin-
guished from cordatum and giganteum, the two most closely
related, I believe, by the shorter nerve, extending only | or |
up and often forking in the upper part. The perichaetial
leaves are ecostate to faintly | costate (77§)-

Hypnum Schreberi Willd. {Hylocomium -parietinum (L.)
Lindb.) Lake Lindeman and Dawson, not fruiting (779).

Hypnum stramineum Dicks. Lake Lindeman (780).

Hypnum turgescens (Jensen) Schimp. Just below White-
horse Rapids in dried-up swamp. Growing in broad de-
pressed mats (781).

Hypnum turgescens uliginosum Lindb. In swamps with
the preceding. This variety has elongated stems and dis-
tant, more or less spreading leaves (782).

Hypnum badium Hartmann. On margin of pond just be-
low snow banks about 1000 feet above Lake Lindeman, also
at Dawson on wet, shady bank. From the remarks in Les-
quereux & James' manual that " It is considered by Mueller to
be a form of H. revolvens" one would suppose the leaves to
be somewhat similar to that species, but in fact they are very
distinct. The median leaf-cells are only about \ as long
(.040 to .060 mm.), the cell walls are thicker except at the
points where the rounded ends overlap, where they become
very thin and the leaf is differently shaped. In badium the
widest part of the leaf is near the middle and gradually
tapers to a base only about \ as wide. Above the leaf tapers
rather abruptly to a sharp point. In rcvolvcns the leaf base
is wider, the leaf above tapers gradually to a long, slender
point and the basal cells are much less differentiated. In
badium there are usually one or two rows of well-defined, en-
larged, oblong cells at base with occasionally an almost in-
flated cluster in the angles. It is a plant of northern distri-
bution, having been previously collected in Norway, Sweden,
Greenland and Labrador (795).

(145)

Hypnum scorpioides L. (Scorpidium scorpioides (L.)
Limpr.) Just above Lake Lindeman in blackish mats almost
covering the bottom of a small pond 12 or 15 inches below
the surface. The plants have the appearance of great age,
most of the leaves being worn into shreds (783).

Hyfnum scorpioides gracilescens Sanio. In dried-up
swamp a few miles below White-horse Rapids, covering ex-
tensive areas with a mat up to 18 cm. thick. The stems are
slender, with short, distant branches and leaves distantly
placed (793).

Hylocomium proliferum (L.) Lindb. (//. splendcns Hedw.)
Lake Lindeman, Thirty-mile River and Dawson. An
abundant species occasionally fruiting. Plants variable in
size and color, the long stems sometimes scarcely branching

(784).

Hylocomium Pyrenaicum (Spruce) Lindb. (H. Oakesii

Sulliv.) Lake Lindeman, on rock (785).

Hylocomium squarrosum (L.) B. & S. Lake Lindeman
(786).

Hylocomium triquetrum (L.) B. & S. Yukon River below
Ft. Selkirk and Klondike River bottom near mouth. Not
apparently very common (787).

Hylocomium loreum L. Canon City, Dyea Creek and
Skagway. Not observed on the Yukon River (788).

Hylocomium rugosum (Ehrh.) De Not. {Hypnum rugosum
L.) Lake Marsh and Mile's Canon, sterile specimens abun-
dant. Dawson, not rare in fruit (794).

Description of Plates.

Camera lucida drawings reproduced without reduction.

P1.ATE 15. Ditrichnni giganteum.

Figs. 1 and 2. Plants, natural size.

Fig. 3. Capsule enlarged.

Fig. 4. Perichaetium, X 9-

Fig. 5. Inner perichaetial leaf enlarged.

Fig. 6. Apex of stem leaf, X 285.

Fig. 7. Part of peristome and capsule, X 285.

Fig. 8. Marginal cells >£ down leaf, X 285.

(146)

Fig. 9. Upper stem leaf, X I2 -

Fig. 10. Cells of basal angle, X 285.

Fig. ir. Part of annulus, X 285.

Fig. 12. Cells near middle of capsule, X2S5.

Fig. 13. Perigonial leaf and antheridium enlarged.

Fig. 14. Stoma, X 285.

Pirate 16. Bryobrittonia pellucida.

Fig. 1. Plant about natural size.

Fig. 2. Upper stem leaf, X 8.

Fig. 3. Lower stem leaf, X 8.

Fig. 4. Cross section of leaf, X 160.

Fig. 5. Cross section of stem, X 160. a, section of costa at point where
it joins stem ; b, a radicle growing out from s-tem ; c, lower part of costa
•where it is wholly adnate to stem.

Fig. 6. Apex of leaf, X 285.

Fig. 7. Leaf cells at margin a little above the base, X 285.

Fig. 8. Cross section of costa, X J 6o.

Pirate 17. Bryum Dazvsonense.

Fig. 1. Plant, natural size.

Fig. 2. Outer perichaetial leaf, X I2 -

Fig. 3. Upper stem leaf, X 12.

Fig. 4. Lower stem leaf, X 12.

Fig. 5. Inner perichaetial leaf, X 12.

Fig. 6. Capsules, moistened, X 8.

Fig. 7. Annulus, X 160.

Fig. 8. Exothecal cells a little above the middle, X 160.

Fig. 9. Stoma, X T 6o.

Fig. 10. Peristome and part of capsule, X 160.

Fig. n. Leaf border near middle. X 160.

Fig. 12. Apex of upper leaf, X J 6o.

Fig. 13. Median leaf-cells, X 160.

Fig
Fig
Fig
Fig
Fig
Fig
Fig
Fig
Fig
Fig
Fig

Plate 18. Bryum conditum.

1. Plant $ , about natural size.

2. Plant 9 1 about natural size.

3. Outer perichaetial leaf, X I2 -

4. Upper stem leaf, X 12.

5. Capsules showing variations in size, X 8.

6. Lower stem leaf, X I2 .

7. Part of annulus, X 160.

8. Median leaf-cells, X 160.

9. Inner perichaetial leaf with archegonium. X 12.

10. Inner perigonial leaf with antheridium. X 12.

11. Part of peristome, X 160.

(H7)

Fig. 12. Exothecal cells just above the middle, X 160.
Fig. 13. Apex of perichaetial leaf, X 80.
Fig. 14. Cross section of upper leaf, X 160.

Plate 19. Bryum submuticum.
Fig. 1. Plant, natural size.
Fig. 2. Outer perichaetial leaf, X 20.
Fig. 3. Upper stem leaf, X 20.

Fig. 4. Iuner perichaetial leaf and archegonium, X 20.
Fig. 5. Capsules, X H-
Fig. 6. Part of aunulus, X 160.
Fig. 7. Apex of outer perichaetial leaf, X 160.
Fig. 8. Inner perigouial leaf with antheridium, X 20.
Fig. 9. Part of peristome, X x 6o.
Fig. 10. Marginal cells of leaf y z down, X 160.
Fig. 11. Median leaf-cells, X 160.
Fig. 12. Perigonium, X 10.
Fifj. 13. Stoma, X !6o.
Fig. 14. Exothecal cells about % down, X 160.

Plate 20. Bryum suborbiculare.
Fig. 1. Plant, natural size.
Fig. 2. Outer perichaetial leaf, X 20.
Fig. 3. Upper stem leaf, X 20.
Fig. 4. Lower stem leaf, X 20.

Fig. 5. Inner perichaetial leaf and archegoniuni, X 20.
Fig. 6. Capsules, X 9-
Fig. 7. Apex of perichaetial leaf, X 160.
Fig. 8. Part of peristome, X IDO -
Fig. 9. Stoma, X 160.
Fig. 10. Part of annulus, X 160.
Fig. 11. Marginal cells ^ down leaf, X 285.
Fig. 12. Apex of stem leaf, X 160.
Fig. 13. Exothecal cells % down capsule, X 285.

Fig
Fig
Fig
Fig
Fig
Fig
Fi K
Fig

Plate 21. Plagiobryum argenteoides.

1. Terminal stem leaf, X 50.

2. Terminal stem leaf, X 5"-

3. Lower stem leaf, X 5°-

4. Cross section of stem, X 2 °5-

5. Apex of leaf, X 205.

6. Base of leaf on one side, X 205.

7. Leaf of P. Zierii corresponding to number 2, X 50.

8. Basal cells of same corresponding to numbei 6, X 205.

PLATE 22. Polytrichnm inconstans Higen.

Fig. 1. Leaf, X 9-

Fig. 2. Cross section of stem, X '6o>

(148)

Fig. 3. One half cross section of leaf, X 285.

Fig. 4. Marginal cells y z down leaf, X 285.

Fig. 5. Upper part of stem, about natural size.

Fig. 6. Apex of leaf, X 80.

Plate 23. Brachythecium petrophilum.
Fig. 1. Plant, about natural size.
Fig. 2. Stem leaf, X 4°-
Fig. 3. Branch leaf, X 40-
Fig. 4. Perichaetial leaf, X 4°-
Fig. 5. Capsules, X 9-
Fig. 6. Part of peristome, X 160.
Fig. 7. Part of annulus, X 160.
Fig. 8. Alar cells, X 160.
Fig. 9. Apex of leaf, X 285.

Fig. 10. Exothecal cells near middle of capsule, X T 6o-
Fig. 11. Stoma.

Fig. 12. Section of pedicel near middle, showing papillae, X 285.
Fig. 13. Median leaf-cells, X 285.

Plate 24. Harpidium amblyphyllum.

Fig. 1. Stem leaf, X 12.

Fig. 2. Branch leaf, X I2 -

Fig. 3. Capsules, X 10.

Fig. 4. Perichaetial leaf, X I2 -

Fig. 5. Apex of stem leaf, X 285.

Fig. 6. Cross section of stem, X I &°-

Fig. 7. Part of peristome, X J 6o.

Fig. 8. Median leaf-cells, X 285.

Fig. 9. Base of leaf on one side, X 285.

Fig. 10. Stoma, X 160.

3. An Enumeration of the Pteridophytes Collected by~R. S. Williams

and J. B. Tarleton.

By Iv. M. Underwood.

Family Ophioglossaceae.
Botrychium JLunaria L. Dawson (Williams).

Family Polypodiaceae.

Polyfiodium vulgare L. Skagway (Williams) ; 50 miles
above Stewart River (Tarleton).

Filix fragilis (L.) Under w. {Cy stopfer is fragilis Bernh.)
Dawson and near mouth of the Klondike (Williams) ; 50
miles above Stewart River (Tarleton).

(H9)

Filix montana (Lam.) Underw. {Cystopteris montana

Bernh.) Klondike-Indian Divide (Tarleton).

Dryopterisfragrans (L.) Schott. Dawson ; Marsh Lake
(Williams) ; 50 miles above Stewart River (Tarleton).

Phegopteris Dryoptcris (L.) Fee ; 50 miles above Stewart
River (Tarleton).

Phegopteris Robertiana (Hoffm.) A. Br. Dawson, and
near mouth of Klondike (Williams).

Family Equisetaceae.

Equisetum sylvaticum L. Foot of Lake Lindeman (Wil-
liams).

Family Lycopodiaceae.

Lycopodium Selago L. Lindeman (Williams) ; Klondike-
Indian Divide (Tarleton).

Lycopodium annotinum L. Lindeman (Williams) ; 50 miles
above Stewart River (Tarleton).

Lycopodium alpinum L. Lindeman (Williams) ; Klon-
dike-Indian Divide (Tarleton).

Lycopodium clavatum L. Lindeman (Williams).

Family Selaginellaceae.
Selaginella rupestris (L.) Spring. Mountain side, Daw-
son (Williams; Tarleton).

Selaginella selaginoides (L.) Link. Lindeman (Williams).

4. An Enumeration of the Flowering Plants Collected by R. S.
Williams and by J. B. Tarleton.

By N. L,. Britton and P. A. Rydberg.

The collection of specimens made by Mr. J. B. Tarleton
in the valley of the Yukon during the summer of 1899 ' s l ^ e
property of the United States National Museum. It supple-
ments that made by Mr. Williams by a considerable number
of species and the specimens have in nearly all cases been
ample enough to permit a duplicate to be taken for the
Garden Herbarium ; the types of all the species proposed as
new have been so divided.

(ISO)

Family Pinaceae.

Pinus Murrayana Balf. Five-finger Rapids (Williams) ;
twenty miles above Ft. Selkirk (Tarleton).

Juniper us nana Willd. Dawson; Marsh Lake (Williams) ;
Lake Lebarge (Tarleton).

Juniperus prostrata Pers. Near Selkirk (Williams) ;
Lebarge Island (Tarleton).

Tsuga Mertensiana (Bong.) Sargent. Long Lake. Re-
duced to a low bush (Williams).

Tsuga heterophylla (Raf.) Sargent. Skagway (Williams).

Family Sparganiaceae.
Sparga nium minimum Fries. Klondike bottom (Williams).

Family Scheuchzeriaceae.
Triglochin maritima L. Lebarge Island (Tarleton).
Triglochin palustris L. Above Ft. Selkirk (Tarleton).

Family Gramineae.*

Beckmannia erucaeformis (L.) Host. Slough below Rink
Rapids (Williams.)

Savastana alpina (Sw.) Scribn. White Pass. (Williams.)

Savastana odorata (L.) Scribn. Thirty-mile River.
(Williams); Lebarge Island (Tarleton).

Stipa comata Trin. Five-finger Rapids (Tarleton).

Phleum Haenkeanum Presl. ? Dawson, introduced (Wil-
liams). Mr. Williams regards this as merely introduced. It
has the spike of P. alpinum L., but it is a taller and more
slender grass, and the awns are much shorter than the empty
scales. It differs from P. pratense L. in the much larger
spikelets and the broader spike, but resembles it in the short
awn of the empty scales. It has been provisionally referred
as above, although with considerable doubt, as Presl gives a
very short description of his species, hardly sufficient to defi-
nitely identify it. He states, however, that it is related to P.
alpinum L., but differs in the shorter awns, and it is on this
that I have doubtfully referred it to his species.

* By George V. Nash.

(i50

Aloftecurus geniculates L. Ft. Selkirk (Tarleton).
Alopecurus alpinus J . E. Smith. Ft. Selkirk (Tarleton).
Arctagrostis angustifolia Nash, sp. nov.

A rather leafy perennial, with long running rootstocks.
Culms erect, rather slender, 10-12 dm. tall, bracted at the
base, the bracts gradually passing into leaves : leaves 3 or
4 ; sheaths, at least all but the lowermost, shorter than the
internodes, roughened at the summit ; ligule scarious, 5-6
mm. long, decurrent on the sheath; blades apparently lax,
rough on both surfaces, 2-3 dm. long, 3-5 mm. wide, long-
acuminate : panicle rather slender, contracted, nodding at
the apex, 2-2.5 dm. long, its axis smooth, the fasciculate,
somewhat hispidulous, branches appressed, the larger ones
4-6 cm. long and naked at the base : spikelets numerous,
about 3 mm. long, on hispidulous pedicels usually about 0.5
mm. long ; empty scales acute, i-nerved, or the second some-
times with an additional lateral nerve on each side of the
base, the first scale about two-thirds as long as the second
which is usually a trifle shorter than the palet ; flowering
scale acute, about 3 mm. long, strongly hispidulous, usually
i-nerved, or rarely with a very obscure lateral nerve on each
side, in side view lanceolate and about 0.5 mm. wide; palet
slightly shorter than the scale or equalling it, faintly 2-nerved,
strongly hispidulous ; stamens 3, about 1.5 mm. long.

Type collected by R. S. Williams on damp mountain side
among brush at Dawson, on August 14, 1899 ; also secured
near Big Salmon, on August 22. Resembling A. fioaeoides
described below, and A. arundinacea (Trin.) Beal in the
basal bracts, from both of which, however, it is clearly dis-
tinct in its taller and more slender culms and slender panicle,
and the narrow flowering scales, which characters, together
with its long lax leaves, at once separate it from A. poacoidcs.
Arctagrostis macrophylla Nash, sp. nov.

A rather leafy perennial, with a running rootstock. Culms
rather stout, 4-8 dm. tall, erect; leaves usually 3 or 4;
sheaths rather loosely embracing the culm, the lower ones
overlapping and exceedingly rough ; ligule scarious, 4-5
mm. long, decurrent on the sheath ; blades erect, very rough
on both surfaces, 2-4 dm. long, 8-12 mm. wide, long-acu-
minate : panicle contracted, 1.5-2 dm. long, its axis and erect
branches rough, the fasciculate branches of varying length,

(152)

the larger 6-10 cm. long and naked at the base : spikelets
numerous, about 4 mm. long, on hispidulous pedicels 1.5
mm. long or less ; empty scales acute, the first scale i-nerved,
about two-thirds as long as the 3-nerved second which is usu-
ally about four-fifths as long as the palet ; flowering scale
about 3.5 mm. long, 5-nerved, the midnerve hispidulous, the
two lateral nerves on each side very obscure and sometimes
hardly discernible, acute, strongly hispidulous, in side view
oblong and about 0.8 mm. wide ; palet faintly 2-nerved,
strongly hispidulous, from a little shorter than the scale to
equalling it; stamens 3, oblong-linear, about 2 mm. long;
stigmas 2, plumose.

Type collected by R. S. Williams in wet springy places on
mountain sides, Dawson, July 14, 1899. Also collected by
F. Funston along the Yukon River, in August, 1893, no. 159,
and distributed as A. arnndinacea Trin. It is quite distinct
from that species, being taller and having larger and very
rough leaves, and lacking the prominent pointed bracts at
the base of the culm which gradually pass into leaves, as in-
dicated by Trinius in his Spec. Gram. Icon. & Descrip._^>/.
55. There is material in the herbarium of Columbia Uni-
versity from Kotzebue's Sound, the type locality of the Vilfa
arundinacea Trin., exactly matching this figure.

Arctagrostis poaeoides Nash, sp. nov.

A somewhat tufted perennial, with a branching running
rootstock. Culms 6-8 dm. tali, erect, bracted at the base,
the bracts gradually passing into leaves : leaves about 4 ;
sheaths striate, shorter than the internodes, very rough ;
ligule scarious, 4-5 mm. long, decurrent on the sheath ;
blades erect, stiff, exceedingly rough on both surfaces, long-
acuminate, 1.5-2.5 dm. long, 5-6 mm. wide: panicle about
1.5 dm. long, contracted, its axis almost smooth, the fas-
ciculate erect hispidulous branches varying in length, the
larger 3-4 cm. long and naked below : spikelets numerous,
2.5-3 mm. long, on somewhat hispidulous pedicels usually
less than 1 mm. long; empty scales acute, the first scale
i-nerved, about two-thirds as long as the 3-nerved second
which is usually about four-fifths as long as the palet ; flow-
ering scale usually a little less than 3 mm. long, strongly
hispidulous, 5-nerved, the midnerve hispidulous, the two

( i53 )

lateral nerves on each side very obscure, acute in side view,
oblong-lanceolate and about 0.8 mm. wide ; palet faintly
2-nerved, strongly hispidulous, usually about equalling the
scale; stamens 3, oblong-linear, about 2 mm. long; stigmas
2, plumose.

Type collected by R. S. Williams on mountain side at
Dawson, July 14, 1899. Also obtained at Cumberland
House, on the Saskatchewan River, in the Lake Winnipeg
region, and communicated to Torrey by Hooker, and bear-
ing the number 105. Resembling A. arundinacea (Trin.)
Beal in the bracts at the base, but it is a taller and much
rougher plant with a more contracted panicle and smaller
spikelets.

Agrostis hyemalis (Walt.) B.S.P. Dawson, August 13
and 23, 1899 (Williams), referred for the present to this
complex species.

Calamagrostis atropurpurea Nash, sp. nov.

A tall perennial with a rather stout long rootstock and deep
purple contracted panicle. Culms 8-12 dm. tall, erect,
smooth, or a little roughened just below the panicle : leaves
about 5 ; sheaths striate, somewhat roughened, especially to-
ward the apex, rather loosely embracing the culm ; ligule
scarious, about 5 mm. long ; blades erect, flat, strongly rough-
ened, long-acuminate, 1-2 dm. long, 3-5 mm. wide: panicle
contracted, about 1 dm. long, its branches and their divisions
extremely hispidulous, erect, the larger ones 2-4 cm. long, not
spikelet-bearing below: spikelets numerous, 3.5 mm. long,
lanceolate, acute ; empty scales strongly strigose, deep
purple, acuminate, rounded on the back, the first scale 1-
nerved, equalling or slightly longer than the 3-nerved second ;
flowering scale about 2.8 mm. long, usually deep purple at the
base, 5-nerved, the nerves converging above and indistinctly
excurrent, the strongly hispidulous rather stout awn inserted
about the middle and extending to or considerably beyond the
apex of the scale ; callus-hairs rather copious, in two lateral
tufts, generally a little exceeding the scale ; rudiment about
0.5 mm. long, its hairs extending to the apex of the scale ;
palet about two-thirds as long as the scale.

On wooded hillsides, Dawson, July 14, 1899 (R. S.
Williams). Related to C. Scribncri Beal, but the much

(i54)

longer callus-hairs and the deep purple color of the panicle
readily distinguish it.

Calamagrostis Canadensis acuminata Vasey. Dawson,
July 14, 1899; Klondike City, July 23, 1899; Bennett City,
August 25, 1899 (Williams).

Calamagrostis Lapponica (Wahl.) Hartm. Dawson, July
13, 1899 (Williams). This exactly matches a specimen in the
herbarium of Columbia University from Wahlenberg, labeled
Arundo Lapponica. It has long been uncertain whether we
had this species in this country, but this collection definitely
settles the point, if the specimen from Wahlenberg, above
referred to, is typical of his species, the original description,
however, calling for a taller plant. The grass secured by
Mr. Williams is a tufted perennial with culms erect and 3-4
dm. tall, the innovations being about one-third as long as the
culm with their leaf-blades very narrow and often involute :
panicle contracted, 7-9 cm. long and 1 cm. or a little more
wide, its branches erect : spikelets about 5 mm. long, purple
toward the apex, the flowering scale a little exceeding the
copious basal hairs and with a rather stout awn inserted at or
near the middle and about reaching the apex of the scale.

Calamagrostis Yukonensis Nash, sp. nov.

A tall sle'nder perennial with a slender running rootstock,
narrow leaf-blades, and marcescent basal sheaths. Culms
8-10 dm. tall, erect, the innovations nearly one-half as long
as the culms : culm-leaves 2 ; sheaths very rough, much
shorter than the internodes ; ligule scarious, about 5 mm.
long, decurrent on the sheath ; blades gray-green, erect or
ascending, long-acuminate, very rough on the lower sur-
face, the upper surface strongly pubescent with short hairs,
the longer blades on the innovations about 3 dm. long and
2 mm. wide, those on the culm 1-2 dm. long and 3-4 mm.
wide: panicle 8-15 cm. long, contracted, its apex sometimes
nodding, the branches erect, fascicled, strongly hispidulous,
the longer ones 3-4 cm. long, naked at the base : spikelets
numerous, on strongly hispid pedicels usually 1-2 mm. long ;
empty scales hispidulous, strongly so on the prominent keel,
very acute, yellowish, variegated with purple, the first scale
5-6 mm. long, i-nerved, or sometimes with a short lateral

(i55)

nerve on each side near the base, broader than and a little
exceeding the 3-nerved second ; flowering scale strongly his-
pidulous, 4-5 mm. long, 5-nerved, the nerves usually excur-
rent in short awns, the dorsal awn inserted about one-quarter
way from the base of the scale, its column yellowish brown,
closely spiral and about reaching the apex of the scale where
it is strongly bent, the divergent portion much exserted and
5-6 mm. long ; palet a little shorter than the scale, irregu-
larly and finely toothed at the apex, 2-nerved, the nerves
sometimes barely excurrent ; callus with a tuft of hairs on
each side about 0.5 mm. long, the dorsal portion naked:
rudiment |- to |- as long as the scale, pubescent with erect
hairs 1 mm. or a little less long, sometimes bearing an awn.

Type collected by R. S. Williams in dry soil in open
places at Dawson. There is also a specimen in the herba-
rium of Columbia University collected by Kennicott on the
Yukon River, but with no other data. Related to C. Tzvccdyi
Scribn., but its more slender culms and narrower more open
panicle, long and narrow leaf-blades with the upper surface
pubescent, and the smaller spikelets readily separate it.

Calamagrostis purfiurascens R. Br. ? An unusual loose-
panicled form with large anthers, fully 3 mm. long. It may
be undescribed. Five-finger Rapids (Tarleton).

Deschamfsia atrofiurjyurea (Wahl.) Scheele. White Pass,
August 26, 1899 (Williams). The branches of the panicle
are exceedingly long, much longer than in the typical form,
the lower ones being 10-12 cm. long, spikelet-bearing only
at the summit, and drooping. The spikelets, however, are
identical with those of the common form.

Deschampsia caesptosa (L.)Beauv. Dawson (Williams).

Deschampsia calycina Presl. Dawson (Williams). Re-
garded by the collector as introduced.

Trisetum Alaskanum Nash, sp. nov.

A tufted pubescent perennial with the innovations about
one-half as long as the culms. Culms 2-4 dm. tall, stout,
ascending, densely villous with reflexed hairs : leaves 2 ;
sheaths loose, pubescent with soft reflexed hairs ; ligule
scarious, about 1 mm. long; blades lax, pubescent with soft
spreading hairs, those on the culm 8-10 cm. long, 3-4 mm.

(i56.)

wide, those on the innovations narrower and longer : panicle
contracted, strict, 4-5 cm. long, 1-1.5 cm. thick, its axis and
appressed branches pubescent with long hairs, the branches
spikelet-bearing to the base, the larger ones 1— 1.5 cm. long :
spikelets 6-7 mm. long, crowded, 2-3-flowered ; empty scales
brownish or yellowish brown, strongly hispidulous on the
keel, sparingly so on the surface, the midnerve excurrent in
a short point, the first scale i-nerved, the second 3-nerved ;
flowering scales strongly hispidulous, not exserted, the callus
pubescent with hairs about 0.25 mm. long, acute, shortly 2-
toothed at the apex, the teeth awn-pointed, the awn inserted
about one-third way down, stout, hispidulous, finally strongly
reflexed, about the length of the scale ; palet about four-fifths
as long as the scale, 2-toothed at the apex.

On steep open hillsides, Skagway, August 28, 1899
(Williams). Related to T. subspicatum (L.) Beauv., but the
larger spikelets with their included flowering scales at once
distinguish it from any form of that species.

Trisetum subspicatum (L.) Beauv. Dawson (Williams).

Trisetum subspicatum molle (Michx.) A. Gray. Summit
of White Pass (Williams) ; Ft. Selkirk (Tarleton).

Trisetum sp. Five-finger Rapids, Aug. 21, 1899 (Wil-
liams). This is probably undescribed, but the parts of the
spikelets are so abnormally large, owing to its infestation by
nematode worms, that its description as new is not war-
ranted.

Avena sativa L. Dawson. Introduced (Williams).

Poa arctica R. Br. Klondike Bottom (Williams).

Poa nemoralis L. Dawson (Williams).

Poa nemoralis L. ? Dawson (Williams).

Poa nemoralis L. ? Five-finger Rapids (Tarleton).

Poa pratensis L. Rink Rapids (Williams).

Poa Williamsii Nash, sp. nov.

A tufted smooth and glabrous perennial, the innovations
apparently intravaginal and much shorter than the culm.
Culms 1.5-2 dm. tall, erect or ascending: leaves 1 or 2 ;
sheaths striate; ligule scarious, about 2.5 mm. long; blades
erect, about 2 mm. wide, acuminate, those on the culm 2-4
cm. long, those on the innovations sometimes longer : panicle

(i57)

4-6 cm. long, its branches ascending, the larger ones 2-2.5
cm. long, spikelet-bearing above the middle : spikelets longer
than their pedicels, in 2's— 4's on the larger branches, varie-
gated with yellowish brown and purple, 3— 4-flowered, 5-6
mm. long ; empty scales acuminate, hispidulous on the keel
above the middle, the first scale i-nerved, the second 3-
nerved at the base, the lateral nerves vanishing below the
apex, the first scale about three fourths as long as the second
which is a little shorter than its adjacent flowering scale ;
flowering scale acute, hispidulous on the midnerve above the
middle, cobwebby at the base, the lower ones about 4.5 mm.
long, 5-nerved, the midnerve and lateral nerves prominent,
densely pubescent below the middle with silky hairs, the in-
termediate nerves rather faint, sometimes sparingly pubes-
cent, the internerves hispidulous at the apex and minutely
pubescent toward the base ; palet a little shorter than the
scale, 2-keeled, the keels hispidulous.

Along a brook, summit of White Pass, R. S. Williams,
Aug. 26, 1899. Related to P. arctica R. Br., but distin-
guished by its innovations and the narrower acute flowering
scales.

Colftodium -pendulinum (Vahl) Griseb. Mouth of Klon-
dike (Williams).

Panicularia pulchella Nash sp. nov.

A leafy glabrous perennial, apparently with a running root-
stock. Culms 4-5 dm. tall, stout, smooth : leaves crowded ;
sheaths overlapping and loose, rough ; ligule scarious, 2-2.5
mm. long; blades erect, rough, long-acuminate, 1.5-2 dm.
long, 2.5-5 mm - wide: panicle loose and open, 1.5-2.5 dm.
long, its smooth more or less flexuous slender dividing
branches ascending or nearly erect, the larger ones 8-1 1
cm. long, naked toward the base : spikelets longer than their
pedicels, 5-6 mm. long, 4-6-flowered ; empty scales brown-
ish, scarious margined, irregularly toothed at the rounded or
obtuse apex, much shorter than their adjacent flowering
scales, the first scale i-nerved, shorter than the second which
is 3-nerved at the base ; flowering scales usually purple, with a
broad hyaline margin above the middle, strongly but minutely
hispidulous, oval when spread out, prominently 7-nerved,
obscurely and irregularly toothed at the rounded apex, the
lower ones about 3 mm. long ; palet slightly shorter than the
scale.

(i58)

Type collected by R. S. Williams in low marshy ground
in river bottoms near White River, Aug. 17, 1899. Also
secured by Messrs. Onion, Kennicott and Hardisty in 1861-
62. It has somewhat the appearance of low forms of P.
paua'fora (Presl) Kuntze, but it is stouter and more leafy,
and the flowering scales are longer and not truncate at the
apex as in that species. The deep purple of the flowering
scales makes a strong contrast with their broad white hyaline
margins, giving the spikelets a beautiful and striking appear-
ance.

Festuca Altaica Trin. Hillsides at Dawson, June 25 and
July 13, 1899; White Pass, August 26, 1899 (Williams).
This is closely related to F. scabrella Torr., differing in its
more acuminate flowering scales, but otherwise strongly re-
sembling it. Should it prove the same, Torrey's name must
be considered a synonym, it having been published several
years later than that of Trinius.

Fcstuca ovina polyphylla Vasey. Skagway (Williams).

B ramus Pumpellianus Scribn. Dawson (Williams) ; Ft.
Selkirk (Tarleton).

Bromus racemosus L. Dawson. Introduced (Williams).

Agropyron Richardsoni Schrad. Dawson (Williams).

Agropyron s-picatu.ni tcnuispiaim (S. & S.) Rydberg.
Dawson (Williams).

Agropyron tenerum Vasey. River bank opposite Dawson
(Wiiliams).

Hordcum nodosum L. Dawson. Introduced (Williams).

Elymus arcnarius L. Skagway (Williams).

Family Cyperaceae.

Eriophorum polystachyon L. Mouth of Klondike (Wil-
liams).

Eriophorum vaginatum L. Dawson ; below White Horse
Rapids ; Klondike River Bottom (Williams) ; Five-finger
Rapids (Tarleton).

Carcx vcsicaria L. Dawson ; Klondike River Bottom
(Williams).

(i59)

Carex saxatilis L. Thirty-mile River (Williams).

Carex Grahami Boott. Near Stewart River (Williams).

Carex atyina Sw. Dawson (Williams) ; White Horse
Rapids (Tarleton).

Carex Ghnelini Hook. Skagway (Williams).

Carex stylosa Drejer. Mouth of Bonanza ; also a speci-
men doubtfully referred to this species from Dawson Swamp
(Williams).

Carex Yukonensis Britton sp. nov.

Group of C. caesfiitosa. Culms slender, roughish, 2.5-4
dm. high, longer than the leaves. Leaves narrowly linear,
roughish margined, 2 mm. wide, the midvein prominent :
lowest spike subtended by a nearly filiform bract 1-2.5 cm -
long; staminate spike terminal, stalked, 2-2.5 cm - l° n g 5
pistillate spikes 2 or 3, 1.5-2 cm. long, 2.5 mm. thick, dense,
apparently erect, the upper nearly sessile, the lower one,
when 3 are present, filiform-stalked, loosely flowered toward
the base; perigynia nearly orbicular, nerveless, 1 mm. in
diameter, very minutely beaked, lenticular, sharply margined,
about as long as the black, ovate-oblong, acute or acutish
scale; stigmas 2 or 3.

Mouth of Bonanza Creek, R. S. Willliams, June 18, 1899.

Carex rigida Good ?. Mouth of Bonanza Creek (Williams).

Carex acuiina Bailey. Mouth of Klondike (Williams).

Carex fiodocarpa R. Br. White Pass (Williams).

Carex Magcllanica Lam. Klondike River Bottom ; near
Mouth of Klondike (Williams).

Carex cafiillaris L. Dawson (Williams).

Carex altocaulis (Dewey) Britton. Hillside among willows,
Dawson and at Walker Gulch (Williams).

Carex bicolor All. Ten miles above Lebarge (Williams).

Carex concinna R. Br. Dawson (Williams) ; Lake Ben-
nett (Tarleton).

Carex flifolia Nutt. Miles Canon (Williams).

Carex Williamsii Britton, sp. nov.

Glabrous; culms filiform, smooth, 1-2.5 dm. high. Leaves
filiform-linear, shorter than the culms, equitant, 1 mm. wide

(i6o)

or less, the margins minutely serrulate at least below ; spikes
3 or 4, 3-6-flovvered, the uppermost staminate above with 1
or 2 pistillate flowers below, the others pistillate, the lower 1
or 2 on filiform erect stalks 1.5 cm. long or less, subtended
by leaf-like bracts which sometimes exceed them ; scales
oval, brown, acute, or obtusish, distant on the filiform rachis,
nearly 2 mm. long ; perigynia spindle-shaped, few-nerved,
3-3.5 mm. long, less than 1 mm. wide, readily deciduous,
the orifice entire ; stigmas 3.

Dawson, R. S. Williams, June 12, 1899 (type); also, by
the same collector, near the same locality August 1, 1899.

Carex teretiuscula Good. Klondike River Bottom ; near
mouth of Klondike (Williams).

Carex tenella Schk. Klondike River Bottom (Williams).

Carex capitata L. Ten miles above Lebarge ; Dawson
Swamp (Williams).

Carex Redozvskyana C. A. Meyer. Bennett City (Wil-
liams).

Carex Bonanzensis Britton, sp. nov.

Group of C. canescens. Glabrous ; culms about 4 dm.
high, roughish above. Leaves nearly equalling the culm,
very rough-margined, 2 mm. wide. Spikes about 7, sessile,
the upper clustered, the lower somewhat separated, oblong,
obtuse, about 8 mm. long, and 3 mm. thick, the lowest sub-
tended by a filiform flattened serrulate bract 2-2.5 cm - l° n g '■>
scales ovate, with broad brown margins, shorter than the
perigynia, the lower acute, the upper obtuse ; perigynia
nearly white, plano-convex, glabrous, rather strongly several-
nerved on both faces, 1.5 mm. long, 1 mm. wide, minutely
beaked.

Mouth of Bonanza Creek, R. S. Williams, June 18, 1899.

Carex tenuiflora Wahl. Dawson (Williams).

Carex lagopina Wahl. White Pass (Williams).

Carex fraticola Rydb. Walker Gulch (Williams).

Family Juncaceae.

Juncus Balticus L. Near Stewart River (Williams).
Juncus Richardsonianus Schultes. Near Indian River
(Tarleton).

Juncus Mertensianus Bong. Bennett City (Williams).

(i6i)

Juncoides -pilosum (L.) Kuntze. Dawson: Klondike Cit 5

(Williams).

Juncoides glabratum (Hoppe) Sheldon. Bennett City
(Williams).

Juncoides arcuatum (L.) Kuntze? White Pass (Williams).

Family Melanthaceae.

Tojicldia falustris Huds. Bennett City (Williams) ; Lake
Lebarge and below Stewart River (Tarleton).

Zygadcnus elegans Pursh. Dawson (Williams) ; Five-
finger Rapids (Tarleton).

Family Liliaceae.

Allium Sibiricum L. Rink Rapids (Williams) ; above Ft.
Selkirk (Tarleton).

Family Convallariaceae.
Vagnera stellata (L.) Morong. Above Ft. Selkirk (Tarle-
ton).

Family Orchidaceae.

Cyfrifedium guttatum Sw. Dawson (Williams) ; near
Sixty-mile Creek (Tarleton).

Cyfrifediam -passeriniim Richards. Mountain side near
Dawson (Williams) ; Lake Lebarge (Tarleton).

Lysiella obtusata (Pursh) Rydb. Near mouth of Klon-
dike ; Dawson (Williams) ; Lake Lebarge and above Ft. Sel-
kirk (Tarleton).

Limnorchis brachypetala Rydb. sp. nov.

Roots fascicled, fleshy, the largest 7-8 mm. in diameter ;
stem 1.5-2.5 dm. high, slender, striate, glabrous, 4-5-leayed.
Lower leaves oblong, obtuse, 4-6 cm. long, half-clasping,
strongly nerved; upper leaves lanceolate, acute; bracts
lineal-lanceolate, the lower 2-3 times as long as the flowers,
the upper much shorter; flowers greenish or brownish, about
8 mm. long ; upper sepal about 2 mm. long, nearly orbicular,
slightly truncate and indistinctly 3-toothed at the apex, 3-
nerved, somewhat arched ; lateral sepals oval-oblong, obtu
spreading, nearly 3 mm. long; upper petals round-ova!.-,
acute, slightly over 1 mm. long, very narrow, a little dilated

(162)

at the base and near the apex, acute ; spur club-shaped or
almost saccate, nearly straight, about equalling the lip in
length ; ovary 8-9 mm. long in fruit, oblong-ellipsoid.

Apparently nearest related to L. hyfierborea, but smaller

in every way ; the spur is not curved forward as in that

species, and the petals are very broad and short, scarcely

more than half as long as the upper sepal ; the spur resembles

that of L. stricta, but that species has much larger flowers,

comparatively longer linear lip, longer petals and reflexed

lower sepals. Type collected by R. S. Williams at Bennett

City, August 25, 1899; also collected by Tarleton above Ft.

Selkirk.

Limnorchis leptoceratitis Rydb. sp. nov.

Roots fascicled, fleshy, fibrous; stem slender, striate,
glabrous, 2-4 dm. high. Lower leaves oblong, obtuse, half-
clasping, 4-8 cm. long ; upper leaves linear-lanceolate,
acute ; bracts linear-lanceolate, the lower somewhat longer
than the white flowers, the upper shorter; sepals 3-4 mm.
long, broadly lanceolate, the upper erect and almost straight,
the lateral ones reflexed-spreading, 3-nerved, acute ; upper
petals linear, acute, about as long as the sepals ; lip lanceo-
late, obtuse, somewhat rhombic-dilated at the base, equalling
the sepals ; spur very slender, cylindric, curved forward, a
little exceeding the lip ; ovary 8-9 mm. long in fruit, ellip-
soid.

Nearest related to L. dilatata {Habenaria dilatata), from
which it differs in the longer spur, which is not at all cla-
vate, the narrower petals, smaller flowers, and shorter, more
obtuse leaves. Type collected by R. S. Williams at Bennett
City, Aug. 25, 1899. Also collected by J. Albert Rudkin
in southern Alaska, 1883, and b Y J- M - Macoun in Un-
alaska, July 25, 1891.

Orchis rohindifolia Pursh. Lake Lebarge (Tarleton).

Peramium repens (L.) Salisb. Below Selkirk (Williams).

Corallorhiza Corallorhiza (L.) Karst. Thirty-mile River
(Williams) ; fruiting specimen only, and determination doubt-
ful. White Horse Rapids and above Fort Selkirk (Tarleton).

Gyrostachys Romanzoffiana (Cham.) MacM. Swamp,
Dawson (Williams).

(i6 3 )

Gyrostachys stricta Rydb. Klondike Bottom (Williams) ;
Sixty-mile Creek (Tarleton).

Lister a borealis Morong. Five-finger Rapids (Tarleton).

Sub-class DICOTYLEDONES.

Family Salicaceae.

Populus tremuloides Michx. Dawson (Williams).

Populus balsamifera L. River bank opposite Dawson
(Williams).

Salix myrtillifolia Anders. Below White Horse Rapids ;
Dawson Swamp (Williams) ; Lake Bennett (Tarleton).

Salix perrostrata Rydb., sp. nov.

A shrub, 1-4 m. high with grayish, rough and scaly bark ;
branches yellow or the youngest tinged with red, at first
finely pubescent ; leaves obovate-lanceolate or oblanceolate,
when young finely silky, in age glabrate, 2-4 cm. long,
1-1.5 cm. wide, acute at both ends, and with undulate
margins, light green above and paler beneath ; petioles 2-6
mm.; stipules minute, deciduous; aments somewhat leafy
bracted, almost sessile; the staminate 1—1.5 cm - l° n g> tne
pistillate in fruit 2-3 cm.; capsule conic, long-rostrate;
stigma subsessile.

Black Hills of S. Dakota and Pine Ridge, Neb., to Col-
orado and Alaska, May-June. (S. Bcbbiana Rydb. Cont.
U. S. Nat. Herb. 3: 523, mainly, not Sarg.)

Type collected near Hermosa, Black Hills of South Da-
kota, 1892, P. A. Rydberg, 1018. Hillsides, Dawson, R.
S. Williams.

Salix anglorum Cham. Summit of White Pass (Wil-
liams).

Salix orbicularis Anders. Summit of White Pass (Wil-
liams) ; Lake Bennett (Tarleton).

Salix phlebophylla Anders. Summit of White Pass.

Salix chlorophylla Anders. ? Dawson Swamp (Williams).

Salix longistylis Rydb. sp. nov.

A shrub, 4-5 m. high, with stems 13-15 cm. thick, the
bark of the branches greenish brown or purplish, pubescen t

(i6 4 )

when young. Leaves obovate, thick, acutish, minutely
glandular-denticulate, the upper surface slightly villous when
young, soon glabrate and shining, the lower surface densely
white-tomentose ; pistillate aments almost naked, from lateral
buds, 4-5 cm. long, 1 cm. thick; bracts obovate, obtuse,
about 3 mm. long, almost black, subsessile ; ovary about 5
mm. long, densely villous; style slender, over 2 mm. long,
the divisions fully 1 mm. long.

Perhaps nearest related to S. Sitchensis, but readily dis-
tinguished from that species by the much larger ovary, the
long and slender style and stigmas and the broader and
darker bracts. Mouth of the Klondike, May 30, 1899
(Williams).

Salix Alaxensis (Anders.) Coville. Lake Bennett (Tarle-
ton). Determined by Mr. F. V. Coville.

Salix Saskatchezvana Seem. ? Dawson (Williams).

Salix Richardsoni Hook. Lake Bennett (Tarleton). De-
termined by Mr. F. V. Coville.

Salix Seemannii Rydb. sp. nov.

A shrub, 3-4 m. high, the bark of the older branches dark
brown, that of the younger ones lighter, those of the season
villous-pubescent. Leaves oval to oblong-lanceolate, acute
at both ends, 3-7 cm. long, rather firm, entire ; upper surface
silky-villous when young, glabrate and bright green in age ;
lower surface permanently densely white or grayish silky-
villous ; aments on short lateral branches which bear 3-5
small leaves, the pistillate ones 4-7 cm. long, rather loose;
bracts oblong, obtuse, light brown, somewhat villous, about
2 mm. long; ovary in anthesis 3-4 mm. long, in fruit about
8 mm. long, densely white-villous, subsessile; style 0.5-1
mm. long; stigmas slender, about 1 mm. long, 2-cleft at the
apex; staminate aments 2-3 cm. long; stamens 2; filaments
slender, about 8 mm. long, free.

Seemann's specimens, cited below, were named by Hooker
Salix glauca var. macrocarpa, but the plant is neither S.
macrocarpa of Trautvetter, nor that of Nuttall ; it is related
to the former, but not to the latter. S. macrocarpa Trautv.
(S. glauca macrocarpa Ledeb.) is described as having sessile

stigmas and fuscous bracts ; it probably does not occur in
America.

Type collected at Dawson by R. S. Williams, June n,
1899, a more mature specimen June 12. Also collected by
Seemann on Chamisso Island, 1851, no. 1783, and Kotzebue
Sound and Norton Sound, 1849, no - I 4 2 3*

Family Betulaceae.

Betula glandulosa Michx. Dawson (Williams) ; Ft. Sel-
kirk (Tarleton).

Betula -papyri/era Marsh. Skagvvay.

Betula resinifera (Regel) Britton.
B. alba subsp. verrucosa var. resinifera Regel, Bull. Soc.
Mosc. 18: 398. 1865.

A white barked tree, sometimes 15 m. high, the trunk
reaching 3 dm. in diameter, the young twigs densely glandu-
lar-resiniferous. Leaves deltoid- ovate, acuminate, sharply
irregularly serrate, broadly cuneate, truncate, or some of them
cordate at the base, dark green above, pale, and when young
resinous-glandular beneath, glabrous, slender-petioled ; blades
5-8 cm. long, 4-7 cm. wide just above the base; petioles
1.5-2.5 cm. long; young staminate aments 2 or 3 together;
ripe pistillate aments slender-peduncled, cylindric, 3 cm. long,
1-1.2 cm. thick; pistillate scales about equally 3-lobed, the
middle lobe lanceolate, acute, the lateral ones obliquely ob-
long-obovate, obtuse, all 3 ciliate ; wings of the seed rather
broader than its body.

Dawson, R. S. Williams, Aug. 13, 1899 (type); Ft. Sel-
kirk, J. B. Tarleton, no. 138, July 18, 1899. Specimens
in the National Herbarium, obtained by Miss E. Taylor on
Peel's River, July 14, 1892, and at Ft. Simpson in i860, no
collector indicated, are also referable to this species.

Our material agrees in every respect with Regel's descrip-
tion in De Candolle's Prodromus, 16: Part 2, 164. 1868.

The tree is evidently more closely related to the Old World
Betula alba than to either of the other American white-barked
species B. fafyrifera and B '. -popdifolia, and is an interest-
ing addition to our arboreous flora.

(i66)

Alnns tenuifolia Nutt. River bank opposite Dawson (Wil-
liams).

Alnus fruiicosa Rupr. Dawson (Williams) ; Ft. Selkirk

(Tarleton). Agrees with Asiatic specimens so determined,
and seems distinct from Alnus Alno-Betula.

Family Urticaceae.
Urtica gracilis Ait. Dawson (Williams).

Family Chexopodiaceae.

Blitum capitatum L. Dawson (Williams) ; near Sixty-
mile Creek (Tarleton).

Family Polygonaceae.

Polygonum amphibium L. Ft. Selkirk (Tarleton).

Polygonum viviftarum L. Bennett City (Williams) ; above
Ft. Selkirk (Tarleton).

Polygonum alfiinum Alaskanum Small. Klondike below
Bonanza (Williams) ; above Stewart River (Tarleton).

Polygonum plurnosum Small sp. nov.

Perennial, deep green. Stems erect, 1-3 dm. tall, simple,
glabrous : leaves few ; blades thickish, sparingly pubescent
beneath, those of the basal and lower stem-leaves ovate to
oblong-ovate or broadly oblong, 2-5 cm. long, blunt or mark-
edly obtuse, abruptly narrowed or subcordate at the base,
as long as their petioles or shorter, those of the upper stem-
leaves mostly oblong, short-petioled or nearly sessile, all
more or less revolute and with prominent nerves about the
edge : ocreae ample, prolonged into a narrowly funnelform
sheath, persistent : racemes cylindric, 2-6 cm. long, dense :
flowers persistent: calices rose-colored; lobes usualty 5,
broadly oblong or oval, 3.5-5 mm. long, obtuse or nearly
truncate at the apex, often inequilateral : stamens exserted ;
filaments slightly flattened ; anthers dark brown or blackish :
styles 3, elongated; stigmas capitate, minute: achenes 3-
angled, ovoid or oval, 3—3.5 mm. long.

Related to Polygonum bistortoidcs Pursh ; but it is stouter
and more stocky in habit. It differs from P. bistortoidcs
very conspicuously in its leathery and pubescent leaf-blades,

(i6 7 )

in the deep rose-colored calices and the narrow cylindric
raceme, and the pedicels are only about one-half as long as
those of its relative. The species has been collected several
times during the past decade ; all the specimens having been
found in Alaska or on the neighboring islands.

St. Paul's Island. Bering Sea Commission Collection, no.
130. July 29, 1891. J. M. Macoun, collector. (Type.)

Porcupine River, Alaska, 1891. J. Henry Turner, col-
lector.

Port Clarence, Alaska. Harriman Alaska Expedition, no.
1970. July 12, 1899. F. V. Coville and T. II. Kearney,
Jr., collectors.

Hall Island, Bering Sea. Harriman Alaska Expedition,
no. 2023. July 14, 1899. F. V. Coville and T. H. Kearney,
Jr., collectors.

Klondike, " The Dome." August 10, 1899. J- B - T^" 1 ^-
ton, no. 175b.

Polygonum fugax Small sp. nov.

Perennial from horizontal rootstocks, bright green. Stems
erect, 3-4 dm. tall, glabrous, discolored below the nodes and
the inflorescence : basal leaves several ; blades lanceolate or
oblong-lanceolate, 5-12 cm. long, acute, undulate, finely
wrinkled above, minutely pubescent beneath, slightly revolute,
cuneately narrowed at the base ; petioles as long as the blades
or longer, winged near the top : stem-leaves nearly similar
to the basal, but with smaller and narrower blades and short
petioles : ocreae delicate, closely surrounding the internodes
of the stem, except the loose and obliquely open top : spike
cylindric or nearly so, 2.5-5 cm. long, about 1 cm. thick,
erect : bracts very delicate, light brown, ovate-lanceolate to
oval, acuminate, 5-7 mm. long : flowers early deciduous or
fugacious : calyxes pink ; lobes various, the inner oblong,
obtuse, the outer larger and all three of different sizes :
stamens 8: achenes 3-angled, oval, dark brown, abruptly
acute.

Related to Polygonum Bistorta L., but more slender and
with much more delicate parts throughout. The leaves differ
from those of P. Bistorta in having lanceolate or oblong-
lanceolate blades with narrowed bases. The inflorescence

(i68)

differs in being spicate instead of racemose, while the indi-
vidual flowers, instead of persisting, fall away easily and
early, perhaps before the fruit is fully matured.

The only specimens known were found growing in moss
below Sixty mile Creek, by J. B. Tarleton, August 3, 1899,
no. 175a.

Family Santalaceae.

Comandra livida Richards. Dawson (Williams); Lake
Bennett (Tarleton).

Family Caryophyllaceae.
Silenc reopens Patrin. Dawson ; Walker Gulch (Wil-
liams) ; Ft. Selkirk (Tarleton).

Silene Williamsii Britton sp. nov.

Related to S. Mcnziesii Hook. Viscid-pubescent all over ;
stem 1-3 dm. high, the slender branches widely ascending.
Leaves lanceolate to ovate-lanceolate, sessile, firm, entire,
2-3 cm. long, 5-10 mm. wide, acuminate at the apex, nar-
rowed at the base; cymes terminal, few-flowered; pedicels
filiform, 5-10 mm. long; calyx urceolate, its teeth about 2
mm. long, erect, the whole about 8 mm. long; petals
scarcely longer than the calyx.

Dawson, R. S. Williams, July 14, 1899 (type) ; fifty miles
above Stewart River (Tarleton).

Lychnis trijlora R. Br. Stream by West Dawson (Wil-
liams).

Vaccaria Vaccai'ia (L.) Britton. Dawson, introduced
(Williams).

Cerastium arvense L. Lebarge Island (Tarleton).

Co'astium vulgatum L. Dawson, introduced (Williams).

Cerastium maximum L. Above Stewart River (Tarleton).

A/sine borealis (Bigel.) Britton. Dawson (Williams) ; Five-
finger Rapids (Tarleton).

Alsine laeta (Richards.) Rydb. Dawson (Williams) ; White
Horse Rapids (Tarleton).

Alsine crassifolia (Ehrh.) Britton. Five-finger Rapids
(Tarleton).

(i6 9 )

Moehringia lateriflora (L.) Fenzl. Dawson (Williams);
Five-finger Rapids (Tarleton).-

Merckia fhysodes Fisch. Mouth of Klondike (Williams) ;
above Stewart River (Tarleton).

Arenaria laricifolia L. Dawson (Williams).

Arena ria triflora (L.) S. Wats. Lebarge Island (Tarleton).

Arenaria Dawsonensis Britton, sp. nov.

Glabrous. Stems very slender, several times forked, 1.5-3
dm. high. Leaves narrowly linear, smooth, blunt-pointed,
the lower 1— 1.5 cm. long, 0.5-1.3 mm. wide, firm, the lowest
sometimes with fascicles of smaller ones in their axils, the
uppermost reduced to bracts ; lower internodes 4-6 cm. long ;
pedicels filiform, divergent-ascending, straight ; sepals oblong-
lanceolate, acute, strongly 3-nerved, 4 mm. long, 1-1.5 mm.
wide, the calyx impressed at the base ; petals oblong, a little
shorter than the sepals or equalling them; pod narrowly
ovoid, membranous, 3-valved, a little longer than the sepals :
seeds oval-oblong, reddish brown, 0.6-0.7 mm. long, rough-
ened with low irregular ridges.

Dawson, R. S. Williams, July 16, 1899.

Apparently nearest to A. Michauocii (Fenzl.) Hook., but
with short petals, merely acute sepals and much longer inter-
nodes.

Family Ranunculaceae.

Actaea arguta Nutt. Five-finger Rapids (Tarleton).

Anemone Richardsoni Hook. Near mouth of Bonanza
(Williams) ; near Selwyn River (Tarleton).

Anemone farviflora Michx. Dawson (Williams) ; White
Horse Rapids and Lake Bennett (Tarleton).

Anemone globosa Nutt. Lake Lebarge and White Horse
Rapids (Tarleton).

Pulsatilla hirsutissima (Pursh) Britton. Near Hootalinqua
(Williams) ; Lake Bennett and Lake Lebarge (Tarleton).

Ranunculus Yukonensis Britton, sp. nov.

Group of R. Purshii. Stems almost filiform, 1 dm. long
or less, sparingly pubescent toward the end. Leaves slender-
petioled, 6-14 mm. wide, dissected into linear, entire or

(170)

toothed, obtuse segments ; flowers several, slender-peduncled,
6-10 mm. broad ; sepals broadly ovate, obtuse ; head of fruit
globular, 2-3 mm. in diameter; achenes slightly compressed,
about 1 mm. long, abruptly tipped with a hooked beak of
one third their length.

Mouth of the Bonanza, June 18, 1899, R. S. Williams
(type) ; mouth of the Klondike, July 9, 1899, same collector.

Ranunculus Purshii Richards. Island below Stewart
River (Tarleton).

Ranunculus Lapponicus L. Klondike River (Tarleton) ;
near mouth of Bonanza (Williams).

Delphinium glaucum S. Wats. Dawson (Williams) ; above
Fort Selkirk and below Stewart River (Tarleton).

Aconilum delphinifolium DC. Dawson (Williams) ; Fort
Selkirk (Tarleton).

Aconilum paradoxum Reichenb. ? Summit of White Pass
(Williams). This is an interesting plant with short obtuse
leaf-lobes, and larger flowers than A. d elf him 'folium. It
appears to be the same as specimens collected on the Hani-
man Expedition to Alaska by Messrs. Coville and Kearney
at Plover Bay and Port Clarence, Siberia. Mr. Williams'
specimens are referred to Reichenbach's species with much
doubt.

Aquilegia brevistyla Hook. Dawson (Williams) ; Five-
finger Rapids (Tarleton).

Thalictrum sparsiforum Turcz. Mouth of the Klondike
(Williams) ; Five-finger Rapids (Tarleton).

Family Papa ver ace ae.
Papaver nudicaule L. Below Selwyn River (Tarleton).

Family Fumariaceae.

Capnoides aureum (Willd.) Kuntze. Lake Lebarge and
Bonanza Creek (Tarleton) ; Dawson and Walker Gulch
(Williams).

Capnoides sempervirens (L.) Borckh. Dawson (Wil-
liams) ; Bonanza Creek (Tarleton).

(i7i)

Family Cruciferae.
Cardamine -pratcnsis august i folia Hook. Near mouth of
Bonanza and mouth of Klondike (Williams).

Roripa Williamsii Britton, sp. now

Glabrous, about 1.5 dm. high. Leaves about 5 cm. Ion-;-,
deeply pinnatilid into oblong, obtuse, entire or toothed seg-
ments 2-3 mm. wide, the terminal segment much larger than
the lateral ones; racemes elongating and with very distant
pedicels in fruit; pedicels spreading, about 1 cm. long; pod
oblong, obtuse, about 3 mm. long.

Near mouth of Bonanza Creek, R. S. Williams, June 18,
1899.

Arabis lyrata occidental is S. Wats. Near mouth of Bo-
nanza (Williams).

Arabis Hulbocllii Hornem. White Horse Rapids (Tarle-
ton).

Parrya macrocarfta R. Br. The Dome, Klondike-Indian
Divide (Tarleton).

Erysimum cheiranthoidcs L. Dawson (Williams).

Erysimum angustatum Rydb., sp. nov.

A more or less cespitose perennial, with a slender tap-root
and short branched rootstock or caudex. Stems 1-2 dm.
high, sparingly grayish strigose, obtusely angled; leaves
very narrowly oblanceolate-linear or linear, 4-7 cm. long,
1-2 mm. wide, grayish strigose; sepals linear, obtuse, about
8 mm. long, two alternate ones deeply saccate at the base,
pale yellowish; petals lemon-yellow, about 14 mm. long;
pods 5-8 cm. long, about 1.5 mm. broad, obtusely angled,
ascending on ascending pedicels 5-8 mm. long, with a dis-
tinct beak 3-5 mm. long, somewhat constricted between the
seeds ; cotyledons incumbent.

This species is probably nearest related to E. as-perimum
(Cheiranthus asferrimas Greene) but differs in the more
elongated branches of the caudex or rootstock, which are
covered with remnants of old leaves, the narrower perfectly
entire leaves, the more slender stem, the less sharply angled
pod and the more evident beak. The type was collected at
Dawson by R. S. Williams, July 13, 1899.

(172)

Sophia sophiodcs (Fisch.) Heller. Dawson (Williams).
Draba incana L. Lake Bennett (Tarleton).
Draba oligospcrma Hook. Lake Bennett (Tarleton).
Draba aurea Vahl. White Horse Rapids (Tarleton).
Draba glacialis Adams. Lake Bennett (Tarleton).

Family Droseraceae.
Drosera rotund/folia L. Above Stewart River (Tarle-
ton) ; Klondike (Williams).

Family Saxifragaceae.

Heuchera glabra Willd. Summit of White Pass (Williams).
Saxifraga tricuspidata Retz. Lebarge Island (Tarleton) ;
Dawson and Miles Canon (Williams).

Saxifraga rcjlexa Hook. Dawson (Williams).

Saxifraga pulvinata Small, sp. nov.

Perennial, deep green, densely tufted. Stems copiously
branched, 3-10 cm. long: leaves numerous, crowded or ap-
proximate, often 4-ranked ; blades oblong to broadly spatu-
late, 1.5-3 mm - l° n g> leathery, ciliate, except at the thick-
ened apex : flowering stems leafy at the base, naked above,
gradually enlarged to the hypanthium : sepals softly glandu-
lar-pubescent when young, oblong, 2.5-3 mm - lon g» obtuse
and green at the tip, longer than the hypanthium : corolla
deep blue or purplish : petals 6-7 mm. long, the blades oval
to nearly orbicular, minutely notched or toothed at the apex,
the claws shorter than the blades : capsules 6-7 mm. high,
the beaks erect, nearly as long as the body.

In dense tufts on the higher summits about Lake Bennett,
(Tarleton, no. 11, June 6, 1899). Related to Saxifraga op-
posit ifolia L., but differing in the smaller size, the markedly
naked upper part of the flowering stems, the smaller turbinate
hypanthium and the slender tips of the follicles.

Saxifraga galacifolia Small, sp. nov.

Perennial by horizontal rootstocks, glandular-pubescent
throughout. Leaves basal or mainly so, few ; blades mem-
branous, ovate or orbicular-ovate, 5-8 cm. long, dentate or
crenate-dentate, pale green beneath, deep green above ; cor-

(i73)

date, petioles as long as the blades or much longer: scapes
erect, 2-4 dm. tall: panicle narrow, 5—15 cm. long, the
branches erect or nearly so : pedicels glandular-pilose : sepals
2-2.5 mm - l° n g> triangular-ovate, reflexed : corolla white;
petals oblong to oblong-lanceolate, 3-5 mm. long, sometimes
slightly accrescent : filaments filiform, longer than the petals :
capsules 12-13 mm - higH ; follicles erect, nearly distinct.

Along mountain streams, near Indian River, August 3,
1899 (Tarleton, no. 176).

Related to Saxifraga punctata L. ; but the leaves with
blades manifestly longer than broad, the narrow panicle with
its short branches and the lower leaf- like bracts, and the
larger fruit are some of the characters which readily separate
this species from its relative.

Chrysosplenium tetrandrum Fries. Klondike below Bo-
nanza Creek (Williams) ; White Horse Rapids (Tarleton).

Family Parnassiaceae.

Parnassia -palustris L. Walker Gulch (Williams) ; above
Fort. Selkirk (Tarleton).

Parnassia Kotzebuei C. & S. Fort Selkirk and near
Selwyn River (Tarleton).

Family Grossulariaceae.

Ribcs riibrum L. Lindeman and Bonanza Creek (Wil-
liams).

Ribcs Hudsonianum Richards. Near mouth of Bonanza
Creek (Williams).

Ribes lacustre Poir. West Dawson (Williams).

Ribes irriguum Dougl. Five-finger Rapids (Tarleton).

Family Rosaceae.

Spiraea densifora Nutt. Klondike-Indian Divide (Tarle-
ton) ; Mouth of Bonanza (Williams).

Luetkea pectinata (Pursh) Kuntze. Summit of White
Pass (Williams).

Potentilla Pennsylvanica L. Five-finger Rapids (Tarlet

Potentilla nivea L. White Horse Rapids (Tarleton).

Potentilla Monspclicnsis L. Dawson (Williams).

(174)

Comarum -palustre L. Below Selwyn River (Tarleton) ;
Klondike Bottom (Williams).

Argentina Anserina (L.) Rydb. Fort Selkirk (Tarle-
ton) ; Dawson (Williams).

Fragaria Chilocnsis Duchesne. Rink Rapids (Williams) ;
Lake Lebarge (Tarleton).

Dasiphora fruticosa (L.) Rydb. Above Fort Selkirk
(Tarleton) ; Dawson (Williams).

Rubus Chamacmorus L. Dawson (Williams) ; above Stew-
art River (Tarleton).

Rubus strigosus Michx. Dawson (Williams) ; above Stew-
art River (Tarleton).

Rubus arcticus L. Dawson (Williams) ; White Horse
Rapids and below Sixty-mile Creek (Tarleton).

Rubus pedatus Smith. Bennett City and Skagway (Wil-
liams).

Geum Orcgonense (Scheutz) Rydb. Fort Selkirk (Tarle-
ton).

Dryas octopetala L. Dawson (Williams).

Dryas integrifolia Vahl. Dawson (Williams) ; Five-finger
Rapids (Tarleton).

Sanguisorba officinalis L. Above Fort Selkirk (Tarleton).

Sanguisorba latifolia (Hook.) Coville. Bennett City (Wil-
liams).

Rosa acicularis Lindl. Five-finger Rapids (Tarleton);
Dawson and near Thirty-mile River (Williams).

Family Pomaceae.

A?nelanchie?- alnifolia Nutt. Dawson (Williams) ; White

Horse Rapids (Tarleton).

Amelanchier Jiorida Lindl. Miles Canon (Williams).

Sorbus occidentalis (S. Wats.) Greene. Bennett City

(Williams).

Family Papilionaceae.

Lupinus. An undescribed species named by Prof. C. V.
Piper but not yet published. Dawson (Williams) ; Five-finger
Rapids and foot of Lake Lebarge (Tarleton).

(i75)

Astragalus debilis (Nutt.) A. Gray. Fort Selkirk (Tarle-
ton).

Astragalus alpinus L. Near mouth of Klondike (Wil-
liams) ; White Horse Rapids (Tarleton).

Astragalus Williamsii Rydb. sp. now

Stem ascending or erect, 2-4 dm. high, more or less dis-
tinctly 4-angled, perfectly glabrous, light green or in age
straw-colored ; stipules ovate to narrowly lanceolate, 3-6 mm.
long, free ; leaves longer than the internodes, 5-10 cm. long ;
leaflets 9-1 1, elliptical to almost linear, 15-35 mm. long, 4-8
mm. wide, obtuse or retuse at the apex, perfectly glabrous ;
raceme at first short, in fruit elongating and about 1 dm.
long, borne on a peduncle 1— 1.5 dm. long ; bracts oblong, ob-
tuse, membranous, straw-colored, about 3 mm. long ; pedicels
short, 1-2 mm. long; calyx about 3 mm. long, black-hairy;
lobes less than 1 mm. long, triangular obtuse ; corolla yellow,
except the purplish tip of the keel ; banner about 1 cm. long,
narrow, keel about 8 mm. ; pod ascending, half membranous,
oblong-ovate in outline, 10-14 mm. long and 4 mm. wide,
glabrous, rounded at the base, acute at the apex; dorsal
suture deeply sulcate for about two-thirds of its length and
with a narrow partial partition, making the pod there deeply
obcordate in section ; the upper third not sulcate and with no
indication of a partition ; seeds about 4, brownish black.

A species perhaps referable to the Oroboidcs, but without
any close relative in that group. Its small yellow flowers
and peculiar fruit are characteristic.

The type was collected by R. S. Williams, near Big
Salmon, August 22, 1899.

Astragalus Tarletonis Rydb.

Stem ascending, about 2 dm. high, angled, striate and
sparingly strigulose : stipules lanceolate, attenuate, sparingly
strigose, free from the petiole but somewhat united around
the back of the stem : leaves about 1 dm. long, spreading ;
leaflets 17-29, elliptic to lanceolate, oblong, 10-15 mm. long,
3-6 mm. wide, sparingly strigose or in age glabrate, obtuse
or retuse at the apex: spikes short and crowded, 3-4 1
long on peduncles about 1 dm. in length : bracts oblong, 6-8
mm. long, mostly obtuse and black-hairy: calyx black-
hairv; its tube about 6 mm. long; lobes linear subuli

(176)

almost of the same length: corolla about 15 mm. long, pur-
plish : fruit not seen.

This species is evidently closely related to A. hypoglottis
L., but distinguished by its long slender calyx-lobes.

The type was collected by J. B. Tarleton at Five-finger
Rapids, July 5, 1899 (no. 78).

Phaca Americana (Hook.) Rydb. Fort Selkirk (Tarleton ;
Williams).

Phaca littoralis (Hook.) Rydb. {Phaca frigida y
littoralis Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. 2 : 140. 1840.) Five-finger
Rapids (Tarleton).

Homalobus aboriginum (Richards.) Rydb. Miles Canon
(Williams) ; White Horse Rapids and foot of Lake Lebarge
(Tarleton).

Homalobus tencllus (Pursh) Britton. Fifty miles above
Stewart River (Tarleton).

Aragallus Richardsonii Greene. Above Fort Selkirk

(Tarleton).

Aragallus varians Rydb., n. sp.

Cespitose perennial : leaves all basal, 1-2 dm. long, nu-
merous : stipules lanceolate, scarious, long-acuminate, densely
silky-villous, 1-2 cm. long : leaflets 30 or more, more or less
verticillate, linear-oblong, silky-villous, obtuse, 1-2 cm. long,
3-4 mm. wide : scape about 2 dm. high, slender, terete, spar-
ingly villous : spike short, 4-5 cm. long, dense : bracts linear-
lanceolate, long-attenuate, about 1 cm. long, exceeding the
calyx: calyx tube often dark, cylindrical, about 5 mm. long,
silky-villous: lobes linear-subulate, 2-3 mm. long: corolla
about 1 cm. long, yellow: fruit not seen.

Apparently related to A. Richardsonii and A. sfilcudens,
but easily distinguished by its yellow flowers and the fact that
the leaflets are not always verticillate.

The type was collected by J. B. Tarleton on Lewis River,
June 28, 1899 (no. 33b).

Aragallus viscidus (Nutt.) Greene. White Horse Rapids
(Tarleton).

Aragallus viscidulus Rydb. Near Selkirk (Williams).

Aragallus -podocarfus (A. Gray) Greene. Lake Bennett,
near summit of " Pinnacle" (Tarleton).

(i77)

Aragallus deflexus (DC.) Heller. Five-finger Rapid
Tarleton.

Aragallus. Species not determined; nearly related to A.
Eambertii. Lewis River (Tarleton).

Hcdysarum Amcncanum (Michx.) Britton. Near mouth
of Klondike (Williams) ; Five-finger Rapids (Tarleton).

Hcdysarum Mackenzii Richards. Five-finger Rapids
(Tarleton).

Family Linaceae.

Linum Lezvisii Pursh. Lake Lebarge (Tarleton).
Family Callitrichaceae.

Callitriche falustris L. ? On mud, Klondike bottom
(Williams). A small form with bracts very small or wanting.

Family Empetraceae.

Empetrum nigrum L. Lindeman (Williams) ; Fort Sel-
kirk (Tarleton).

Family Violaceae.

Viola -palustris L. White Horse Rapids (Tarleton) ;
Upper Walker Gulch (W 7 illiams). ?

Family Elaeagnaceae.

Lepargyraea Canadensis (L.) Greene. Dawson (Wil-
liams) ; Lake Bennett and above Fort Selkirk (Tarleton).

Family Onagraceae.

Chamaenerion angustifolium (L.) Scop. Dawson (Wil-
liams) ; above Fort Selkirk (Tarleton).

Chamaenerion latifolium (L.) Sweet. Five-finger Rapids
(Tarleton) ; Thirty Mile River (Williams).

Efilobium falustre L. Dawson (Williams). The E.
falustre albijlora Hook., differing from the type by its
narrower leaves and pale flowers.

Family Halorragidaceae.
Ilippuris vulgaris L. Island below Stewart River (Tarle-
ton).

(i78)

Family Umbelliferae.
Selinum Daivsoni Coult. & Rose. Dawson (Williams).
Cicuta virosa ~L. Pond, Klondike bottom (Williams).
Bupleurum Americanum Coult. & Rose. Near Selkirk

(Williams).

Family Cornaceae.

Comus Canadensis L. Dawson and near mouth of
Klondike (Williams); above Fort Selkirk (Tarleton).

Comus stolonifera Michx. Five-finger Rapids (Tarle-
ton) ; Dawson (Williams). Leaves not so white beneath as
in the eastern plant.

Family Pyrolaceae.

Pyrola uliginosa Torr. Below Selwyn River (Tarleton).

Pyrola secunda L. Dawson (Williams).

Pyrola secunda fumila Paine. Walker's Gulch (Wil-
liams) ; above Fort Selkirk (Tarleton).

Pyrola bracteata Hook. Below Selwyn River (Tarle-
ton) ; Dawson (Williams).

Moneses unijlora (L.) A. Gray. Walker Gulch (Wil-
liams) ; Fort Selkirk (Tarleton).

Family Ericaceae.

Ledum Groenlandicum Oeder. Along river above Daw-
son (Williams) ; above Stewart River and above Fort
Selkirk (Tarleton).

Ledum decumbcns (Ait.) Lodd. High ridge above Linde-
man (Williams); Bonanza Creek (Tarleton). Apparently
distinct from L. -palustre L.

Kalmia microfhylla (Hook.) Heller. Bennett (Williams).

Andromeda Polifolia L. Dawson (Williams) ; below
Stewart River (Tarleton).

Ckamaedaphnc calyculata (L.) Moench. Dawson swamp
(Williams).

Chamaectstus procumbens (L.) Kuntze. Above Linde-
man (Williams).

Phyllodoce glandulifora (Hook.) Coville. Lindeman and
summit of White Pass (Williams).

(i79)

Phyllodoce cmpetriformis (Smith) Don. Lindeman (Wil-
liams).

Cassiope SteJleriana (Pall.) DC. Above Lindeman ami
summit of White Pass (Williams).

Cassiope Mertensiana (Bong.) Don. Above Lindeman,
and summit of White Pass (Williams).

Cassiope tetragona (L.) Don. Above Lindeman (Wil-
liams) ; Lake Bennett (Tarleton).

Arctostaphylos Uva-Ursi (L.) Spreng. Dawson (Wil-
liams) ; Lake Bennett (Tarleton).

Mairania alpina (L.) Desv. Dawson and near Selkirk
(Williams) ; Lake Bennett and Klondike Indian Divide (Tar-
leton). The red-fruited form collected also by Tarleton be-
low Selwyn River.

Family Vacciniaceae.

Vaccinium uliginosum L. Dawson (Williams) ; below
Selwyn River (Tarleton).

Vitis-Idaea Vitis-Idaea (L.) Britton. {Vaccinium Vitis-
Idaea L.) Lindeman and Little Salmon River (Williams);
Lake Lebarge (Tarleton). The recognition of the genera
Batodendron and Polydodium as segregates from the complex
Vaccinium of previous authors requires, it seems to me, the
separation also of Vitis-Idaea, as was maintained by Tourne-
fort, and since the Linnaean period by Moench.

Oxycoccus Oxycoccus (L.) MacM. Dawson (Williams);
below Selwyn River (Tarleton).

Family Primulaceae.

Primula Sibirica Jacq. Lebarge Island (Tarleton) ; on
clayey shore, Lebarge (Williams).

Primula stricta Hornem. Five-finger Rapids (Tarleton,
no. 73), apparently identical with specimens from Scandi-
navia.

Androsace scptentrionalis L. Dawson and Rink Rapids

(Williams).

Androsace Gormani Greene? Lake Bennett (Tarleton).

(i8o)

Trientalis arctica Fisch. Summit of White Pass, and be-
low Bonanza (Williams).

Dodccathcon frigidum C. & S. Stream by West Dawson

(Williams).

Family Gentianaceae.

Gentiana holopetala (A. Gray) Rydb. (G. serrata
holopetala A. Gray). Above Fort Selkirk (Tarleton).

Gentiana -profinqtia Richards. Dawson (Williams) ;
Fort Selkirk (Tarleton).

Family Menyanthaceae.

Menyanthes trifoliata L. Ponds, Klondike bottom (Wil-
liams) ; Sixty Mile Creek (Tarleton).

Family Apocynaceae.
Apocynum androsaemifolium L. Dawson (Williams). A
low pubescent form, perhaps referable to A. androsaemi-
folium incanum DC.

Family Polemoniaceae.

Polemonium occidentale Greene. Dawson (Williams);
hills around Dawson and at Fort Selkirk (Tarleton).

Polemonium -pulchellum Bunge. White Horse Rapids
(Tarleton); Dawson (Williams).

Gilia cafitata Dougl. Dawson, introduced (Williams).

Family Hydrophyllaceae.

Phacelia. A species related to P. Lyallii (A. Gray)
Rydb., but villous all over. Collected only in fruit. Below
Selwyn River (Tarleton).

Family Boraginaceae.

Lafpula. Specimens in flower only. White Horse Rap-
ids and Lebarge Island (Tarleton).

Lafpula Redowskii '(Hornem.) Greene. Near Rink Rap-
ids (Williams).

Mertensia -paniculata (Ait.) Don. Lebarge (Williams) ;
Five-finger Rapids (Tarleton).

(iSi)

Mertensia Alaskana Britton, sp. now

Similiar to M. -paniculata, 5 dm. high, or more. Stem
and branches glabrous ; pedicels 1—3 cm. long, very slender,
appressed-pubescent with whitish hairs : leaves papillose-
pubescent above, sparingly pubescent or glabrous beneath,
the lower oblanceolate, 6—10 cm. long, acute, with margined
petioles, the middle ones oblong-lanceolate, sessile, the upper
lanceolate, acuminate : corolla 1.5 cm. long, the limb about the
length of the tube: calyx 5-6 mm. long, cleft nearly to the
base, the lobes lanceolate, acuminate, bristly-ciliate, other-
wise glabrous or very nearly so ; style not exserted.

Fort Yukon, Alaska, Antoine Soule, 1865 (type) ; Daw-
son (Williams), a white-flowered form ; Mackenzie's River,
Onion, Kennicott and Hardisty, 1861-62.

Family Labiatae.

Dracocefhalum farvijlorum Nutt. Dawson (Williams) ;
Fort Selkirk (Tarleton).

Family Scrophulariaceae.

Veronica alfina L. Summit of White Pass (Williams).

Pcntstemon cristatus Nutt. Five-finger Rapids (Wil-
liams ; Tarleton) ; Lake Lebarge (Tarleton).

Euphrasia Americana Wetts. River bank above Fort
Selkirk (Tarleton).

Castilleja pallida (L.) Kunth. Above Dawson (Williams) ;
above Fort Selkirk, near Indian River, and Five-finger Rap-
ids (Tarleton). Mr. Tarleton's specimens from above Fort
Selkirk and Five-finger Rapids (nos. 80 and Sob) differ from
the others in being villous to the base and may represent
another species.

Pedicularis. eufhrasioides Stephan. Dawson and mouth
of Bonanza (Williams) ; Five-finger Rapids (Tarleton).

Pedicularis Sudctica Willd. Five-finger Rapids (Tarle-
ton).

Family Orobanchaceae.

Thalesia fasciadata (Nutt.) Britton. Fort Selkirk (Tarle-
ton).

(182)

Boschniakia glabra C. A. Meyer. Dawson (Williams) ;
Selwyn River (Tarleton).

Family Lentibulariaceae.

Pingniculavillosa'L,. Dawson (Williams); below Selwyn
River (Tarleton).

Utricularia vulgaris L. Sixty Mile Creek (Tarleton).

Family Plantaginaceae.
Plantago aristata Michx. Dawson (Williams).

Plantago septata E. L. Morris, sp. nov.

A bright green, acaulescent perennial, with one tap-root
and with the bases of the leaves of the preceding year per-
sistent, generally cinereous-woolly, most of the hairs under
a lens flattened and distinctly 3-9-septate or even articulate.
Leaves crowded, erect or spreading, several, narrowly lance-
olate, acute or obtuse at the apex, entire, narrowed to the
more or less margined semi-clasping petiole, about 140 mm.
by 15 mm., 5-nerved in blade and petiole, very woolly at the
base and on the petiole; scapes basal, erect or ascending,
stout, terete and striate, several, equalling or surpassing the
leaves, about 150 mm. high, woolly below, pubescent above;
spikes erect, long-cylindrical, about 50 mm. by 5 mm., in
fruit somewhat loose, their axes pubescent ; bracts brown-her-
baceous, with wide scarious margins, in fruit keeled, nearly
equalling the calyx, ovate to round-ovate, obtuse and deli-
cately fimbriolate, about 2 mm. by 2 mm., glabrous; flowers
numerous, perfect, glabrous ; divisions of the calyx scarious,
with brown-herbaceous midribs, broadly obovate, rounded,
2 mm. long; corolla tube just equalling the calyx, its lobes,
spreading, broadly oblong, obtuse and often abruptly apicu-
late, nearly 1.5 mm. by 1 mm., white; stamens four, and,
with the filiform stigma, long-exserted ; pyxis finely reticulate,
two times as long as the calyx, oblong, rounded at the apex,
circumscissile at the lower third ; seeds two, black.

Type specimen, collected by R. S. Williams, near Little
Salmon, Yukon Territory, August 22, 1899.

Family Rubiaceae.
Galium borcalc L. Five-finger Rapids (Tarleton); Daw-
son (Williams).

(i8 3 )

Family Caprifoliaceae.

Viburnum pauciforum Pylaie. Dawson and Miles Canon
(Williams) ; Five-finger Rapids (Tarleton).

Linnaea Americana Forbes. Walker Gulch (Williams) ;
Five-finger Rapids (Tarleton). This North American plant
appears to differ constantly from the European L. borealis in
its funnelform, not campanulate corolla.

Family Valerianaceae.
Valeriana bracteosa Britton, sp. nov.

Similar to V. sylvatica and V. utiginosa, about 4 dm.
high, slightly pubescent at the nodes, otherwise glabrous.
Rootstock slender, horizontal; lower and basal leaves oval,
entire, petioled ; upper leaves about 3 pairs, sessile, with 3
lanceolate acuminate few-toothed segments, or those of the
uppermost pair entire : cyme open, its branches filiform ;
bracts very narrowly linear, black, much longer than the
fruit : calyx-lobes united near the base into a black cup,
loosely plumose : corolla 5-6 mm. long, its tube about equal-
ling the throat and limb.

Type collected by R. S. Williams at Dawson, July 14,

1899; also collected by Tarleton above Fort Selkirk, July

12, 1899, no. 101a and 101b.

Family Campanulaceae.

Campanula lasiocarpa Cham. White Pass (Williams);
the Dome, Klondike-Indian Divide (Tarleton).

Campanula aurita Greene. This species is closely related
to Campanula cxpansa Rudolph, of Siberia, which has been
referred by Ledebour to the Wahlcnbcrgia homallanthina of
De Candolle. Both plants agree in having a rotate deeply
divided corolla and a strongly upcurved style. It does not
seem to me that they are properly referable to the Old World
genus Wahlenbcrgia. In the characters of style and co-
rolla they resemble the East American Campanula Ameri-
cana L.

Dawson (R. S. Williams, July 29, 1899); also collected
by Tarleton at Dawson, Aug. 19, 1899, no. 185a and 185b.

(i8 4 )

Family Cichoriaceae.

Taraxacum ceratophorum DC. Five-finger Rapids
(Tarleton).

Crepis elcgans Hook. River bank opposite Dawson
(Williams). Specimens with lyrate-pinnatifid lower leaves.

Hieracium gracile Hook. Bennett City (Williams).

Hieracium triste Cham. White Pass (Williams).

Hieracium albiflorum Hook. Bennett City (Williams).

Family Compositae.

Sol/dago multiradiata Ait. Dawson (Williams) ; Fort
Selkirk (Tarleton).

Solidago elongata Nutt. Fifty miles above Stewart
River (Tarleton).

Solidago oreophila Rydb. Dawson (Williams) ; Fort Sel-
kirk and fifty miles above Stewart River (Tarleton).

Stenotus borealis Rydb., sp. nov.

Depressed cespitose, branches 3-6 cm. long, densely cov-
ered with the leaves, which are narrowly linear, almost fili-
form, 10-18 mm. long and .5~.7 mm. wide, hispid ciliate on
the margin and with a strong rib : peduncles naked, 4-5 cm.
long, puberulent and glandular especially above : head about
1 cm. high : bracts subequal in two series, linear lanceolate,
acute, thin, puberulent and somewhat glandular, yellowish
green: rays about 1 cm. long and 3-4 mm. wide, obtuse or
truncate and entire at the apex: pappus tawny white.

This species is nearest related to S. stenophyllus (A. Gray)
Greene, but the latter has thicker bracts and its leaves are
glandular puberulent all over, while in S. borealis the leaves
are devoid of glands, perfectly glabrous except the ciliolate
margin. Foot of Lake Lebarge (J. B. Tarleton, 51).

Aster giganteus (Hook.) Rydb. {Aster Richardsonii gi-
ganteus Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. 2: 7. 1840.) Near mouth of
Klondike and at Dawson (Williams); Five-finger Rapids
(Tarleton).

Aster Unalaschensis Less. The same as the specimen in
the Columbia Herbarium from Unalaska, named by Bongard.

( i85 )

White Pass (Williams). The species is referred by Gray to
Aster -peregrinus Pursh, and if correctly, this is the older
name for it.

Erigeron acris L. Above Fort Selkirk (Tarleton) ; Daw-
son (Williams).

Erigeron Yukonensis Rydb. sp. now

Perennial with horizontal rootstock. Stems usually more
than one, ascending, about 2 dm. high, more or less hirsute :
basal leaves linear-oblanceolate, 3-10 cm. long, acute or
acuminate at the apex, below tapering into a short winged
petiole, more or less hirsute on both sides and ciliate on the
margin ; lower stem leaves linear and short-petioled, the
upper linear-lanceolate, sessile, 2-3 cm. long: heads 1-3,
solitary at the end of the stem or the few elongated branches :
involucre about 15 mm. in diameter, white-hirsute, bracts
very narrowly linear-subulate, long-attenuate, with the loose
tips slightly exceeding the disk ; rays very numerous, bluish-
purple, about 12 mm. long and less than 1 mm. wide.

In general habit, this species resembles most E. Eaton ii,
but the size of the head and the numerous narrow rays sug-
gest E. macrantkus and the hairiness of the involucre E. sim-
plex. The type was collected by R. S. Williams at Dawson,
July 23, 1899.

Erigeron multifidus Rydb. Lebarge Island (Tarleton).

Erigeron caespitosus Nutt. Near Little Salmon River
(Williams).

Erigeron grandiftortis Hook. Fort Selkirk (Tarleton).

Erigeron Turneri Greene. Five-finger Rapids (Tarleton).

Antennaria pulcherrima (Hook.) Greene. Lower Thirty
Mile River (Williams).

Antennaria parvifolia Nutt. Lower Thirty Mile River
(Williams) ; Five-finger Rapids (Tarleton).

Anthemis Cotula L. Dawson, introduced (Williams).

Achillea lannlosa Nutt. Dawson (Williams) ; above Fort
Selkirk (Tarleton).

Tanacetum Iluronense Nutt. River bank opposite Dawson
(Williams); Fort Selkirk (Tarleton). Specimens with dark
brown involucral bracts.

(i86)

Artemisia laciniata Willd. Sp. PI. 3: 1843. Above
Fort Selkirk (Tarleton, no. III).

This specimen agrees with Karelin and Kiriloff's no.
705, determined as A. laciniata glabriuscula Ledeb., from
Narym, Siberia. This is cited by Ledebour, Fl. Ross. 2 :
582, as variety a of the species. It also answers to the de-
scription of the species, and to the left hand figure of Gmelin's
Fl. Sib. 2 : fl. S7, except that the heads are a little larger.
The species has not hitherto been reported from America ;
it is said in Kew Index to occur also in the Himalayas.

Artemisia elatior (T. & G.) Rydb. Fifty miles below
Stewart River (Tarleton) ; Dawson (Williams).

Artemisia Canadensis Michx. Selkirk (Williams).

Artemisia frigida Willd. Dawson (Tarleton) ; near
Little Salmon River (Williams).

Artemisia longifedunculata Rudolph. White Pass

(Williams).

Petasites frigida (L.) Fries? Lake Bennett (Tarleton).
Dawson Swamp (Williams). Mr. Tarleton's specimens
differ from the typical European plant in having much more
deeply lobed leaves.

Petasites gracilis Britton, sp. now

Scape slender, about 4 dm. high, sparingly lanate. Leaves
thin, broadly ovate, subcordate, loosely lanate beneath, 5-6
cm. broad, with about twelve large acute cuspidate teeth or
short lobes, the sinuses rounded; petiole slender, twice as
long as the blade ; scales of the scape and bracts of the in-
florescence lanceolate, acuminate : inflorescence racemose,
about 1 dm. long: peduncles very slender, glandular-pubes-
cent, 2-5 cm. long : involucre glandular-pubescent, its linear-
oblong obtuse bracts about half the length of the bright white
pappus, the few outer bracts much shorter.

Walker Gulch, Williams, July 16, 1899.

Arnica angustifolia Vahl. Dawson (Williams) ; Lebarge
Island (Tarleton). Differing from typical specimens of this
species by having three long-peduncled flower-heads.

Seneciofrigidus Less. Dawson (Williams).

(i87)

Senecio lugens Richards. Above Fort Selkirk (Tarleton) ;
Dawson (Williams).

Senecio saliens Rydb. Bennett City (Williams).
Senecio discoideus (Hook.) Britton. Dawson (Williams);

Fort Selkirk (Tarleton). One of the specimens with rays.

Saussurea nuda Ledeb. Walker Gulch (Williams) ; be-
low Stewart River (Tarleton, 168 ; 168b).

These specimens are the same as one of S. alfina remoti-
Jlora Hook., received by Dr. Torrey from Dr. Hooker, and
preserved in the Columbia University Herbarium. This
variety of Hooker is referred by Ledebour in Flora Rossica
to his S. nuda. It differs, however, in its much narrower
leaves, and may be a distinct species.

The Oaks of the Continental Divide north of Mexico.

By P. A. Rydberg.

All the oaks of Colorado have lately been referred to only
two species, ^iiercus undulata and J^. Gambelii. Mr. F. K.
Vreeland and I spent a portion of last summer in the southern
part of that State, and in studying the oaks in the field we
came to the conclusion that those of the regions visited must
belong to five or six species. The differences were manifest
even early in the spring when the leaves unfolded. In
the Cuchara valley around La Veta scrub-oaks are very com-
mon. They usually grow in large clumps often 20-30 m. in
diameter. The roots of several of the species grow hori-
zontally, close below the surface of the ground and send up
numerous shoots. These oaks also fruit very early, often be-
fore they are a meter high ; therefore, when a young oak has
started in a place, there soon grows up around it a whole
colony of still younger ones. As the youngest on the periphery
of the clump have more light and air, they grow faster and
soon overtake those in the center, and consequently the small
trees of the colony quite often have the same height (1-5 m.)
as if they were trimmed with a gardener's clipper. In rocky

(i88)

ground the colonies are more irregular and shrub-like.
When the leaves unfold in the spring the contrast between
the clumps of the different species or subspecies, as you
may call them, is best shown, as one clump is bright red,
while the next may be yellowish or gray. One of the yellow
forms I afterwards identified as J^. Gambclii Nutt. and the
gray one is J^. Fcndlcri Liebm.

In the South Cheyenne Canon, near Colorado Springs, in
Wahatoga Canon between the two Spanish peaks and on
Turkey Creek, a tributary of Huerfano River, we also found
oaks but of a different habit, viz., solitary, middle-sized trees,
that could scarcely be referred to J^. Gambclii. Those of
the last locality, at least, were so unlike any of the forms in-
cluded in J^\ Gambclii, that I immediately regarded them as
belonging to an undescribed species ; the thin leaves and
general habit suggest rather J£. minor.

When I left I instructed Mr. Vreeland to collect acorns in
the fall. He has sent me specimens of three or perhaps four
distinct forms of the J^. Gambclii series. We may call them
species or varieties just as we please, but they look very dif-
ferent in the field — more so than in herbarium specimens. Be-
sides these I had notes and material gathered by myself in
1895, by Dr. Fred. Clements, of Nebraska, and Mr. E.
A. Bessey, of Washington, D. C, in the years 1896-1900,
and of course the specimens in the herbaria of New York
Botanical Garden and Columbia University. I found, how-
ever, that these collections were not sufficient to make a
thorough study of the oaks of the southern Rockies. I wrote
to the Missouri Botanical Garden and the United States Na-
tional Herbarium, asking for the loan of their specimens of
J^. undulata, ££. Gambclii and related species. These re-
quests were kindly granted.

My original intention was to confine my study to the oaks
of the Rockies proper, but I found that in order to reach a
satisfactory understanding of these, it was necessary to take
into consideration the nearly related forms of the plains and
table-lands of Arizona, New Mexico and western Texas. I

(i8 9 )

therefore changed my plan, and the area covered in the
present paper comprises the States of Arizona, Xew Mexico,
Colorado, Utah, Wyoming, southern Idaho, and that portion
of Texas which is west of the mouth of Pecos River or ap-
proximately longitude ioi°. There are no oaks in the Cana-
dian Rockies nor in Montana * nor northern Idaho. Another
oak not included in this paper, viz., J^. acuminata ^ is said to
occur in the Guadalupe Mountains of western Texas. This
has been omitted as I lack both specimens and reliable infor-
mation concerning its occurrence there.

In working up the material, I very naturally turned to Pro-
fessor Sargent's elaborate work, "TheSilvaof North Amer-
ica," expecting to rind there most that I needed in the way
of literature. I was rather disappointed, however. The
drawings are excellent, the descriptions are profuse; but the
key is almost useless at least as far as the Rocky Mountain
species are concerned ; the limitation of species is in many
cases, in my opinion, too broad and too confusing, and the
treatments of such men as Liebman, Alphonse DeCandolle,
Engelmann and Greene are often simply disregarded. If we
add hereto notes made on the herbarium sheets, in the easily ac-
cessible collections of Columbia, Missouri Botanical Garden,
and the National Herbarium, by men like Engelmann, Greene,
Wright, Wooton, Tourney, Wilcox and Havard, who spent
years in the region from central Texas to the Colorado of
the West, it is strange that such a pretentious work as the
Silva should lack so much of definite information from these
field botanists and their views. The broad descriptions of
<S>iiercus undulata and J^. Gambelii may cover all the forms
included therein by Professor Sargent, but does it not produce
confusion rather than clearness to enumerate a great number
of supposed synonyms, without in any way indicating what
these represent ?

I have seen no specimens of Q. macrocarpa from Mo cita-

tion of any specific locality in the State where it grows. There are
vague references to its existence in the southeastern corner of th
however, which is not improbable, as it grows in the neighborii
Hills of Wyoming and South Dakota.

(i 9 o)

And as to the plates, I stated that they are excellent. They
are so as far as the drawing, engraving and printing are con-
cerned. For the deficiencies that are to be found in them
the botanist alone is responsible. The confusion of species
in his mind is shown in the selection of material for the illus-
trations. Take for an example the plate of J^. undulata
(PL 385). Anyone can see that the figures there given
represent more than one species. In fact, leaves of not less
than six species are there illustrated, and not one of these is
J^. undulata Torr., unless Fig. 4 is meant to represent it.
This figure, however, does not give a good illustration of the
typical form ; if this is interpreted as J^. undulata it makes
the seventh species illustrated on the plate.*

Jguercus Gambelii has in the Silva the following syno-
nyms : J^. Gambelii Nutt., j£. alba $? Gunnisonii Torr.,
j£. stcllata o Utahcnsis A. DC, 4>. Douglasii ft? Gam-
belii A. DC, J^. Douglasii y Novomexicana A. DC, „£.
undulata Wats., J£. undulata a Gambelii Engelm., j£. Gam-
belii var. Gunnisonii Wenzig, and J^. venustula Greene. Let
us see what they represent.

Jgitercus Gambelii Nutt.f was based on specimens col-
lected on the Rio del Norte by Gambel, the exact locality is not
stated. It is described as follows : " Leaves obovate, shortly
petioled, narrowed below, sinuately lobed, dilated and some-
what 3-lobed at the summit, beneath pubescent, the lobes
rather obtuse, the upper subdentate ; fruit sessile, small, the
cup hemispherical, scales ovate-acute; the glands ovate and
acute, about half immersed in the cup ; the conic summit
short."

The oak that I take to be typical, and the only one that has
an acute acorn, half immersed in the cup, and "sinuately
lobed " leaves is not the most common one of the J%_. Gambelii
series. It is found, as far as I know, only in Colorado and
New Mexico, and was collected by Mr. Vreeland and myself

* These are: Q. undulata Torr. (?)/. 1,4; Q. pungens Liebm./ 5; Q.
Fendleri Liebm./ 6-S ; Q. grisea Liebm. /. 9 ; Q. turbineUa Greene,/. 10-
12 ; Q. undulata var. obtusifolia A. DC. / 13 ; Q. venustula Greene,/ //.

t Journ. Phil. Acad. II. 2 : 179. 1848.

(*90

in flower and by him in fruit. Its leaves are usually neither
very dark green nor very shining above, pale and finely
puberulent beneath, obovate in outline, seldom lobed much
deeper than halfway to the midrib and with rounded lobes.
The cup is hemispherical or somewhat turbinate and [2-15
mm. in diameter, the acorn about 15 mm. long ami acute
ovoid. Neither Sargent's nor Greene's figures give a good
illustration of it.

The description of J£. Gambelii by Liebman* differs con-
siderably from that of Nuttall, especially the following state-
ments, " foliis * profunde sinuato-pinnatilidis, * * *
subtus incanis pubescentibus * * * glande globosa, apicu-
lata," do not well agree with NuttalFs diagnosis. Liebman
does not claim that he had NuttalFs plant, for he published it
as 4L. Gambelii Liebm. Neither is it evident that the plate
published after Liebman 's death by Oersted was drawn from
Gambel's plant, although Liebman states that he had seen a
specimen collected by Gambel. I have seen a specimen of
Fendler's no. 806, which Liebman also includes, and this
matches exactly the plate referred to above. It also agrees
fully with Liebman's description. Fendler's no. 806 repre-
sents a specimen of an oak described under the name of .^.
stellata Utahensis by Alphonse DeCandolle, but with leaves
that are a little more deeply pinnatifid than usual. See
below.

J^uerciis alba ft Gunnisonii Torr.f generally has narrower
leaves. In the type they are almost oblong in outline and
with rounded lobes directed forward, but in specimens from
Colorado which I refer here they are broader and obovate
and resemble those of ^ Gambelii, but are firmer, paler
and bluish above and pubescent but green beneath. The
fruit is different, the cup being larger, often over 15 mm.
The acorn is barrel-shaped, and obtuse or even depressed at
the apex. Sargent's PI. 368, Fig. 5 is a good figure of the
acorn, but none of the leaves are an exact illustration.

* Overs. Dansk. Vidensk. Selsk. Forhandl. 1854: 169.
tPac. R. R. Rep. 2 1 : 130. 1855.

(l 9 2)

£>uercus stellata o Utahcnsis A. DC* as I understand it is
a species quite common in Arizona and Utah, but also found
in New Mexico. It is characterized by its very broad,
obovate leaves, which are deeply lobed, i. <?., three-fourths or
two-thirds to the midrib and densely and softly pubescent,
almost velvety beneath, dark green and shining above. The
fruit is much larger than in Jz>. Gambelii, the cup being 15-
18 mm. in diameter. The acorn is ellipsoid or barrel-shaped,
obtuse or truncate at the apex, 15-20 mm. long.

JZhiercus Douglasii ft? Gambclii A. DC.f is the same as
J^. Gambelii Nutt. and of Liebm.

JQtiercus Douglasii y Novomexicana A. DC. J was based
on Fendler's nos. 890, 810 and 810b. The first number has
well developed leaves, the others are in flower ; the leaves
much more deeply divided than in J^. Gambelii, i. e., to near
the midrib and the lobes are acutish. The fruit is of about
the same size as in that species, but the acorn is more barrel-
shaped and rounded at the apex. This oak is very common
in Colorado and New Mexico, but also found in Arizona and
Utah.

^iiercus undulata Wats.§ comprises all the forms included
by Professor Sargent in J^. Gambelii and J^. undulata.

Shiercus undulata a Gambelii Engelm. || comprises ^jicrcus
Gambelii Nutt., J^. Douglasii y Novomexicana A. DC. and
perhaps other forms of this series.

JQiicrcus Gambclii var. Gunnisonii Wenziglf is the same
as J£. alba Gunnisonii Torr.

£>itcrcus vcnustula Greene ** has been misunderstood by
Professor Sargent. In a footnote on page 34 of volume 8 of
the Silva, the latter states that PL 367, Fig. 3 represents a
leaf of this species. By comparing this with Greene's illus-

*Prod. 16 2 : 22. 1864.

f Prod. 16 2 : 23. 1864.

J Prod. 16 2 : 24. 1S64.

I Am. Nat. 7 : 302. 1873.

|| Trans. St. Louis Acad. 3 : 382. 1876.

iy Jabrb. Bot. Gart. Berlin 3 : 190. 1884.

** West Amer. Oaks 2 : 69. 1890.

( x 93)

trations, PI. 32 of the West American Oaks, anj-body can
see that they are not the same. I think that the leaf, from
which Fig. 14 of J^. undulata, PI. 385, was drawn was
taken from a specimen of J^. venustula. ^uercus venustula
is in every respect nearest to J^. Fendleri Liebm. and should
therefore have been included in J^. undulata according to
Professor Sargent's view of that species. J^. venustula dif-
fers from 4L- Fendleri only in one respect, viz. : the nar-
rower more obtuse lobes of the leaves. I have seen no speci-
mens of £>j venustula except three sheets of Greene's original
collection. These agree perfectly with each other and with
Greene's illustration.

Under J^. undulata we find in Sargent's Silva the following
synonyms: J?, undulata Torr., J^. Fendleri Liebm., J£.
grisea Liebm., 4>. pungens Liebm., J^. oblongifolia Torr.
(Mex. Bound. Surv. ; not Sitgreave's Rep.), j£. undulata ft
obtus (folia A. DC, J^. undulata y pedunculata A. DC, J^.
Emory i Porter & Coulter, ££. undulata y Jamesii Engelm.,
J^. undulata (> Wrightii Engelm., J^. undulata var. fungens
Engelm., J^,. undulata var. grisea Engelm., J£. undulata var.
oblongata Engelm., J$>. turbinella Greene (in part).

If all the plants represented by these names constitute one
species, we can not consistently let J^. Engelmannii stand
distinct from J^. oblongifolia, nor <£>. Arizonica from J^. retic-
ulata, nor j^. Toumeyi from j£. dumosa. In fact we must
reduce all these species to «£. undulata, for both J^. oblongi-
folia and J^. Arizonica are indeed too close to «£. £m<sa in
the list above. Let us see, therefore, what the cited syno-
nyms represent.

j£. undulata Torr.,* as represented by Dr. James' plant,
many specimens from Texas and a few from Colorado, New
Mexico and Arizona, has oblong oval leaves, 4-5 dm. long,
firm and apparently more or less persistent, pale bluish green
and shining above, light brownish, stellate-puberulent and
distinctly reticulate beneath, sinuately dentate with sharp mu-
cronate but not spinulose-tipped teeth, acute at the apex and

*Ann. Lye N. Y. 2 : 248. 1828.

( J 94)

rounded at the base. The acorn mounted on the type sheet
and figured by Dr. Torrey does not belong to this species,
but other specimens give the character of the fruit. The cup
is hemispherical, 6-8 mm. in diameter and with short scales
thickened on the back ; the acorn is almost cylindrical or
barrel-shaped, obtuse or acute, about 10-15 mm - l° n g- None
of Sargent's figures is a good illustration of the true J£. un-
dulata; if the size and form of the leaves of Fig. 4 is com-
bined with the toothing of Fig. 10, a fair idea may be had of
the usual form ; the acorn is too short and too much
tapering.

Jgicercus Fendlcri Liebman * as represented by the type,
Fendlcr, 805, and numerous specimens from Colorado and
New Mexico, is I think a fairly good species. The leaves
somewhat resemble those of 4L- undulata but are distinctly
lobed, with triangular lobes pointed forward, not spinulose
tipped. They are usually much thinner than those of J^. undu-
lata. They are tardily deciduous, as I have myself seen,
and not evergreen as those of several other forms included
in 4L undulata by Professor Sargent. Professor Greene's
figure, PI. 31, is excellent and his remarks about duration
of the leaves and differences from J^. undulata ought to have
called Professor Sargent's attention to their distinctness, even
if Jgj Fendleri is to be regarded only as a variety. The fruit
is, however, much larger and different in shape. The cup
is 10-15 mm. in diameter. The acorn is thicker but scarcely
longer than in the preceding, less cylindrical and more taper-
ing at the apex. Sargent's PI. 385, Fig. 15 is a good repre-
sentation. Figs. 6 and 7 represent the leaves, but the lobes
are generally more acute and longer. Fig. 8 illustrates the
leaf of a young shoot.

Fcndler's No. 808, which is the type of Jgj undulata ypedun-
culata A. DC, I refer here, although the leaves have peculiar
cordate bases. The number referred to is represented in the
Engelmann herbarium by a young shoot, in which the leaves
nearly always adopt queer shapes. Young shoots of Jt>. un-

*Oversigt Dansk. Vidensk. Selsk. Forhandl. 1S54: 171.

(i95)

dulata often have leaves that strikingly resemble the usual
leaves of J^. Fcndlcri.

£>iiercus grisea Liebman * as represented by the type,
Wright, 66j, and by his 1866 also cited by DeCandolle, has
small oval, entire leaves, which are only 2-3 em. long, thick,
evidently persistent and so described, densely stellate-tomi
tose and more reticulate beneath. In fact they are inter-
mediate between those of J^. Arizonica and JQ. oblongifolia
but smaller than in either. To me there is no doubt that it is
distinct from ££. undulata; the cup is shallower than in the
two preceding and 10-12 mm. in diameter; the acorn
like that of £>. Fendleri and not of the nearer related J^. un-
dulata. Sargent's PI. 385, Fig. 9 represents a leaf of this
species.

Jgjtercus -pungens Liebman, f the type of which is Wright,
66 j, is much closer to j£. undulata than any of the preced-
ing, differing in the deeper lobing of the leaves, their some-
what firmer texture and the evident spinulose tips. Usually
the leaves are also decidedly undulate-crisped with the lobes
bent or twisted. The acorn resembles that of J£. undulata,
but is often somewhat thicker ; the cup is shallower, and often
1 cm. wide.

£>uercus oblongifolia Torr. in the Mexican Boundary Sur-
vey is the same as J^. grisea Liebman, except Parry's speci-
men, which probably belongs to J^. Engelmannii Greene.

Jgiiercus undulata obtusifolia A. V>C\ is a peculiar oak
combining the texture, pubescence, veining and color of the
leaves of the J^. undulata series with the lobing and form of
some members of the Gambdii group and i?. breviloba. The
leaves differ from a broad-leaved form of the latter only in the
thicker texture and a more prominent pubescence. To refer
this oak to i?. undulata is scarcely admissible. The type,
Fendler's no. 807 has no fruit ; but very similar specimens
have been collected by Dr. Havard, and in these the cup is

*Oversigt Dansk. Vidensk. Sclsk. Forhandl. 1854 : 171.
tOversigt Dansk. Vidensk. Sclsk. Forhandl. 1854 : i? 1 -
% Prod. 16- : 23. 1864.

(196)

16-18 mm. in diameter and the acorn ellipsoid, over 2 cm.
long and about 16 mm. broad. Sargent's PL 385, Fig. 13,
represents this species. It may be remarked here that J^.
undulata of DeCandolle's Prodromus is not J£. undulata
Torr., but J^. Fendleri Lieb. This explains why Alphonse
DeCandolle associated obtusifolia with J^. undulata.

Jt>iiercus undulata y pedunculate/, A. DC* See J^. Fendleri
above.

£>iiercus Emory i Porter & Coulter j (not Torr.), was based
on specimens collected by Brandegee at Canon City. The
original I have not seen, but others collected by him at the
same place later and named J^_. Emoryi belong to J^_. fun-
gens Liebm.

£>uerctis undulata y Jamesii Engelm.J is the typical J^.
undulata and based on the type.

jgiiercus tmdulata o Wrightii Engelm. 1. c. and

£>iiercus undulata var. pungens Engelm. § are both J^.
pungens Liebm.

£>uercus undulata var. grisea Engelm. || is J^tiercus grisea
Liebm.

Quercus undulata var. oblongata Engelm., IF is J£. oblongi-
folia Torr.

^jiercus turbinella Greene.** Sargent refers this species
partly to J^. undulata and partly to 4L- dumosa. As far as I
can judge, Professor Greene had only one species in his de-
scription, and this is well drawn, as is also his plate 28. Pro-
fessor Wooton, of the Agricultural College, New Mexico,
has penciled his views on the sheets in the Columbia herb-
arium ; these are of great value as Professor Wooton has
spent many years in the field in New Mexico and Ari-
zona. He thinks that it is a good species and identical

*Pr<xl. 16 2 : 23. 1864.

t Syn. I'l. Col. 127. 1874.

% Trans. St. Louis Acad. 3 : 382. 1S76.

(j L. c, page 392.

|| L. c, page 393.

\ Wheeler's Rep. 6 : 250. 1878.

** West American Oaks, 1 : 37. 1889.

( x 97)

with J^. berbcridifolia Liebm. In the latter supposition he
was led astray by Alphonse DeCandolle, who cites Wright's
no. 1868 as belonging to that species. DeCandolle had not
seen the type of Liebman's ££. berbcridifolia, which was
collected by Thomas Coulter; he had seen a specimen col-
lected by Fremont, but if this was the one mentioned by
Liebman or not, is impossible to say ; DeCandolle himself
saw the discrepancies, and points out the differences between
Liebman's description and Wright's specimens. ££. turbi-
nella is evidently the same as J%_. berberidifolia A. DC, in
part; but scarcely as that of Liebman. j^. turbinella is re-
lated to J^. pungens, differing in the small, flat, thicker leaves,
fulvous when young, in age only sparingly stellate-puber-
ulent beneath ; they are spiny-toothed as in J^. pun gens but
only 1-3 cm. long. The fruit is also different; the cup is
very shallow, somewhat turbinate or depressed-hemispher-
ical, about 8 mm. in diameter; the acorn is much elongated
for its size, 15-20 mm. long and tapering at the apex. The
only figures in Sargent's Silva that can be referred to this
species are that of a fruit, viz., PL 393, Fig. 8, and the leaves
on PI. 385, Fig. 10-12.

Sargent's ££. undulata contains therefore seven species all
as distinct as his own J^. Arizonica and J^. Tourney i and sev-
eral much easier to distinguish, for 4L- Arizonica as far as
leaf-form is concerned grades into J^. reticulata on one hand
and J^_. grisea on the other, and J^. Tourney i is hard to sepa-
rate from J^. dumosa.

The remaining species of the region, viz., J^. oblongi folia,
^ Arizonica, J^. reticulata, £>. Toumeyi, Q Emoryi, Jj>.
hypoleuca and Jt>. chrysolcpis have been treated much better.
I think, however, that the varieties under the latter are dis-
tinct species and that the Arizona-New Mexico plant is dis-
tinct from those of California.

Professor Greene's treatment of the oaks was in my opinion
much more logical, notwithstanding the fact that at the ti
the West American Oaks was written the western oaks were
much less known than now and perhaps not one-fourth the

(i 9 8)

number of specimens were accessible. He followed DeCan-
dolle in the interpretation of JQ. Gambelii and both his own
specimens from the Pinos Altos Mountains and Dr. Kellogg's
figure represent J^. Gambc/it Liebman, not Nutt. : that is also
the reason for his describing it as a tree in Arizona. The
doubtful specimen described and figured in the second vol-
ume, PL 33, is an undescribed species.

Following Engelmann and Kellogg, Professor Greene
adopted the name J£. undulata for the complex aggregate,
two members of which were represented on Kellogg's PI.
13, figs. 3 and 4; rig. 3 evidently represents 4L- Arizonica
Sargent and fig. 4 .-^. pungcns Liebm. That Professor Greene
was not satisfied with this treatment is shown by the fact that
he republished J%_. undulata with a figure that evidently rep-
resents a specimen of that species, but with deeper lobed
leaves than in the typical form.

Later on in Pittonia 2: 11 2-1 14, Dec, 1890, he clearly
shows the relationship between J^. -pungens, J<K undulata,
Jj). turbinclla, j£. berberidi/blia, J^. dumosa, J^. agrifolia
and j9. chrysolepis ; I came to exactly the same results inde-
pendently, before I had looked up this reference.

Greene's ££. undulata var. grisea, includes besides J%_.
grisea Liebman, ^ Arizonica Sargent and J^. oblongifolia
Torr. He had at that time a somewhat broader conception
of a species than now, and besides, the three species are so
closely related that most conservative botanists would regard
them as one.

The other species from the region described by Greene,
viz. : J^. Fcndleri Liebm., J£. Emory i Torr., .Q hyftolcuca
Engelm., together with Greene's own J^. venustula and j^.
turbinclla are well treated.

A few words may be said regarding the only manuals
covering the region, viz. : Coulter's Manual of the Rocky
Mountain Region and his Manual of Texas. In the former
Professor Coulter follows Engelm ann's treatment, with many
varieties under ^. undulata. Engelmann's variety grandi-
folia I have been unable to identify ; it was not in the collec-

( J 99)

tion borrowed from the Missouri Botanical Garden. In his
Texas Manual, Professor Coulter places both J^. undulata and
«^J. Gambdii under the Live Oaks, stating, however, that
they have deciduous leaves ; it is most surprising, however,
that he placed Gunnisonii as a variety of J^ undulata and not
of J£j Gambelii ; he evidently did not take time to give a per-
sonal investigation to the matter.

Key to the Species.
* Acorns not scriceous-tomentose inside, annual (except perhaps in No. 27).
t Leaves lobed or divided, not evergreen ; lobes rounded, obtuse or acute,
but not spinulose-tipped.
Leaves bright green, early deciduous.

Upper scales of the cup with caudate prolongations.

1. Q. macrocarpa.
Upper scales of the cup not prolonged.

Mature leaves softly pubescent, almost velvety beneath,
deeply divided.
Scales of the cup thin, not much thickened on the

back. 2. 0. submollis.

Scales of the cup corky-thickened on the back.

3. Q. Utahensis.
Mature leaves glabrate, puberulent or somewhat pubescent

but not velvety beneath.
Cup flat, covering less than one-fourth of the acorn.

4. Q. Vreelandii.
Cup hemispheric, covering one-third to one-half of

the acorn.
Acorns barrel-shaped, obtuse.

Mature leaves very thin, glabrate beneath or
puberulent only on the veins ; cup cover-
ing about one-half of the acorn.

5. Q. leptophylla.
Mature leaves firm, puberulent beneath ; cup

covering about one-third of the acorn.
Leaves mostly oblong in outline, lobed half
way to the midrib or less, rather dull.

6. Q. Gunnisonii.
Leaves obovate in outline, divided deeper

than half way to the midrib, very

shining above.
Lobes of the leaves broadly oblong,

rounded at the apex.

7. Q. nitescens.

Lobes of the leaves ovate or triangular,

acute.

8. Q. Novo-Mexicana.

( 200 )

Acorns ovoid, acute ; cup covering about one-half
of the acorn. 9. Q. Gambelii.

Leaves pale or bluish green, more persistent.
Leaves broadly obovate with narrow sinuses.

10. Q. Eastwoodiae .
Leaves oblong-obovate, or elliptic ; sinuses broad.

Lobes oblong-ovate, obtuse or acutish, not mucrouate.

ir. Q. venustula.
Lobes triangular-ovate, mucronate.

Cup 10-15 mm. in diameter ; acorn yellowish, ovoid.

12. Q. Fendleri.
Cup 18-25 mm. in diameter ; acorn dark brown, spher-
ical-ellipsoid. 13. Q. Havardii.
If Leaves persistent, usually evergreen, entire, sinuate or dentate ; or if
deeper lobed with spinulose tips.
Leaves broadly obovate, undulate round-lobed.

Leaves thick and reticulate, brownish stellate-pubescent be-
neath. 14. O. obtusifolia.
Leaves thin, less reticulate, almost silvery-puberulent beneath.

15. Q. breviloba.
Leaves not broadly obovate (except in Q. reticulata); lobes, if any,

acute, mucronate or spinulose-tipped.
Scales of the cup decidedly corky-thickened on the back.
All the leaves siuuately lobed or dentate all around.

Leaves usually more than 5 cm. long, broadly oval or
ovate, 5-7-lobed ; cup 12-18 mm. broad.

16. Q. pauciloba.
Leaves usually less than 5 cm. long, oblong or oval-
oblong ; cup 8-10 mm. broad.

Leaves not fulvous.

Leaves decidedly crisped, sinuately lobed; lobes
distinctly spinulose-tipped.

17. 0. pungens.
Leaves flat, sinuately dentate ; teeth mucronate

or slightly spinulose-tipped.

18. Q. undulata.
Leaves more or less fulvous beneath especially when

young. 26. Q. turbinella.

Leaves mostly entire or undulate, or dentate above the mid-
dle.
Leaves permanently densely stellate-pubescent beneath.
Leaves oblong, usually less than 6 cm. long.
Leaves not strongly reticulate beneath.
Pubescence light gray, not fulvous.

19. Q. Mohriana.
Pubescence more or less fulvous.

Cup hemispheric; acorns barrel-shaped.

20. Q. grisea.

(201 )

Cup more or less turbinate ; acorns
elongated ovoid.

26. Q. turbinella.
Leaves strongly reticulate beneath.

21. Q. Arizonica.
Leaves broadly obovate, usually over 6 cm. long.

22. O. reticulata.
Leaves in age glabrous beneath.

23. Q. oblongifol ia .
Scales of the cup thin, only slightly thickened on the back.

Leaves not fulvous.

Leaves ovate or lanceolate, in age glabrous, obscurely

reticulatc-venulose. 24. Q. Emoryi.

Leaves oval, oblong or ovate-oblong, puberulent be-
neath, decidedly reticulate- venulose.

2 5- Q- Toumeyi.
Leaves more or less fulvous, especially when young.
Leaves oblong to oval or ovate, usually sinuate spinu
lose-dentate, strongly reticulate beneath ; cup more
or less turbinate. 26. Q. turbinella.

Leaves, except those of the young shoots, broadly oval or
ovate, subentire, abruptly acuminate, not strongly re-
ticulate ; cup hemispheric. 27. Q. Wilcoxii.
** Acorns sericeous-tomentose inside, biennial.

Leaves lanceolate, long-attenuate, entire or merely toothed, white-tomen-

tose beneath. 28. Q. hypolcuca.

Leaves pinnately lobed with spinose-tipped triangular lobes, green and
glabrous on both sides or pubescent on the veins beneath.

29. Q. Texana.

i. Quercus macrocarpa Michx. Hist. Chenes Am. No. 2.

1801.

This well-known oak does not reach the Rockies as far as
I know. Professor Sargent claims that it is found in the
" eastern foothills of the Rocky Mountains of Montana." I
have spent three summers in that region, and Mr. R. S. Wil-
liams half his life in the State, but neither he nor I have found
any oaks there. It is found in the Black Hills of South Da-
kota and Wyoming, but that is to my knowledge as far west
as it extends. Its range seems to be from Nova Scotia to
Lake Winnipeg, eastern Assiniboia, Black Hills, Central
Texas, Tennessee and Pennsylvania. In the Black Hills
and western Nebraska, it fruits at a height of two meters.

( 202 )

2. Quercus submollis sp. nov.

Size of the tree unknown. Bark of young branches light
brown, roughened with numerous lenticels, finely pubescent ;
that of the older branches light ashy gray, sometimes almost
white and shining : petioles about i cm. long, densely pubes-
cent with brownish hairs : leaf-blades narrowly obovate in out-
line, deeply pinnately lobed with the rounded sinuses extend-
ing two-thirds to the midrib : segments rounded, rarely lobed ;
upper surface green, sparingly stellate, or glabrous and shin-
ing in age ; lower surface brownish, pale, densely and softly
pubescent, veins rather prominent: bud-scales light brown,
thin and pubescent : fruit sessile : cup depressed-hemispheric,
about 15 mm. in diameter ; scales oblong, rather thin, scarcely
at all thickened on the back, puberulent ; acorn short barrel-
shaped, obtuse, 12-15 mm - long, light brown.

This species is closely related to the next following and
hard to distinguish without the fruit. This is quite different ;
the scales lack the corky thickening common in this group
of oaks and this character together with the dense and soft
pubescence of the lower surfaces of the leaves, easily distin-
guish it from J£. Gambclii.

Arizona : 1894, T. E. Wilcox, 191a, in part (type in U. S.
Nat. Herb.), igi and 755 (/)* ; Huachuca Mountains, 1894, J'
W. Tourney; Chiricahua Mountains, 1894, J. W. Tourney
(I) ; 1869, Dr. E. Palmer (/)f ; Flagstaff, 1898, D. T. Mac-
Doagal, 39 (ft)\ Fort Huachuca, 1892, T. E. Wilcox (I);
Bill Williams Mts., 1865, E. Palmer (/) ; Santa Magdalena
Mountains, 1881, Vasey (/).

Illustrations: PL 25. f. 1.

3. Quercus Utahensis (A. DC).

(?) S^iLercus Gambclii Torr. Sitgreaves' Rep. T72. 1854.

SQiiercus Gambclii "Liebm. Oversigt Dansk. Vidensk. Selsk.
Forh. 1854: 169; not Nutt. ; also Sarg. Silva N. A. 8: 33,
in part. 1895.

.^jicrcus stellata d Utahensis A. DC. Prod. 16 2 : 22. 1864.

* .Specimens followed by an (/) are in mature leaves without fruit and
therefore doubtful.

t Specimens followed by {fl) are in flowers only and therefore somewhat
doubtful.

(203)

£>ttercus Douglasii ,? P Gambelit A. DC. Prod. 16 2 : 23,
in part. 1864.

Jgjiercus alba var. Gunnisonii Wats. King's Rep. 5: 321,
in part. 1871.

A small tree, often 10 m. high or more or sometimes onlv
a shrub. Bark of young branches light brown and pubes-
cent, less roughened than in the preceding ; bark of the
older branches brown or gray, but not as light and shining
as in JjK submollis ; bark of the trunk rough and furrowed :
bud-scales thin, brown, somewhat hairy and puberulent :
petioles about 1 cm. long, puberulent : leaf-blade 6-10 cm.
long, broadly obovate, deeply divided, often to near the mid-
rib ; lobes oblong, rounded at the apex, the larger usually
again lobed or undulate ; upper surface sparingly stellate, in
age glabrate, dark green and glossy ; lower surface brownish,
pale, densely and softly pubescent, almost velvety, strongly
veined: fruit subsessile : cup hemispheric, 12-15 mm. in
diameter ; scales pubescent, ovate, with much thickened
corky backs ; acorn ovoid, barrel-shaped, mostly obtuse,
15-20 mm. long, light brown.

This species closely resembles the preceding as stated above.
The leaves are as a rule deeper divided and resemble there-
fore more those of ^ nitescens, from which this species differs
mainly in the larger size of the tree and the dense pubescence
of the lower surface of the leaves. It grows in mountain
regions of Utah, Colorado, Arizona and New Mexico. The
following specimens belong here :

Utah: Salt Lake City, 1880, Geo. Engelmann ; Bear
River Valley, 1843, Fremont, 749; Filmore Canon, 1872,
H. C. Yarrow; Lake Camp, 1845, Fremont, jii (/),* Span-
ish Fork of Uintah, 1844, Fremont, §06 (/?),' Wahsatch
Mountains, 1869, S. Watson, 1086, in part; Spring Lake,
1875, C. C. Parry.

Arizona: Grand Canon of the Colorado, 1897, T. F.
Allen (/); Pagumpa, 1894, M. E. Jones, 5094. {fl)\ Camp
Apache, 1873, G. K. Gilbert {Jl); Santa Rita Mountains,
1881, C. G. Privglc, 7 and 10*, also 12 (Jl) ; southern Ari-

* Pringle's specimens are in flower, the leaves are longer, narrower and
less deeply lobed than usual, 10-18 cm. long, and may belong to a distinct
species. They have the soft pubescence of this species, however.

(20 4 )

zona, 1 88 1, C. G. Pr ingle; San Francisco Mountains, 185 1,
Sitgreaves' Expedition ; Dos Cabozes, 187 1, J. G. Lemmon,
311 (I); Willow Spring, 1874, Rothrock, 232; 1870, E. Pal-
mer; Grand Canon, 1892, E. O. Wooton.

New Mexico: Pinos Altos Mountains, 1880, E. L.
Greene; White Mountains, 1897, E. O. Wooton, 367 ; Santa
Magdalena Mountains, 1881, G. R. Vasey (Jl); Santa Fe,
1847, Eendler, 806 (Jl).

Colorado : Manitou, 1891, Wm. Trelease (/) ; North Chey-
enne Canon, 1886, E. A. Bcssey ; Hotchkiss, 1892, J. H.
Cowen; Mancos, 1895, Alice Eastwood.

Texas: Guadalupe Mountains, 1881, V. Havard.

Illustrations: PI. 23. f. 2; Sitgreaves' Rep. plate
i8(?)\ Oerst. Liebman, Chenes Am. Trop. pi. 4.0. f. 1;
Greene, West Am. Oaks, pi. 13./. 1-2; Sargent, Silva, pi.
367. f. 4-5 {?).

4. Quercus Vreelandii sp. nov.

JQuercns Gambelii Sargent, Silva N. Am. 8: 331, in part.
1895.

A small shrub, 1-1.5 m. high. Bark of young branches
brown, puberulent ; that of the older branches and trunks ashv
gray: bud-scales brown, thin, puberulent on the margins:
petioles 5-10 cm. long, puberulent : leaf-blades 5-7 cm. long,
obovate, deeply lobed about two-thirds to the midrib, thick,
firm ; lobes rounded, the larger often lobed or sinuate ; upper
surface slightly stellate, soon glabrate, bright green and
rather dull ; lower surface slightly paler and somewhat
brownish and puberulent : fruit subsessile : cup very shallow,
covering one-fifth or one-sixth of the acorn ; scales ovate
and very corky on the back: acorn barrel-shaped or slightlv
ovoid, obtuse, about 15 mm. long, light brown.

In leaves this species most resembles J<K Gambelii ; the
upper surface is, however, brighter green, and the leaf is
much firmer and therefore more like that of J^. Gunnisoiiii
in texture. It is more obovate in outline than in that species,
the fruit is smaller and the cup is very shallow ; in the
latter respect it differs from all the related species. It is also
a smaller and more scraggling bush. The leaves are light

(205)

yellow when unfolding, turning pinkish yellow in age. It
grows on hillsides at an altitude of about 2500 m.

Colorado : Mesas near La Veta, 1900, F. K. Vreeland,
6Sj (type) ; Butte, five miles southwest of La Veta, Rydberg
& Vrceland, 6jj;o (l,Jl), 6349 (7'J^)-

New Mexico : 1847, A. Fendler, 8iob y in part.

Illustrations: PL 23, f. j ; Sargent, Silva, pi. j6?. f. 1.

A peculiar form with smaller, more glossy and more oblong
leaves 5-6 cm. long, and smaller fruit with cup only 8-10
mm. wide and covering about one-third of the more acute
acorn I refer doubtfully to this species. It is represented by
the following specimens :

New Mexico : Cham a, 1899, C. F. Baker, 280.

Colorado: Trinidad, 1892, C. S. Crandall (/).

4. Quercus leptophylla sp. nov.

Qiiercus Gambelii Sargent, Silva N. Am. 8: 33, in part.
1895.

A tree 10-15 m - high. Bark of young twigs brownish or
purplish, slightly pubescent at first ; that of the older branches
gray ; that of the trunk rough and furrowed : bud scales very
thin, brown, glabrous: petioles about 1.5 cm. long, sparingly
stellate : leaf-blades broadly obovate, very thin^pinnately 5-9-
lobed scarcely more than half way to the midrib ; lobes
rounded ; upper surface at first sparingly stellate, soon gla-
brate, bright green, but not very glossy; lower surface paler,
almost perfectly glabrous, or pubescent on the veins : fruit sub-
sessile : cup hemspheric, about 15 mm. wide, covering about
half the acorn; scales ovate- lanceolate, obtuse, only slightly
thickened on the back ; acorns short barrel-shaped, obtuse or
even depressed at the apex.

This species has a cup that most resembles that of i£. sub-
mollis but the scales are slightly more thickened. These two
are the only White Oaks of the region that do not have thick,
corky scales. J^. leptophylla is easily distinguished from
££. submollis and the other oaks of the region by the thin,
almost glabrous leaves ; in Colorado it is the only species
that reaches the size of a large tree, as far as I know. All
the scrub-oaks of the State grow on the open mesas or the

(206)

hillsides; this is only found along streams, especially in
the canons. I have seen specimens with trunks over 2 m. in
circumference and 15 m. high. In general habit and its
vigorous growth it is so unlike the other oaks of the region,
that I can not see why it has been included in £>. Gambclii.
It grows at an altitude of 1800-2700 m.

Colorado : Tributaries of Turkey Creek, Rydberg &

Vreeland, 6347 (type) ; North Cheyenne Canon, 1896, E.

A. Bessey; Routt Co., 1894, and Manitou, 1892, C. S.

Crandall (fi); Table Rock, 1891, Crandall, 463 (/);

Chicken Creek, 1898, Baker, Earle & Tracy, 803 (/).

Illustrations: PL 26, fig. 1-2.

6. Quercus Gunnisonii (Torr.).
£>iiercus alba ,3 (?) Gunnisonii Torr. Pac. R. R. Rep. 2 1 :
130. 1855.

Jthiercus nndiclata ft Gunnisonii Engelm. Trans. St. Louis
Acad. 3: 382. 1876.

Quercus Gambelii var. Gunnisonii Wenzig, Jahrb. Bot.
Gar. Berlin 3: 190. 1885.

A low shrub * 1-3 m. high. Bark of young branches light
brown, puberulent, of the older branches and the trunk gray,
somewhat shreddy: bud-scales brown, pubescent: petioles
about 1 cm. long, puberulent: leaf-blades oblong, elliptic or
narrowly obovate in outline, lobed to about half way to the
midrib, with rounded lobes generally directed forward, verv
thick, somewhat pale and bluish green above, sparingfy
stellate or soon glabrate, not very shiny; lower surface
scarcely paler but brownish, puberulent, strongly veined:
fruit subsessile : cup rather deep, 12-15 mm - * n diameter,
hemispherical, covering about one-third of the acorn ; scales
ovate with a lanceolate tip, at least the lower much thick-
ened and corky on the back ; acorns barrel-shaped, obtuse
or even depressed at the apex.

This species differs from £>. Gambclii in the obtuse acorn,
and in the narrower and firmer leaves, which are not much

Tii, i as well as several other species are here described as shrubs. The
individuals have, however, often single trunks. A great number grow
generally together and form a large thicket of individuals of the same
height ; a thicket of one species is easily distinguished from that of another
even at a distance by the different color of the leaves.

(207)

paler beneath than above. It is generally a much lower
shrub. The leaves are light colored, somewhat yellowish,
when they unfold. It grows on dry hillsides and mesas at
an altitude of 2000-2500 m.

Colorado: Cochelopa Pass, Gunnison Expedition , 4.J
(type in Columbia herbarium) ; La Veta, 1900, F. K. Vree-
cand, 6/8; Cucharas Valley, 693; North Cheyenne Canon,
1896, E. A. Bessey (/); Colorado Springs, 1872, Torrey ;
Canon of the Arkansas, 1874, &. Engelmann, 3; Colorado
City, 1871, W.M. Candy; Canon City, 1874, T - & Bran-
degee.

New Mexico : Mogollon Mountains, 188 1, H. II. Rusby,

Arizona: Grand Canon, 1894, J. W. Tourney; Flagstaff,
1889, Mnnson & Hopkins (Ji).

Utah: Echo, 1895, Rydberg; Cottonwood Canon, 1869,
S. Watson, 1086, in part; City Creek Canon, 1888, M. E.
Jones, 1J22.

Illustrations: PI. 26. jig. 3.

7- Quercus nitescens sp. nov.

£>uercns Gambelii (?) Greene, West Am. Oaks, 2: 71.
1890 ; Sargent, Silva N. Am. 8 : 33, in part. 1895.

^iiercics alba var. GunnisoniiVoxX.. & Coult. Syn. Fl. Colo.
127, in part. 1874.

A shrub 3-5 m. high. Bark of the stems gray and flak)-,
that of the branches light brown ; young branches puberulent :
bud-scales light brown, pubescent: petioles 1— 1.5 cm. long,
puberulent : blades broadlv obovate in outline, deeply divided
at least three-fourths to the midrib or sometimes almost to it,
very firm, red and somewhat stellate puberuk-nt when un-
folding in the spring; upper surface in age dark green and
very shining; lower surface paler and puberulent; lobes
spreading, broadly oblong, entire or sinuately lobed, usually
rounded at the apex : fruit subsessile : cup hemispherical,
10-15 mm. wide, covering about one-third of the acorn ;
scales ovate and much corky-thickened on the back ; acorns
15-18 mm. long, barrel-shaped, mostly obtuse.

This is the most common oak of the group, especially in

(208)

Colorado, where it grows on mesas and hillsides at an alti-
tude of 2000-2500 m. It is closely related to J^. Novo-Mexi-
cana, differing in the obtuse or rounded lobes of the leaves.
As I have seen no mature fruit of J^. Novo-Mexicana, I can
not tell if there is any difference in the acorns. There is
some indication that the acorn of the latter is shorter than in
this species. J^. nitescens differs from J^\ Gunnisonii and J^.
Gambclii in the more glossy and deeper lobed leaves and has
generally comparatively longer acorns than the former and
thicker than the latter. It was figured by Greene in his West
American Oaks 2 : pi. jj, and referred by him doubtfully
to o^. Gambclii.

Colorado : Mesas near La Veta, 1900, F. K. Vreeland,
677 ( tv P e ) and 6/6; Colorado Springs, 1873, T. C. Porter;
Morrison, 1889, E. L. Greene; Ruxton, 1900, Fred Clem-
ents (I) ; Cucharas River, above La Veta, 1900, Rydberg
& Vreeland, 6jj2 {Jl), 6jjj {fl)\ North Cheyenne Canon,
1896, E. A. Bessey (I); Glenwood, 1897, Mrs. Wislizenus
(I); Routt Co., 1896, C. F. Baker (I) ; Manitou, 1891, Wm.
Trelease; Colorado City, 1871, W. M. Can by ; West Mancos
Canon, 1898, Baker, Earle & Tracy, j pi (/) ; Ute Pass, 1895,
Mrs. S. L. Clarke; Arkansas, 1845, Fremont, 52; Colorado
Springs, 1872, John H. Rcdjield, j;6j ; Bear Creek Canon,
1889, E- ■£" Greene; Manitou and Arkansas Canon, 1874,
Geo. Engclmann.

Utah: Ogden, 1871, T. C. Porter {Jl); Spring Lake,
1875, C« C. Parry.

Illustrations: PL 27. jig. 1. Greene, West Am. Oaks,
pi- 33 i Sargent, Silva N. Am. pi. j66.

8. Quercus Novo-Mexicana (A. DC).

£>uercus Douglasii y Novomexicana A. DC. Prod. 16 2 :
24. 1864.

Quercus alba var. Gunnisonii Wats. King's Rep. 5: 321,

in part, 1871 ; Port. & Coult. Syn. Fl. Colo. 127, in part.

1874.

A .shrub 3-5 m. high. Bark of young branches light
brown, or grayish, sparingly puberulent or glabrous ; that of

(20 9 )

the older branches and trunks light gray; that of the latter
rough, furrowed and flaky : bud-scales brown, puberulent :
petioles about i cm. long, often tinged with red, puberulent :
leaf-blades obovate in outline, deeply divided about three-
fourths the distance to the midrib, very firm, red when un-
folding in the spring ; upper lobes mostly ovate, acute, often
lobed or undulate, the lower broadly triangular ; upper sur-
face at first sparingly stellate, soon glabrous, dark green and
very glossy; lower surface pale green, puberulent, rather
strongly veined: fruit subsessile : cup hemispheric, 10-12
mm. in diameter: scales ovate and moderately corky-thick-
ened on the back; acorn light brown, mostly obtuse.

This species is characterized by its deeply dissected, very
glossv leaves, which are bright red when they unfold. The
size of the cup is that of J^. Gambelii, but the acorn is obtuse
and the leaves are deeper cleft, darker green and more
o-lossv above. I have not seen mature acorns of this species.
It grows on mesas and hillsides at an altitude of 2000-
2500 m.

New Mexico : Santa Fe, 1847, Fendler, 809 (Jl, /, type),
810b (Jl), 810 (I) ; 4 miles east of Santa Fe, 1897, A. A. &
Gertrude E. Heller, 3614 {Jl).

Colorado: Mancos, 1895, Alice Eastwood; Manitou,
1874, Geo. Engelmann (/); Engelmann Canon, 1896, E. A.
Bessey (I) ; Cheyenne Mountain, 1895, Mrs. S. L. Clark (I) ;
Canon City, 1873, T. S. Brandegee (Jl); Cuchara River,
1900, Rydbcrg& Vreeland, 6353 (/)> 6 35 6 (/ ) and 6 357 (/) »
Rocky Mountains, Lat. 39-41 , 1862, Hall & Harbour, 313
in part.

Utah: St.. George, 1874, C - C - Parry, 3 (Jl); Ameri-
can Canon, S. Watson, 1086 in part.

Illustrations : PL 2j. f. 2.

9. Quercus Gambelii Nutt. Journ. Phil. Acad. II. 1 :

179. 1848.
Quercus Douglas ii [i f Gambelii A. DC. Prod. 16 2 : 23,

in part. 1864.

£>itercus undulata a Gambelii Engelmann, Trans. St. Louis

Acad. 3: 382. 1876.

(2IO)

A shrub 3-5 m. high. Bark of young twigs light brown
and puberulent ; that of the older branches and trunk gray :
bud-scales brown, puberulent: petioles about 1 cm. long,
puberulent : leaf-blades broadly obovate in outline, lobed one-
half or two-thirds the distance to the midrib, thinner than in
the preceding ; upper surface glabrate, green, not very
glossy; lower surface only slightly paler, puberulent or
nearly glabrous ; lobes rounded : fruit subsessile : cup hemi-
spheric or somewhat turbinate ; acorn ovoid, acute, half en-
closed in the cup, about 15 mm. long, light brown.

The leaf form is mostly like that of ££. Gunnisonii but the
blade is usually broader, thinner, decidedly obovate, and the
acorns are much smaller and acute. From the preceding
it differs in the less glossy and less deeply lobed leaves and
the form of the fruit. The leaves when unfolding are pink-
ish yellow. It is much less common than the preceding, to
which it is closely related ; some intermediate forms are
found, although they are rare.

Colorado : Cucharas Valley near La Veta, 1900, F. K.

Vreeland, 694; Rydberg & Vreeland, 6353 (f) and 6334

(Ji); Manitou, 1874, ^ eo - Engelmann, aa, zz ; Canon of

Arkansas River, 1874, Engelmann, 4 and 6; South Park,

187 1, T. S. Brandegee, 7614; Ute Pass, 1886, William

Trelease.

New Mexico: Barranca, 1897, A. A. & G. E. Heller,

3582 (/).

Utah: Gunnison, 1875, L. F. Ward, j6.
Illustrations : PL 28. f. 1.

10. Quercus Eastwoodiae sp. nov.

Jgjtercus Gambclii Eastwood, Proc. Cal. Acad. II. 6 :
324, in part. 1896.

Shrub not forming thickets. Bark of the stem and branches
light brownish or gray, furrowed, that of the young branch-
lets densely stellate-pubescent, almost velvety : bud-scales
light brown, pubescent: petioles 1-2 cm. long, pubescent:
leaf-bhulcs broadly obovate in outline, rounded at the apex,
obtuse or acutish at the base, 6-8 cm. long, 3-6 cm. broad,
pale bluish green; on the upper surface slightly stellate, es-
pecially on the veins, or glabrate ; on the lower paler, strongly

(211)

reticulate and decidedly stellate, lobed about half way to the
midrib with narrow sinuses and broad rounded lobes: fruit
subsessile : cup hemispherical, 12-14 mm - ni diameter; scales
ovate, acutish, moderately corky-thickened on the back ;
acorn round-ellipsoid, mostly half included in the cup.

This species is perhaps nearest related to £>_. obtusifolia,
but the lobing of the leaves is much deeper and the fruit is
larger and suggests more ££. Utahensis and j£. Gunnison ii.
The pubescence and the texture and persistency of the leaves
seem to be more like those of £>. Fendleri with which I have,
therefore, associated it. It grows as a shrub 2-3 m. high in
canons of southern Utah.

Utah: Butler Wash, 1895, Alice Eastzvood, 14.1.

Illustrations : PI. 28. f. 2.

11. Quercus venustula Greene, West Am. Oaks, 2: 69.

1890.

£>tiercus undulata Sarg. Silva N. Am. 8: 75, in part.
1895.

A small shrub 1-2 m. high. Bark of young twigs brown,
dotted with lenticels and puberulent or glabrate, that of the
older branches and stems light brown : bud-scales brown, al-
most glabrous : petioles about 5 mm. long, puberulent : leaf-
blades 3-6 cm. long, oblanceolate or elliptic in outline, lobed
more than half way to the midrib, firm ; lobes oblong, acutish
or obtuse, directed forward ; upper surface pale bluish greeu,
sparingly stellate, glabrate and glossy ; lower surface paler,
densely stellate puberulent, light brownish, verv veiny and
reticulate : fruits on peduncled spikes ; mature acorns not
seen ; scales of the cup ovate, corky-thickened on the back.

This species is nearest related to 4L- Fendleri. Its leaves
have the same texture, color and pubescence, but the lobes
are directed forward and of a different shape. I have seen
no specimens, except those of the type collection, that can be
referred here with certainty. Those collected by Havard
and cited below come nearest, but in these the lobes are
shorter and rounder.

Colorado: Trinidad, 1889, E. L. Greene.

Texas: Champion Creek, 1881, Dr. V. Havard (?).

(212)

Illustrations: PL 28. f.j; Greene, West Am. Oaks,
pi. 32 ; Sargent, Silva N. Am. pi. 3S3. f. 14.

12. Quercus Fexdleri Liebm. Oversigt Dansk. Vidensk.
Selsk. Forhandl. 1854: 170.

J^iiercus undulata A. DC. Prod. i6 J : 23, in part. 1864.
Sargent, Silva N. Am. 8: 75, in part. 1895.

^iiercus undulata y pcdunculata A. DC. Prod. 16 2 : 23.
1864.

A shrub 1-3 m. high, scarcely forming thickets. Bark
of young branches brown, puberulent ; that of the older
branches and trunks gray : bud-scales brownish, puberulent :
petioles 3-6 mm. long, puberulent : leaf-blades oval or elliptic
in outline, lobed about half way to the midrib, firm, 3-7
cm. long ; lobes obliquely triangular, acute, mucronate but
not spinulose tipped ; upper surface sparingly stellate or gla-
brate, pale bluish green and shining ; lower surface light
brownish, stellate-puberulent, strongly veined and reticulate :
fruits 2-3 together on a peduncle : cup hemispheric, cover-
ing about one-third of the acorn, 10-12 mm. broad; scales
ovate and much corky-thickened on the back : acorn barrel-
shaped, obtuse, or somewhat ovoid and acute, 15-18 mm.
long, light brown.

J^j Fendlcri is of about the same size as most of the species
of the 4L Gambelii group but I have not found it forming
any thickets. It is more scraggly. The leaves remain longer
on the shrub, but are not remaining till next spring. They
are much paler and resemble those of «J<L- undulata in texture
but are much deeper lobed. It grows on barren hills at an
altitude of 1000-2500 m.

New Mexico: Santa Fe, 1853, A. Fcndler, 803 (I),
808 (/); Albuquerque, Sandia Mts., 1884, M- E- J ones ->
4159; Santa Fe, 187, Wheeler Expedition, 3-.

Colorado: McElmo Creek, 1895, Alice East-wood, 143;
Canon of the Arkansas, 1874, Geo. Engelmann; Green
Horn Mountains, 1874, T. S. Brandegcc (/) ; Trinidad,
1889, E. L. Greene; Panchio Pass, 1873, yo/jw Wolfe, 8/8.

Kansas (?): Fremont.

Texas : Canadian River, 1853-4, Bigeloiv.

Arizona: 1874, Rothrock, 57.

(213

Illustrations : PL 29. f. 1 ; Oersted, Liebm. Chenes Am.
Trop. -pi. 40. f. 2 ; Greene. West. Am. Oaks, //. 31 ; Sar-
gent, Silva X. Am. pi. 383. f. 6-8.

13. Quercus Havardi sp. now

A shrub often less than 1 m. high. Bark of young branches
brown, pubescent, with scattered lenticels ; that of the older
stems and branches dark brownish gray : bud-scales grayish
brown, pubescent : petioles short, 4-7 mm. long : leaf-blades
elliptic, oblong-oval or narrowly oblong-obovate in outline,
lobed half way to the midrib, thick and firm, pale bluish
green, shining and slightly stellate above, pale yellowish or
brownish, densely stellate and somewhat ferruginous beneath,
rather stronglv reticulate : lobes obliquely triangular, acute,
mucronate but not spinulose-tipped : fruit subsessile : cup
hemispheric, 18-25 mm. in diameter: outer scales ovate
and much corkv-thickened on the back, the inner lanceolate
and less thickened ; acorn spherical-ellipsoid, dark brown,
shining, 16-20 mm. broad and 2-2.5 cm - long.

This species closely resembles J2>. Fcndleri in every re-
spect except the fruit, which is larger than in any other mem-
ber of the group and dark brown instead of yellowish. An
acorn of this species was collected by Dr. James and mixed
in with the type of J-?, undulata. Dr. Torrey figures it with
that species, but seems to have doubted its belonging there
from the beginning ; his notes to that effect are on the type-
sheet. As c^. undulata and J?. Havardi have the same habit
and the leaves of the latter have almost the same structure and
form, although deeper lobed, it is not strange that James con-
fused them. J^. Havardi grows on sandhills of the Staked
Plains. The large acorns are good to eat.

Texas : Sandhills of the Staked Plains, Dr. V. Hazard.
31 (type in Mo. Bot. Gard.) ; Camp near the Canadian
River, 1853, Bigelow (Whipple Exp.) ; James (Long's Exp.,
fruit only).

Illustrations: PL 29./. 2; Torr. Ann. Lye. N. Y.
pi. 4 (fruit only).

14. Quercus obtusifolia (A. DC).
Quercus undulata ft obtusifolia A. DC. Prod. 16 "' : 23.
1864.

(2i 4 )

£>iicrcus undulata Sargent, Silva N. Am. 8: 75, in part.
1895.

A shrub 2-4 m. high. Bark of the stems gray, that of the
young branches brownish and pubescent: bud-scales brown,
hairy when young : petioles short, 5—10 mm. long : leaf-
blades broadly obovate in outline, rounded at the apex, ob-
tuse or rounded at the base, sinuately round-lobed, very firm,
3-7 cm. long; those of the young shoots more elongated and
deeper lobed ; upper surface pale bluish green, shining,
when young sparingly stellate-puberulent ; lower surface
pale, brownish, densely stellate and somewhat ferruginous :
cup 15-18 mm. in diameter, hemispheric ; acorn ellipsoid,
dark brown, about 1.5 cm. broad and 2 cm. long.

The leaves of this species most resemble those of Q
breviloba but are broader, and with a different texture and
pubescence, which are like those of the leaves of J^. Fcndleri
and J^J. Havardi. The cup is that of J^. Fendleri, but larger
and the acorns resemble those of J^. Havardi but are some-
what smaller. Alphonse DeCandolle made it a variety of 4L-
undulata but we must remember that his 4L undulata was not
that of Torrey, but is J^. Fendleri Liebm. J^. obtusifolia
grows on hills and mountains of Texas, New Mexico and
Arizona.

New Mexico: Mountains about Santa Fe, 1847, Fend-
ler, 80 y (type) ; Wright, 666 (in part).

Texas: Sandhills of the Staked Plains, 1881, Dr. V.
Havard, 32 (in part).

Arizona : 1869, Dr. E. Palmer.

Illustrations: PL 29. f. 3-4; Sargent, Silva N. Am.
$L 383, f. 13.

15. Quercus breviloba (Torr.) Sarg. Gard. & For. 8 : 93.

1895.

£>tiercus obtusifolia var. ? breviloba Torr. Bot. Mex.
Bound. Surv. 206. 1859.

JQuercus San Sabeana Buckley; Young Fl. Texas, 507.

1873.

Quercus Durandii var. San Sabca Buckl. Bull. Torr.

Club, 10 : 91. 1883.

(215)

A shrub or small tree forming thickets. Bark light gray,
that of the trunks scaly, that of the young branches pu-
berulent : bud-scales dark brown and glabrous or puberu-
lent : petioles very short : blades obovate, 3-6 cm. long, obtuse
at the apex, acute at the base, rather thin, sinuately round-
lobed, sometimes entire or 3-lobed at the apex ; upper surface
pale bluish green and shining ; lower surface pale and some-
what silvery, finely stellate-puberulent : cup shallow, 12-14
mm. broad and about 6 mm. deep, covering one-fourth to
one-third of the acorn ; scales ovate, somewhat thickened on
the back; acorn barrel-shaped, about 1.5 cm. long and 1 cm.
in diameter.

The description given above is that of the form occurring
in western Texas. The large tree of eastern Texas and the
lower Mississippi Valley, £)iiercus Durandii of Buckley, is
also included in this species by Sargent. I do not think that
the two can be regarded as one species ; they were regarded
as distinct by Buckley and by Young. As represented in
the Columbia herbarium J^. Durandii has narrower, more
entire leaves, which are thinner and more silvery beneath ;
the cup is much flatter, scarcely 4 mm. deep. The Columbia
herbarium has the following specimens of J2. breviloba.

Texas : Howard's Spring, Bigelow (Mex. Bound. Surv.,
type); Austin, 1883, S. B. Buckley; Dallas, Reverchon
(Curtiss' no. 2779*) ; Sutherland Spring, 25 miles southeast
of San Antonio, 1879, ■&• P a l> ner (oblanceolate leaves);
Austin, 1881,,/. H. Redfield.

Illustrations: PL 30./. 1-2; Sargent, Silva N. Am.

$L 384.

16. Quercus pauciloba sp. nov.

A tree about 4-5 m. high. Bark of the older branches
light gray, that of the young twigs light brownish, pubes-
cent : petioles .5-1 cm. long: leaf-blades broadly oval, ovate
or rarely obovate, 5-8 cm. long, 3-5 cm. wide, sinuately
5-7-lobed ; upper surface pale bluish green, in age gla-
brous, rather dull ; lower surface pale brownish, more or
less stellate-puberulent, strongly reticulate ; lobes broadly
triangular, short spinulose tipped, the larger sinuate-dentate :
cup hemispheric, 12-18 mm. in diameter; scales ovate,
acuminate, corky on the back ; acorn ellipsoid, or barrel-
shaped, sometimes 15 mm. long.

(216)

A peculiar oak, related to JzK Fendleri and J^. Havardi
on the one hand and Q. pungcns on the other, but easily dis-
tinguished from the first two by the few spinulose-tipped lobes,
from the latter by the larger fruit and from all three by the
large broad leaves. It grows in rich soil of Central Arizona.

Arizona: Beaver Creek, 1891, D. T. MacDougal (type
in U. S. Nat. Herb.).

Illustrations : PL 30. f. 2.

17. Quercus pungens Liebm. Oversigt Dansk. Vidensk.

Selsk. Forh. 1854: 171.

JQiiercus Emoryi Torr. Mex. Bound. Surv. 206, in part.
1859.

£>iiercus EmoryiYox\.. & Coult. Syn. Fl. Col. 127. 1874.

£>iiercus undiilata 3 Wrightii Engelm. Trans. St. Louis
Acad. 3: 382, in part. 1876.

£>iiercus undiilata var. pungens Engelm. Trans. St. Louis
Acad. 3 : 392. 1877.

Quercus undulata Greene, West Am. Oaks 1 : 27, in part.

1889; Sargent, Silva N. Am. 8: 75, in part. 1895.

A low shrub, 1-3 m. high, rarely larger. Bark of the
stem and branches gray, that of the younger twigs more
yellowish or brownish, densely stellate-pubescent : bud-scales
brown, slightly pubescent: petioles very short, 2-5 mm.
long : leaf-blades oval or broadly oblong, obtuse at the base,
acute at the apex, deeply sinuately toothed, 3-5 cm. long,
thick and firm, usually decidedly undulate and twisted ;
upper surface pale bluish or brownish green, rather dull,
sparingly, but usually permanently, stellate ; lower surface
more or less densely stellate, pale yellowish or brownish, some-
times strongly reticulate, especially in age ; lobes triangular
and usually spinulose-tipped : cup hemispherical, 8-10 mm. in
diameter; scales with very prominent corky thickenings;
acorns barrel-shaped, 10-13 mm. long, obtuse or acutish,
light brown.

JjK pungens is nearest related to ^. undulata but the leaves

are deeper lobed, firmer, usually decidedly undulate or

crisped and more pubescent and more reticulate beneath, the

(217 )

lobes more decidedly spinulose-tipped and the acorns shorter ;
intergrading forms are occasionally met with. The species
grows on dry mesas and hills, perhaps to an altitude of 2000
m. This is an evergreen even at its northern limit. Bran-
degee found it in Colorado bearing old green leaves in Jan-
uary and April.

Texas: Western Texas, 1849, C - Wright, 664 (type);
Between San Pedro and Howard Springs, 185 1, Bigelozu,
(Mex. Bound. Surv.) ; Guadalupe Mountains, 1881, Dr. V.
Havard, 66 and 67; El Paso, 1881, G. R. Vasey.

Colorado : Canon City, 1873 and 1875, T. S. Brandegee;
Arkansas Canon, 1874, Engelmann.

Utah : Barton's Range and Butler's Wash, San Juan Co.,
1895, Alice Eastwood, 140.

Arizona: Swisshelm Mountains, 1894, /. W. Totem ey ;
Santa Catalina Mountains, 1881, J. G. Lemmon; Skull
Valley, 1865, Cones & Palmer, 234; Rencou Mountains,
1894,/. W. Tourney; 1851, Woodhouse (Sitgreaves Exped.).

Mexico : Santa Eulalia Mountains, 1886, C. G. Pr ingle,
84.9; 1885, 172.

Illustrations: PI. jo. f. 3; Oersted, Liebm. Chenes .
Am. Trop. fl. 45. f. 1-3; Greene, W. Am. Oaks, fl. 13.
f. 4; Sargent, Silva N. Am. pi. 385*. f. 5.

18. Quercus undulata Torr. Ann. Lye. N. Y. 2 : 248.

1828.

^tcercus undulata y Jamesii Engelmann, Trans. St. Louis
Acad. 3: 382. 1876.

A shrub 1-3 m. high. Bark of the trunk gray, rough and
much cracked, that of the branches light gray and with
numerous lenticels ; that of the young twigs sparingly stellate-
pubescent : petioles 2-6 mm. long : leaf-blades firm, but less
so than in J^. fungens, pale bluish or brownish green and
shining above, pale brownish beneath, stellate when young,
almost glabrous in age on both sides or even densely stellate
pubescent beneath, only sinuately dentate, acute at both ends ;
teeth mucronate, scarcely spinulose : cup hemispheric, 7-10
mm. broad; scales ovate, strongly corky-thickened on the

(218)

back ; acorn barrel-shaped or cylindric, 10-15 mm. long,
6-7 mm. in diameter, brown.

This species is nearest related to J^. pungens but differs
in the flatter leaves, which are less deeply sinuate, less
spinulose and less pubescent. The fruit is also generally
longer and narrower. The fruit mounted on the type sheet
and figured by Torrey does not belong to this species but to
J?. Havard i (see that species). Q. undulata grows on
barren hills up to an altitude of 2000 meters ; the leaves
are evidently evergreen and more persistent than in J^. Fend-
leri, with which it grows and with which it has been con-
fused.

Colorado : Rocky Mountains, Dr. James (type) ; Canon
of the Arkansas, 1874, George Engelmann.

Texas: Fort Union, Upper Cimmaron, 1859, Nezvberry
(McComb's Exped.) ; Hurrah Creek and Llano Estacado
1853-4, Bigclozv (Whipple Exped.) ; Canon of Pecos River,
1883, V. Havard; El Paso, 1880, G. R. Vasey ; Buffalo
Gap Mountains, 1881, Havard; Mouth of Pecos River, Bige-
lozv (Mex. Bound. Surv.) ; Kerrville, 1899-1900, Havard &
Lacey.

Mew Mexico: 1865, E. Palmer.

Arizona: Swisshelm Mountains 1894, Tourney; 1869,
E. Palmer.

Illustrations: PL 30. f. 4; Ton*. Ann. Lye. N. Y.
pi. 4 (except fruit) : Nutt. Silva, pi. 3 (poor) ; Greene, W.
Am. Oaks, pi. 30; Sargent, Silva N. Am. pi. 383. f. /, 4. (?).

Quercus undulata Vaseyana (Buckl.).

£>uercus Vaseyana Buckley, Bull. Torr. Club. 10: 91.
1883.

More glabrate: leaves narrowly oblong, deeper undulate;
acorn usually shorter, 8-10 mm. long.

Texas : Near Pecos River, Buckley ; Head of Devil's
River, Parry (Mex. Bound. Surv.) ; Meyers Spring and
Mountains near Presidio, 1880, Dr. Havard; Mouth of
Pecos, 1852 (Mex. Bound. Surv.).

Illustration : PI. 30. f. 3.

(sip)

19- Quercus Mohriana Buckley.*

A small shrub. Bark of the branches dark gray ; that of
the twins lighter and stellate-pubescent : bud-scales brown,
pubescent : petioles very short, 2-3 mm. long : leaf-blades
thick, oblono- or oval, entire, undulate or sometimes sinuately
toothed, pale bluish or brownish green, shining and glabrate
above, gray or white stellate-pubescent beneath, 3-5 cm.
long, obtuse or cordate at the base, obtuse or acute at the
apex: cup hemispheric, 13-15 mm. wide; scales ovate,
corkv-thickened on the back; acorn barrel-shaped, about 15
mm. long and 10-12. mm. broad.

This may easily be mistaken for an entire-leaved form of Jj>.
undulata, but the pubescence of the lower surface of the leaves
is whiter, almost like that of Q. breviloba, and the acorn is
much thicker and shorter. The more sinuate leaves resem-
ble those of Q. undulata. The entire leaves are like those
of Q. grisea, but lack the yellowish tinge of the pubescence
of that species. A local shrub of western Texas and ad-
jacent Mexico.

Texas: Valley of Devil's River, 1875, S. B. Buckley
{type) ; San Pedro River, Bigelozc (Mex. Bound. Surv.) ;
Sand hills, 1881, Dr. Havard.

Mexico : States of Coahuila and Nuevo Leon, 1880,
Palmer, iij8.

Illustrations: Pl.ji.f. 1-2.

20. Quercus grisea Liebm. Oversigt Dansk. Vidensk.

Selsk. Forhandl. 1854: 171.

Qiiercus undulata var. grisea Engelm. Trans. St. Louis

Acad. 3: 393. 1877.

Quercus oblongifolia Torr. Mex. Bound. Surv. 206, in

part. 1859.

Quercus undulata Sargent, Silva N. Am. 8: 75, in part.

1895.

A shrub usually a few meters high, rarely a small tree. Bark
of stems and branches gray, flaky, that of the younger twigs

* This was never published by Buckle}-, so far as I can find. The name
has existed in herbaria for so many years, that it would cause much con-
fusion if I were to ignore it and adopt another name for the species.

( 220)

yellowish and stellate-pubescent : leaf buds brown, pubescent :
petioles about 5 mm. long densely stellate ; leaves from oval
to oblong or sometimes oblong-lanceolate, acute at the apex,
cordate or rounded at the base, usually entire or undulate,
sometimes, especially on young shoots, dentate, 2-5 cm. long ;
upper surface pale bluish green, at first stellate, in age gla-
brate and shining ; lower surface densely stellate and fulvous :
cup shallow, about 12 mm. wide and 5 mm. deep: scales
ovate and corky-thickened ; acorns ovoid or barrel-shaped,
obtuse or acutish, about 15 mm. long.

The leaf-form is rather variable in 4L- grisea. Sometimes
the leaves are more reticulate, when it is hard to distinguish
it from J^. Arizonica; the acorns are, however, usually
shorter and the cup shallower. The shallow cup with more
corky scales and the more or less yellowish tinge of the pu-
bescence on the lower surface of the leaves are the onlv

J

characters that distinguish it from J^. Mohriana. Sometimes
the leaves are broader below the middle and slightly spinu-
lose-dentate, when they closely resemble those of J<^. Rmoryi
in form ; but in that species the leaves are glabrous when ma-
ture. On young shoots the leaves are often sinuately toothed,
when they resemble those of J^. undulata, but differ in the
dense yellowish pubescence beneath. J^. grisea belongs to
the Staked Plains rather than to the mountains and its distri-
bution is more easterly than that of J^. Arizonica, but the
ranges of the two overlap.

Texas: 1849, Wright, 665 (type) ; Painter Camp, 1850,
Bigelow (Mex. Bound. Surv.) ; Muerta Spring, 1881, Dr.
V. Havard; Eagle Mountain, Havard ; Independence
Spring, Havard.

New Mexico: Santa Magdalena Mountains, 1881, G. R.

Vascy ; Puerto de Pajaros, 1852, Bigehzv (Mex. Bound.

Surv.); 1851-2, C. Wright, 1866; Silver City, 1880,

Greene; Organ Mountains, 1881, G. R. Vasey ; 1881, H.

H. Rusby.

Arizona: 1874, Rothrock; Date Creek, 1870, E. Peters;
Chiricahua Mountains, 1894, Tourney, 182.

Illustrations: Pl.j2.f. 1 ; Oersted, Liebm. ChenesAm.
Trop. fl. 46. f. 12 ; Sargent, Silva N. Am. pi. j8j. f. 9.

(221)

21. Quercus Arizonica Sargent, Gard. & Forest, 8: 92.

1895.

Qiiercus undulata Greene, W. Am. Oaks, 1 : 27, in part.
1889.

Quercus Emory i Wats. PL Wheeler, 17. 1874. Not
Torr.

Qiiercus undulata var. grisca Engelm. Wheeler's Rep. 6 :
250, in part. 1878.

Quercus grisea Sarg. Forest Trees N. Am. joth Census
U. S. 9: 144, in part. 1884. Not Liebm.

A tree occasionally 15-18 m. high. Bark of the stem
gray, usually cracked, fissured and scaly, that of the
branches gray or yellow, the young branches densely ful-
vous stellate; leaf-buds brown, pubescent: petioles 4-8 mm.
long, stellate : leaf-blades oblong or oblong-oval, acute,
obtuse or cordate at the base, firm, sinuate-dentate with
mucronate or spinulose teeth, 2—8 cm. long ; upper surface
nale bluish or yellowish green, not very shiny ; lower sur-
face stronglv reticulate, stellate-puberulent, pale yellowish :
fruit short-peduncled : cup hemispheric, 10-12 mm. in di-
ameter ; scales ovate, strongly corky-thickened on the back ;
acorn oblong-ellipsoid or elongated barrel-shaped, usually
2-2.5 cm - l° n g> obtuse, light yellowish brown.

This species is very variable and seems to grade into Q.
reticulata on the one hand and Q. grisea on the other.
Two specimens cited below, collected in the Huachuca Moun-
tains bv Wilcox and Tourney seem to be intermediate be-
tween Q. Arizonica and Q. reticulata. The shape of the
leaves is that of the former but their size and obtuse apices
suggest the latter. Neither has any fruit, which would
otherwise help the determination, as Q. reticulata usually
has shorter and thinner cup-scales.

It is still harder to distinguish this oak from Q. grisea.
As a rule the latter has also shorter acorns and less distinct
reticulation. Professor Sargent cites Quercus undulata var.
grisea Engelm. Wheeler's Rep. 6: 250 as a synonym of
Q. Arizonica ; this is only partly true, for one of Roth rock's
specimens in the U. S. National Herbarium is exactly like
Wright's no. 665 in the Torrey herbarium. The latter is the

( 222)

type number of «^. grisea. On account of the slight and
not constant differences between j^. Arizonica and ££. grisea,
I have been inclined to reduce the former to a subspecies with
more reticulate leaves ; but perhaps it is better to regard them
as distinct although intermediate forms are apparently not
lacking, £>. Arizonica is the most common of the life-oaks
of Arizona, growing at an elevation of 1500 to 3000 m.

Arizona : San Francisco Mountains, 1853, Bigclozv (Whip-
ple Exploration, mixed with Q. pun gens); Huachuca Moun-
tains, 1894 and 1895, Tourney; Santa Catalina Mountains,
1894, Tourney; Svvisshelm Mountains, 1893, Tourney ; Ft.
Huachuca, 1892 and 1893, Dr. Wilcox, also 1894, 4.57, 369,
341, 44.8, 493, 493b, 496, 304, 449; 1872, Wheeler's Expe-
dition; Dr. E. Palmer ; Lowell, 1884, W.F. Parish; Santa
Rita Mountains, 1881, C. G. Pringle; Santa Catalina
Mountains, 1881, Pringle, 14; also in 1884; Santa Rita
Mountains, 1880, Englemann & Sargent.

New Mexico: Organ Mountains, 1881, G. R. Vasey ;
Camp Bowie, 1874, Rothrock, 308; Bear Mountains, 1880,
Rusby.

Mexico: Chihuahua, Guadalupe Canon, 1852, Thurber,
766.

Illustrations: PL 31. f. 3-4; Greene, W. Am. Oaks,
pi. 13./. 3; pi. 14; Sargent, Silva N. Am. pi. 389.

22. Quercus reticulata Humb. & Bonpl. PI. Aequin. 2 :

40. 1809.

In Mexico a large tree, but within United States a small
tree or shrub only a few meters high. Bark of the trunk
brown, more or less seal}', that of the branches brown or vel-
lowish, more or less fulvous stellate-pubescent : leaf-buds
brown or reddish, ciliate : petioles very short, 3-5 mm. long,
stellate-pubescent: leaf-blades obovate, 4-12 cm. long, cor-
date or rounded at the base, rounded obtuse or short-acumi-
nate at the apex, sinuately dentate above the middle, or en-
tire ; teeth mucronate, or with short spinulose tips ; upper
surface pale bluish green, in age shining, when young more
or less densely stellate : lower surface strongly reticulate,
fulvous with dense stellate pubescence : fruit generally pe-

(22 3 )

duncled : cup shallow, 3-4 mm. deep, 10-14 mm - wide;
scales ovate, brown, pubescent, slightly thickened on the
back; acorn ellipsoid or barrel-shaped, mostly obtuse, 12-15
mm. long, brown, pubescent when young.

In theUnited States this is only found in the Statesof Arizona
and New Mexico, and reaches an altitude of about 1000 m. ;
there it is only a small tree or shrub, but in Mexico it reaches
considerable size. It differs from its nearest relatives of the
region in the larger, thicker, strongly reticulate and strongly
pubescent leaves. Distinct as it seems to be there are cer-
tain forms that seem to connect it with J<\ Arizonica of the
same region. Professor Sargent's description and illustra-
tion of this species are excellent.

Arizona: Chiricahua Mountains, 1894, Tourney; Mt.
Graham, 1874, Rothrock ; San Francisco Mountains, Capt.
E. K. Smith; Fort Huachuca, 1894, T. E. Wilcox; Dragon
Mountains, 1881, Vasey ; Santa Rita Mountains, 1881, C.
G. Pringle; San Francisco Mountains, Greene.

Mexico: Patzuaro, 1892, C. G. Pringle, 41 16; Real del
Monte, 1848-9, Dr. J. Gregg, 638a; Sierre Madre, State of
Chihuahua, 1888, Pringle, 2021 ; 1840, Hartweg.

Illustrations: PI. 31. f. 5 ; Humb. & Bonpl. PL Aquin.
■pi. 86; Oersted, Liebm. Chenes Am. Trop. pi. H; pi. 34. f.
10-16; pi. 35' f. 13-22; Greene, W. Am. Oaks, pi. 16;
Sargent, Silva N. A. pi. 300.

23. Quercus oblongifolia Torrey, Sitgreaves' Rep. 173.

i853-

J^tiercus undulata var. oblongata Engelm. Wheeler's Rep-
6: 250. 1878.

j^iiercus undulata d grisea Wenzig, Jahrb. Bot. Gart. Ber-
lin, 3: 200, in part. 1885.

A tree, seldom over 9 m.high. Bark of the trunk ashy gray,
checkered ; that of the branches gray or brownish, puberulent
only when young : bud-scales brown, at first tomentose : peti-
oles 2-3 mm. long : blades oblong, obtuse, 3-6 cm. long, ob-
tuse at the apex, obtuse or cordate at the base, in age perfectly
glabrous, pale bluish green on both sides, entire or on young
shoots dentate, rarely spinulose toothed: cup hemispheric.

(22 4 )

10-14 cm - m diameter; scales strongly corky-thickened on
the back ; acorn ellipsoid or somewhat ovoid, about 12-15 mm.
long.

J£j oblongifolia is nearest related to Q grisea but differs
in the glabrous leaves, and larger size of the tree.

Arizona: 185 i, D. Woodhouse (Sitgr. Exped.) ; Fort
Huachuca, 1892, T. E. Wilcox; Santa Catalina Mountains,
1894, J. W. Tourney; Penel Mountains, 1894, Tourney;
Santa Catalina Mountains, 1881, C. G. Pringle; San Gabriel
Mountains, 1880, Engelmann & Sargent.

California: San Diego County, 1880, G. R. Vasey ;
1881, S. B. & W. F. Parish ; Santa Isabel, 1858, S. Hayes.

New Mexico : Mogollon Mountains, H. H. Rusby.

Mexico : Ojito, 1847, Dr. Gregg.

Illustrations: PI. 32. f. 2-3 ; Torr. Sitgreaves' Rep.
■pi. 19; Greene, W. Am. Oaks, pi. 15./. 1 ; Sargent, Silva
N. Am. pi. 388.

24. Quercus Emoryi Torr. Emory's Rep. 151. 1848.

^jiercus hastata Liebm. Oversigt Dansk. Vidensk. Selsk.
Forh. 1854 : I 7 I -

A tree 9-12 m., or rarely 20 m. high with a trunk 6-12 dm.
in diameter. Bark of the trunk dark brown, deeply furrowed
and scaly, that of the branches reddish brown with numerous
lenticels, the young branchlets somewhat stellate : buds
brown, puberulent : petioles 2-5 mm. long: leaf-blades lan-
ceolate, ovate-lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate, thick and firm,
rounded, truncate or cordate at the base, acute or acuminate
and spinulose-tipped at the apex, entire or with a few sinuate
spinulose-tipped teeth, pale bluish or yellowish green and
shining above, paler and duller beneath, perfectly glabrous
on both sides or slightly stellate and puberulent when young,
2-7 cm. long: cup sessile, hemispheric, about 10 mm. in
diameter ; scales thin, scarcely thickened on the back,
round-ovate, obtuse, light brown, puberulent and stellate-
ciliate on the margin; acorn elongated-ovate, acute, 15-20
mm. long and 8 mm. in diameter, light brown and somewhat
striate, puberulent when young.

Specimens with entire leaves much resemble j£. oblongi-
folia as to the leaves, but the species is easily distinguished
in fruit by the thin rounded cup-scales. From J^. Tounicyi,

(225)

it differs in the larger, more lanceolate, more acute and lighter
green leaves and the form of the cup-scales ; in .£>. Tourney i
these are ovate-deltoid, obtuse, not rounded. 4L- Emoryi is
the most common live-oak of the region, growing principally
in the mountain regions. J^. hastata Liebm. was described
from a specimen with subentire leaves, cordate at the base.
Seep/, j 2./. 5.

Texas : Ft. Davis, Blake, 5; gravelly hills on the Limpia,
Bigelozo(NLex. Bound. Surv.) ; western Texas, 1849, Wright,
666.

New Mexico : Bear Mountains, 1881, //. H. Busby, 387 ;
Sierra del Pajarito, Schott; 185 1-2, C. Wright, 1865 (j£.
hastata Liebm.) ; Pigeon Creek, 1846, W. H. Emory (type).

Arizona : Santa Catalina Mountains, 1894, J. W. Tourney ;
1881, Pringle; Santa Rita Mountains, 1884, C. S. Pringle;
Huachuca Mountains, 1895, Tourney; Ft. Huachuca, 1891,
T. E. Wilcox; Santa Rita Mountains, 1894, Tourney ; 1869,
E. Palmer; Central Arizona, 1874, Bothrock, 28 J.

Mexico: Sonora, Cafit. E. K. Smith; southwest Chihua-
hua, 1885, E. Palmer, 302.

Illustrations : PL 32. J. 4, 3 ; Emory's Rep. fl. 9; Oer-
sted, Liebm. Chenes Am. Trop. pi. 46. f. j, 4.

25. Quercus Toumeyi Sargent, Gard. & Forest, 8: 92.

A tree 7-10 m. high. Bark of the trunk dark brown, fur-
rowed, scaly, that of the older branches almost black, of the
young shoots red, tomentose and with dark hairs : petioles
2-3 mm. long : leaf-blades oblong, ovate-oblong or oval,
rounded or cordate at the base, acute at the apex, remotely
sinuately dentate with mucronate or slightly spinulose-tipped
teeth, glabrous and shining, pale bluish green above, puberu-
lent or in age glabrate beneath, 2-3 cm. long : fruit sessile :
cup shallow, covering about one-fourth of the acorn, which
is ellipsoid or ovoid, 12-16 mm. long and light brown.

This species is, as far as the leaves are concerned, nearest
to the Californian J£. dumosa but is easily distinguished by
the small acorn. I have seen only one specimen.

Arizona: Bisbee, 1895,/. W. Tourney.

(226)

Illustrations: PL 32. f. 6; Garden & Forest, 8: pi.
13, 14; Sargent, Silva N. Am.//. 391.

26. Quercus turbinella Greene, West Am. Oaks 1 : 37

& 2 : 59. 1889-90.

jgiiercus berbcridifolia A. DC. Prod. 16 2 : 36, in part.
1864. Scarcely Liebm.

Jgiiercus Emoryi Torr. Mex. Bound. Surv. 206, in part.
1859. Engelm. Wheeler's Rep. 6 : 250. 1878.

J^iiercus undulata o Wrightii Engelm. Trans. St. Louis
Acad. 3: 282, in part (?). 1876.

jgitercus undulata Sargent, Silva 8: 75, in part. 1895.

A shrub 1-3 m. high. Bark of the stems and branches
dark brown or dark gray, that of the young branchlets covered
with a white stellate pubescence and when young with ful-
vous tomentum : petioles 2-3 mm. long : leaf-blades oblong,
elliptic, oval or rarely ovate, 1-3 cm. long, obtuse or cordate
at the base, acute at the apex, usually sinuate-dentate with
spinulose-tipped teeth, when unfolding covered with a fulvous
tomentum ; upper surface in age light bluish green and shin-
ing ; lower surface strongly reticulate, fulvous, stellate-pu-
bescent, or when very old occasionally glabrous : cup hemi-
spheric, usually more or less turbinate at the base, 8-10 mm.
in diameter; scales deltoid-ovate, obtuse, moderately corky-
thickened on the back especially those at the base ; acorn
elongated-ovoid, acute, 15-20 mm. long, 8 mm. in diameter.

Professor Sargent refers J^. turbinella partly to J<>. undu-
lata and partly to J^. dumosa, from both of which the species
is easily separated by the fulvous tomentum, the turbinate
cup and the small elongated-ovoid acorn. The type of J^.
turbinella matches exactly Wright's no. 1868. The latter
was a part of Jt>. berbcridifolia in DeCandolle's Prodromus,
but it is scarcely J^. berberidifolia of Liebman, for there are
several discrepancies. Liebman's figure illustrates a plant
with larger leaves and his description states that the leaves
are " subtus pruinoso-glauscentia " and that the cups are " de-
presso-hemisphaerica." DeCandolle also points out these
discrepancies ; he had evidently not studied Liebman's type or
any authentic specimen and does not claim to have done so.

(227)

J^. turbinella belongs probably to the J^. chrysolepis group,
and evidently close to J?. vacciniifoUa Kellogg, but lacks the
white bloom usually found on the lower sin-face of the leaves
of the latter ; the teeth are more distant and more decidedly
spinulose tipped, and the cup is more turbinate.

Lower California: 1888, Geo. V. Dunn (type).

California: San Bernardino Mountains, 1894, S. B.
Parish, 2086 and 2987; California Desert, 1876, C. C.
Parry, 1 ; San Jacinto Mountains, 1898, J. B. Leiberg,ji6o.

Nevada: Mica Spring, 1894, M. E. Jones, 5059; 1872,
Wheeler ; Charleston Mountains, 1891, Coville & Funston,

Arizona: Big Bug, 1891, J. W. Tourney; Chiricahua
Mountains, 1894, Tourney ; Gallun Mountains, 1894, Tourney ;
Bradshaw Mountains, 1894, Tourney; 1869, Ed. Palmer;
Santa Catalina Mountains, 1894, Tourney.

Utah : Springdale, 1894, M. E. Jones, 6080.

New Mexico : Grant County, 1880-1, II. H. Rusby,j88 ;
Cook's Spring, 1851, Bigelozv (Mex. Bound. Surv.) ; Wood-
house (Sitgreaves' Exp.) ; 185 1-2, C. Wright, 1868 ; Yampai
Creek, 1851 (Mex. Bound. Surv.); Organ Mountain, 1897,
E. O. Wooton, 547 (unusually large leaves) ; Silver City,
1880, E. L. Greene.

Some of the specimens from Arizona have subentire leaves
and then resemble closely J£. vacciniifoUa. To this form be-
long the following specimens :

Arizona: Chiricahua Mountains, 1894, Tourney, 174;
Huachuca Mountains, 1895, Tourney ; Fort Huachuca, 1892,
T. E. Wilcox.

Sonora : Caft. E. K. Smith.

Illustrations : PL 33. f. 1, 2; Greene, W. Am. Oaks,
$1. 27; Sargent, Silva N. Am. $1. 383./. 10-12.

27. Quercus Wilcoxii sp. nov.
£)iiercus chrysolcpis var. Greene, Pittonia, 2 : 112. 1890.
£hiercus chrysolepis Sargent, Silva N. Am. 8: 105, in
part. 1895.

(228)

A shrub or rarely a small tree, 6-9 m. high. Bark of
trunk and branches dark gray or brownish, that of the young
branchlets fulvous-tomentulose : bud-scales brown, tomentu-
lose : petioles 3-5 mm. long : leaf-blades usually broadly oval,
acute at the base, abruptly short-acuminate, thick and firm,
1-4 cm. long, when young deciduously fulvous stellate-tomen-
tulose especially on the lower surface, in age pale yellowish
green, glabrous and shining above, dull white and punctate
beneath with many lateral veins and obsolete reticulation,
usually entire or with a few spinulose-tipped teeth ; those of the
sterile shoots very unlike the usual form, almost orbicular or
round-ovate in outline, obtuse or cordate at the base, coarsely
and deeply dentate with lanceolate or triangular, divergent
spinose-tipped teeth : cup hemispheric, 10-14 mm - i n diam-
eter ; scales ovate, fulvous-stellate, only slightly thickened and
green on the back, with brown acute tips ; acorn ovoid, about
15 mm. long, light brown.

o^. Wilcoxii is closely allied to £>_. chrysolepis and has
been confused with it, but differs in the shorter and broader,
abruptly acuminate leaves, the smaller acorn, the smaller and
deeper cup and the less thickened scales. All the acorns
examined evidently lacked all traces of pubescence on the
inside characteristic of J^ chrysolepis.

£>. Wilcoxii grows in the mountain regions of Arizona.
All specimens seen by me, except two, are from that State.
The specimens of ££. chrysolepis from New Mexico and
Sonora, mentioned by Professor Sargent probably also be-
long here.

Arizona: Fort Huachuca, 1892, T. E. Wilcox (type in
Columbia Univ. Herb.); Huachuca Mountains, 1895,,/. W.
Tourney; Massatzal Mountains, 1867, Dr. Smart, 204.
(young shoot in flower); 187 1, Wheeler (leaf from shoot);
Santa Rita Mountains, 1881, C. G. Pr ingle.

Utah : Washington, 1874, ^- £*• Tarry (young shoot).

Nevada: 1872, Lt. Wheeler (young shoot).

Illustrations : PI. jj. f. j-4..

28. Quercus iiypoleuca Engelm. Trans. St. Louis Acad.

3: 384. 1876.
JQucrcus confertifolia Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound. Surv. 207.
1858. Not H.B.K.

(22 9 )

Qicercus Mexicana y confertifolia Wenzig, Jahrb. Bot. Gart.
Berlin, 3: 209. 1883.

A tree 6-10, seldom 15 m. high, with a trunk 2.5-4 dm.
in diameter. Bark of the trunk nearly black and deeply fur-
rowed and scaly ; that of the branches dull brown with nu-
merous lenticels ; the branchlets more or less densely white
stellate-puberulent : leaf-buds densely stellate : petioles 3-10
mm. long : leaf-blades lanceolate, acute at the base, long-
attenuate at the apex, entire or sinuately dentate with spinu-
lose-tipped teeth, 5-10 cm. long, with revolute margins, very
thick and firm, pale yellowish green, glabrous or at first
slightly puberulent above, densely white-stellate beneath :
cup hemispheric or slightly turbinate, 10-13 mm. in di-
ameter; scales ovate, brown, rather thin, not corky on the
back, stellate-puberulent ; acorn avoid, acutish, 15-18 mm.
long, light brown, when young stellate-puberulent.

Jj>. hypoleuca grows in the mountain regions at an altitude of
about 2000 m. on hillsides and in canons scattered among the
pines. It is not closely related to any of the other species of
the region.

Arizona: Santa Rita Mountains, 1881, C. G. Pr ingle;
Huachuca Mountains, 1895, /. W. Tourney; Ft. Huachuca,
1892, Dr. Wilcox; San Francisco Mountains, Capt. E. K.
Smith; Huachuca Mountains, 1894, Dr. Wilcox.

New Mexico : Bear Mountains, 1880, H. H. Rusby, 383;

Sierra del Pajarito, 1869, Schott; Copper Mines, 1851-2, C.

Wright, 1869; Pinos Altos Mountains, 1880, E. L. Greene.

Illustrations: PL 33. f. 5-6; Greene, W. Am. Oaks,

pi. 6; Sargent, Silva N. Am. pi. 403.

29. Quercus Texana Buckley, Proc. Phil. Acad, i860:

444.

Quercus coccinea var. ? microcarpa Torr. Bot. Mex.
Bound. Surv. 206. 1858. Not Q. microcarpa Lapay.
Quercus rubra var. Texana Buckley, Proc. Acad. 1881 :

123.

A small tree with spreading branches. Bark of the stem
light-brown and scaly; that of the branches brown or green-
ish and that of the twigs chestnut or reddish, glabrous : bud-

(230)

scales glabrous, chestnut-brown: petioles 1-3 cm. long,
slender, glabrous ; leaf-blades 5-10 cm. long, broadly ovate in
outline, lobed deeper than half-way to the midrib, glabrous
and shining on both sides or hairy on the veins beneath, cu-
neate or truncate at the base ; lobes 5-9, triangular, rarely
toothed, acuminate and spinulose-tipped at the apex : fruit
subsessile : cup hemispheric, 9-12 mm. broad; acorn ob-
long-ellipsoid, 12-14 mm - l° n g-

This is the only red oak found in the region. It differs
from J^. rubra in the deeper and wider sinuses of its smaller
and more glossy leaves and in its deeper, paler and more
tomentose cups. It does not really belong to the region, its
home being Central Texas, but extends to the Limpio Moun-
tains in the western part of that State.

Professor Sargent gave the range of this species as ex-
tending from Indiana and Florida to Arkansas and Texas.
This depended upon the fact that he included in J?. Tex-
ana a quite distinct species.* In the true J^. Texana the
lobes of the leaves are distinctly triangular and mostly
entire and the cup hemispheric or even slightly turbinate at
the base, while in the other species the lobes are more oblong
and coarsely toothed and the cup is shallow, saucer-shaped.
Professor Sargent's Plate 411 illustrates both species. Figs.
1-4 and 6 belong to J^. Schneckii, and 5 and 7 to J^. Texana.

Texas: Near Austin, S. B. Buckley; mouth of Pecos,
Bigelozu (Mex. Bound. Surv.) ; New Braunfels, 1851, Lind-
heimer {Jl).

Illustrations: Sargent, Silva N. Am. -pi. ju. ffos. 5
and 7.

* This has been segregated from O. Texana by Dr. Britton and character-
ized as follows :

Quercus Schneckii Britton. A forest tree similar to Q. rubra and Q. pa-
lustris. Bark reddish-brown with broad ridges broken into plates ; leaves
mostly obcordatc, bright green and shining above, paler and with tufts of
wool in the axils beneath, 0.5-1.5 dm. long, truncate or broadly wedge-shaped
at the base, deeply pinnatifid into 5-9 oblong or triangular lobes, which are
coarsely few-toothed and bristle-tipped ; styles short : cup saucer-shaped,
10-16 mm. broad, its scales appresscd ; acorns ovoid, 1-2.5 cm. long, three
times as high as the cup. Ohio and South Indiana to Iowa, Missouri, Florida
and Texas, April-May. Acorns ripe in Sept. -Oct. [Q. Texana Sargent
in part, not Buckley ; 111. Fl. fig. 1230].

( 2 3i )

Index and Cross-references.

New species or new combinations published here for the first time are in
bold face ; other recognized species are in small, capitals ; and synonyms

in italics.

acuminata (Michx.) Sargent, 189.

agrifolia Nee, 198.

alba (3 f Gunnisonii Torr. = Gunni-

sonii, 190, 191, 206.
alba var. Gunnisonii Porter & Coulter

= nitescens, Novo-Mexicana, 207,208.
alba var. Gunnisonii Wats. = Utah-

ensis, Novo-Mexicana, 203, 208.
Arizonica Sargent, 193, 195, 197, 201,

220, 221, 223.
berberidifolia A. DC. = turbinella, ber-

beridifolia, 197, 198, 226.
berberidifolia Liebm., 197, 226.
breviloba (Torr.) Sarg., 195, 200, 214,

215, 219.
chrysolepis Liebm., 197, 198, 227, 228.
chrysolepis Sarg. = chrysolepis, Wil-

coxii, 227.
chrysolepis var. Greene = Wilcoxii, 227.
coccinea var. ? microcarpa Torr. =

Texan a, 229.
confertifolia Torr. = hypoleuca, 228.
Douglasii P ? Gambelii A. DC. = Utah-

ensis, Gambelii, 190, 192, 203, 209.
Douglasii y Novomexicana A. DC. =

Novo-Mexicana, 190, 192, 208.

DUMOSANutt., I93, I96-I98, 225.

Durandii Buckl., 215.

Durandii var. San Sabia Buckl. =
breviloba, 214.

Eastwoodiae Rydb., 200, 210.

Emory i Engelm. = turbinella, 226.

Emoryi Porter & Coulter = pungens,
193, 196, 216.

Emoryi Torr., 197, 198, 201, 220, 224.

Emoryi Torr. (Mex. Bound.) = pun-
gens, turbinella, 216, 226.

Emoryi Wats. = Arizonica, 221

Engelmannii Greene, 193, 195, 216.

Fendleri Liebm., 188, 190, 193-195,
198, 200, 2ii, 212, 213, 214, 216, 218.

Gambelii Eastwood = Eastwoodiae,
210.

Gambelii (?) Greene = nitescens, 207.

Gambelii Liebm. = Utahensis, 198, 202.

Gambelii Nutt., 187-192, 195, 199-200,
209, 212.

Gambelii Sargent = Vreelandii, lepto-

phylla, nitescens, 204, 205, 207.
Gambelii Torr. =.? = Utahensis, 202.
Gambelii var. Gunnisonii, Wenzig =

Gunnisonii, 190, 192, 206.
grisea Liebm., 190, 193, 195-198, 200,

219, 220, 221, 224.
grisea Sarg. = Arizonica, 221.
Gunnisonii (Torr.) Rydb., 199, 206, 210,211.
hastata Liebm. = Emoryi, 224, 225.
Havardi Rydb., 200, 213, 214, 216, 218.
hypoleuca Engelm., 197, 198, 201, 228,

229.
leptophylla Rydb., 199, 205.
macrocarpa Michx., 189, 199, 201.
Mexicana y confertifolia Wenzig =

hypoleuca, 229.
microcarpa Lapay, 229.
minor (Marshall) Sargent, 188.
Mohriana Buckley, 200, 219, 220.
nitescens Rydb., 199, 207.
Novo-Mexicana (A. DC.) Rydb., 199, 208.
oblongifolia Torr., 193, 195-198, 201,

223, 224.
oblongifolia Torr. (Mex. Bound.)

grisea, 193.
obtusifolia (A. DC.) Rydb., 200, 211, 213,

214.
obtusifolia var. ? breviloba Torr. -

breviloba, 214.
palustris Du Roi, 2 jo.
pauciloba Rydb., 200, 215.
pungens Liebm., 190, 193, 195-198,

200, 216, 218.
reticulata Hurab. & Bonpl., 193,

197, 201, 221, 222.

RUBRA L., 230.

rubra var. Texana Buckley = Texana,

229.
San Sabeana Buckl. = breviloba, 214.
Schneckii Britton, 230.
stellata 6 Utahensis A.DC. = Utahensis,

190-192, 202.
submollis Rydb., 199, 202.
Texana Buckley, 201, 229, 230.
Texana Sargent = Schneckii, Texana,

230.

(232)

Toumeyi Sargent, 193, 197, 201, 224,
225.

Turbinella Greene, 190, 193, 196-198,
200, 201, 226, 227.

undulata A.DC. = Fendleri, 212, 214.

u ndalata Greene = pungens, Arizonica,
216, 221.

undulata Sargent =- Fendleri, obtusi-
folia, venustula, pungens, undulata,
grisea, turbinella, 211-214, 216, 219,
226.

undulata Torr., 187-190, 193-200, 212-
214, 216, 217, 219, 220, 226.

undulata Wats. = Gambelii and undu-
lata Sargent, 190, 192.

undulata a Gambelii Engelm. = Gam-
belii, Novo-Mexicana, etc., 190, 192,
209.

undulata £ Gunnisonii Eng. = Gunni-
sonii, 199, 206.

undulata P obtusifolia A.DC. = obtusi-
folia, 190, 193, 195, 213.

undulata y Jamesii Engelm. = undu-
lata, 193, 196, 217.

undulalay pedunculata A.DC. = Fend-
leri, 193, 194, 196, 212.

undulata * grisea Wenzig = oblongi-
folia, 223.

undulata S Wrightii Engelm. = pun-
gens, turbinella, 193, 196, 216, 226.

undulata var. grandifolia Engelm. =
?, 198.

undulatavzx. grisea Engelm. = grisea,

193. 196. 2I 9-
undulata var. grisea Engelm.

(Wheeler's Rep.) = Arizonica, 221.
undulata var. grisea Greene, 198.
undulata var. Gunnisonii Engelm. =

Gunnisonii, 199.
undulata var. oblongata Engelm. =

oblongifolia, 193, 196, 223.
undulata var. pungens Engelm. =

pungens, 193, 196, 216.
undulata Vaseyana ( Buckley ) Rydb. , 218.
Utahensis (A. DC.) Rydb., 199, 202, 211.

VACCINIIFOLIA Kellogg, 227.

Vaseyana Buckley = undulata Vasey-
ana, 218.

venustula Greene, 190, 192, 193, 198
200, 211.

Vreelandii Rydb., 199, 204.

Wilcoxii Rydb., 201, 227, 228.

(233)

Explanation of the Plates.

Plate 25.

1. Quercus submollis Rydb.

2. " Utahensis (A.DC.) Rydb.

3. " Vreelatidii Rydb.

Plate 26.

1. Quercus kptophylla Rydb.

2. " Gutmisonii (Torr. ) Rydb.

Plate 27.

1. Quercus nitescens Rydb.

2. " Novo-Mexicana (A.DC.) Rydb.

Plate 2S.

1. Quercus Gambelii Nutt.

2. " Eastwoodiae Rydb.

3. " venustula Greene.

Plate 29.

1. Quercus Fendleti Liebin.

2. " Havardi Rydb.

3. " obtusifolia (A.DC.) Rydb. — leaves.

4. " " " " —fruit.

Plate 30.

1. Quercus breviloba (Torr.) Sargent.

2. " pauciloba Rydb.

3. " pungens Liebrn.

4. " undulata Torr.

5. " " Vaseyana (Buckl.) Rydb. — leaf.

Plate 31.
Quercus Mohriana Buckley.

" " " leaf of young sboot.

" Arizonica Sargent.

" " " leaf of young sboot.

reticulata Humb. & Bonpl.

(<

Plate 32.
Quercus g rise a Liebtn.
" oblongifolia Torr.
" " " leaf of young shoot.

" Emoryi Torr.

" " leaf of the form described as Q. hastata Liebm.

" Tounieyi Sargent.

Plate 33-

Quercus turbinclla Greene, usual form.

" " " form with subentire leaves.

" Wilcoxii Rydb.

" " " leaf of young shoot.

" hypolcuca Engelm.

<< " " leaf of shoot.

Bull. N. V. Bot. Gard.

Vol . II. Pl. i-

i ■

i'^>

/■'

J, NORMAL SHOOT OF LYSIMACHIA TERRESTRIS BEARING

SEED PODS. B, SHOOT OF LYSIMACHIA TERRESTRIS

GROWN IN DIFFUSE LIGHT BEARING BULBILS.

F.LLI.. X. V. Bot. Gard.

Vol . II. PL. l |.

SCAPANIA IMBRICATA M. A. HOWE.

Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gakd.

Vol. II. Pl. k.

14

DITRICIILM GIGANTEUM R. S. WILLIAMS.

Bull. N. Y. Bot. Card.

BRYOBRITTONIA PELLUCIDA R. S. WILLIAMS.

Bull. N. Y. Box. Gard.

Vol. II. Pi.. 17.

R.SW

BRYUM DAWSONENSE R. S. WILLIAMS.

Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard.

\ oi . II. l'i ■ I s -

11 °ggggBS^

BRYUM CONDITUM R. S. WILLIAMS.

Bill. N. Y. Box. Gard.

Voi II. l'i . 19.

13 ^U^ 14

I5RVU.M SUBMUTICUM PHILIBERT.

Bull. N. V. Bot. Gard.

Vol. II. Pl. 20

BRYl/M SUBORBICl'LARK PIIILIBERT.

Bill. N. V. Box. Gard.

Vol. If. Bl. 21.

6

Figs. i-6. BLAGIOBRYUM ARGENTEOIDES R. S. WILLIAMS.
Figs. 7, 8. BLAGIOBRYUM ZIERII (DICKS.) LINDB.

Bri.L. N. Y. Bot. Gaki>

Vol

D

m

fife

MRS

■ Mdqo

POLYTRICHUM [NCONSTANS HAGEN.

Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gaki

Vol. II. Pi.

12 ,;;

BRACHYTHECIUM PETROPHIL1 M R. S. WILLIAMS.

Bi i .l. N. V. Bot. Gard.

Vol. II. I'i 24.

7 cdQOo&cjqP

61; ^

HARPIDIUM A.MBLYPHYLL1 M R. S. WILLIAMS

Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard.

\ oi . II. Pi.. 25.

Fig. i. QUERCUS SUBMOLLIS RYDB.
Fig. 2. QUERC US Ul VHENSIS \. I" RYDB.

-\TTnnOTTO imi7l?l \ N I \ I I U V I \ I '

Bill. N. Y. Bot. Gard.

\ "i . II. Pi.. 26

Figs. 1-2. QUERCUS LEPTOPHYLLA RYDB
Fig 3. QUERCUS GUNNISONI] TORR. RYDB.

Bull. X. Y. Bot. Gard.

\ 01 . 11 Pl. j;

Fig ,. QUERCUS NITESCENS RYDB.
Km,. 2. QUERCUS NOVO-MEXICANA A DC

in db

Bull. N. Y. Rot. Gard.

Vol II Vi . 28-

fig. i. oui:iur> (, \mijklii m i i

Fjg. 2. QUERCUS EASTWOODIAE RYDB.
Fig. 3. QUERCUS VENUSTULA GREENE.

\

Kii.i. N. Y. Bot. Gard.

Vol. II. Pi.. 29.

Fig. 1. QUERCUS FENDLER1 LIEBM.

Fig. 2. QUERCUS HAVARDI RYDB.

Figs. 3-4 . QUERCUS OBTUSIFOLIA A DC) RYDB

Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gaud.

\ ..i . II. Pi .

Fig.

Fig. i. QUERCUS BREVILOBA TORF SARGENT.

I [ G . 2. Ql ERCUS PAl CILOBA RYDB

l [G. 3. QUERCUS i'i s -'-i NS LIEBM.

Fig. 4. QUERC1 S 1 ND1 I. VTA TORR

QUER( I S UNDULATA VASEYANA BU( KL RYDB.

IUi.i.. N V. Bot. Gard.

\ i > i . . i i . i i •, i •

Figs 1-2. QUERCUS MOHR] W \ B1 CKL.
Figs x-±. QUERCUS ARIZONICA SARG1 M
, = QUERCUS RETICULATA HUMB. & BONPL

Fig. 5- Ql

Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard.

Vol. II. Pl. 32.

Fig. i. QUERCUS GRISEA LIEBM
Figs. 2-3. QUERCUS OBLONGIl OLIA 1 ORR.
Figs. 4-;. QUERCUS EMORY] TORR.
Fig. 6. Q1 ERCUS TOUMEY1 SARGENT.

Bull. X. V. But. Gaud.

Vol. II. l>i 33,

I res. 1-2. QUERCUS Tl RBINELLA GREENE

Figs. 3-4. QUERCrs WlLeoXU RYDB
Fl( ' s ' 5-6. (JUERCCS IIVI'(,Li;iv.\ ENGELM

Officers, 1901.
President— D. 0. MILLS,
Vice-President— ANDREW CARNEGIE,
Treasurer— CHARLES F. COX,
Secretary— N. L. BRITTON.

Board ok Managers.
1. elected managers.

ANDREW CARNEGIE, J. PIERPONT MORGAN,

CHARLES F. COX, GEORGE W. PERKINS,

W. BAYARD CUTTING, JAMES A. SCRYMSER,

WILLIAM E. DODGE, SAMUEL SLOAN,

JOHN I. KANE, W. GILMAN THOMPSON,

D. O. MILLS, SAMUEL THORNE.

2. ex-officio managers.

The President of the Department of Public Parks,
HON. GEO. C. CLAUSEN

The Mayor of the City of New York,
HON. R. A. VAN WYCK.

3. SCIENTIFIC DIRECTORS.

HON. SETH LOW, Chairman.
HON. ADDISON BROWN, HON. MILES M. O'BRIEN,

PROF. C. F. CHANDLER, PROF. H. H. RUSBY,

PROF. J. F. KEMP, PROF. L. M. UNDERWOOD.

Garden Stake.

DR. N. L. BRITTON, Director-in- Chief.

DR. D. T. MACDOUGAL, First Assistant.

DR. JOHN K. SMALL, Curator of the Museums.

DR. P. A. RYDBERG, Assistant Curator.

GEORGE V. NASH, Head Gardener.

ANNA MURRAY VAIL, Librarian.

DR. H. H. RUSBY, Curator of the Economic Collections.

COL. F. A. SCHILLING, Superintendent.

JOHN R. BRINLEY, Landscape Engineer.

WALTER S. GROESBECK, Clerk and Accountant.

CORNELIUS VAN BRUNT, Honorary Floral Photographer.

flDembers of tbe Corporation.

Dr. Timothy F. Allen,
Prof. N. L. Britton,
Hon. Addison Brown,
Wm. L. Brown,
Andrew Carnegie,
Proe. Chas. F. Chandler,
Wm. G. Choate,
Hon. Edward Cooper,
Chas. F. Cox,
John J. Crooke,
W. Bayard Cutting,
Robert W. de Forest,
Wm. E. Dodge,
Dr. Wm. H. Draper,
Prof. Sam'l W. Fairchild,
Gen. Louis Fitzgerald,
Richard W. Gilder,
* Hon. Thomas F. Gilroy,
Parki-; Godwin,
Hon. Hugh J. Grant,
Henry P. Hoyt,
Adrian Iselin, Jr.,
Morris K. Jesup,
John I. Kane,
Eugene Kelly, Jr.,
Prof. James F. Kemp,
John S. Kennedy,

Hon. Seth Low,

David Lydig,

Edgar L. Marston,

D. O. Mills,

J. Pierpont Morgan,

Theo. W. Myers,

Hon. Miles M. O'Brien,

Geo. M. Olcott,

Prof. Henry F. Osborn,

George W. Perkins,

James R. Pitcher,

Rt. Rev. Henry C. Potter,

Percy R. Pyne,

John D. Rockefeller,

Wm. Rockefeller,

Prof. H. H. Rusby,

Wm. C Schermerhorn,

James A. Scrymser,

Henry a. Siebrecht,

Samuel Sloan,

Wm. D. Sloane,

Nelson Smith,

Dr. W. Gilman Thompson,

Louis C. Tiffany,

Samu'el Thorne,

Prof. L. M. Underwood,

William H. S. Wood.

VOL. 2.

NO. 7.

°- <

BULLETIN

OF

The New York
Botanical Garden.

[ISSUED APRIL 25, 1902.]

CONTENTS:

Report of the Secretary and Director-in-Chief for

the Year 1901, . . . . . . . 235

Report of the Curator of the Museums and Herbarium. 268

Report of the Curator of the Economic Collections, . 27S
Report of the Director of the Laboratories, . . .281

Report of the Librarian, ...... 284

Report of the Head Gardener, ..... 295

Report of the Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds, 303

Schedule of Expenditures during 1901, .... 306

Report of the Scientific Directors, . . . . 310

Report of the Committee on Patrons, Fellows and

Members, . . , . . . . 313

Report of the Treasurer, ...... 327

Botanical Contributions :

Mycological Studies. 1. By F. S. Earle, . . 331

A Preliminary List of Montana Mosses. By R. S.

Williams (with Plates 34 to 39), . . . 351

Geological and Botanical Notes, Cape Cod and Chappa-
quidick Island, Mass. By Arthur Hollick

(with Plates 40 and 41), ..... 381

BULLETIN

OF

The New York Botanical Garden

Vol. 2. No. 7.

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY AND DIRECTOR-
IN-CHIEF FOR THE YEAR 1901.

{Submitted and ordered printed January /j, igo2.)

To the Board of Managers of the New York Botan-
ical Garden,

Gentlemen : I have the honor to submit herewith my report
as Secretary and Director-in-Chief for the year ending Jan-
uary 13, 1902.

The year has been one of great activity in construction,
installation of exhibits, exploration, investigation and teach-
ing. The number of visitors has been largely in excess of
that in any previous year and the public interest in and ac-
quaintance with the institution is steadily increasing.

Plants and Planting.

1. Herbaceous Grounds. Considerable rearrangement has
been made of the herbaceous collections, by moving some of
the groups from their previous positions to others nearby
where the cultural conditions have proven by experience to
be more favorable ; this has been accomplished, however,
without taking them out of the general botanical sequence.
The addition of many species not hitherto represented, and
the growth of others already installed, have necessitated tak-
ing considerably more ground under high cultivation. The

( 2 35 )

(236)

total number of species grown in this collection during the
year is about 3020. Maintenance and installation have re-
quired the time of one gardener and two laborers during the
cultural season. The excavation for the small lake, planned
for water plants at the southern end of the herbaceous grounds
was partly made during the fall and early winter, and may
be completed in the spring.

2. Fruticetum. Little change has been effected in the
collection of shrubs other than by the planting of additional
species derived from various sources. This collection has
now reached a condition, however, which makes it desirable
to transplant, for cultural reasons, a considerable portion of it,
and to thus bring the groups into areas more nearly in agree-
ment with the plan to which we are working, than has been
possible while the collection has been in a formative state ; it
is intended to effect this rearrangement in the spring. The
number of species represented is 512. This collection has
required the attention of one gardener and one laborer for
about one-third of their time, but after its rearrangement, will
probably demand their full time, during the cultural season.

3. Salicctum. The willow collection, established in the
meadows and marshes near the northern end of the grounds
has required little actual cultural attention ; it has been some-
what increased by additional species drawn from the nur-
series, the number now represented being 43.

4. Arboretum. The tree collections already planted have
been cared for, but not materially increased during the year.
A considerable number of specimens of deciduous trees have
been moved into place east of the Bronx River, from the
nurseries, but it has not been practicable as yet to extend the
planting of conifers, this having to await the completion of
grading operations in the vicinity of the conservatories, and
it is unlikely that much of this planting can be done before
the spring of 1903. In this connection I take pleasure in re-
ferring to the generous offer of Mr. Lowell M. Palmer, of
Stamford, Connecticut, to present the Garden, from his very
extensive collection of hardy conifers, with specimens of a

( 2 37 )

large number of species and varieties at such times as we are
ready to receive them. Mr. Palmer's offer also includes
specimens of many hardy ferns, of which he has a note-
worthy collection. The total number of kinds of hardy trees
represented in the Garden, including those native to the tract,
is over 290. The care of the planted specimens has re-
quired the work of one gardener and one laborer for about
one-third of their time.

5. Viticelum. The vines and trailers brought together on
the rough arbor east of the Museum Building have been cul-
tivated and trained, and many of them are now of consider-
able length. The number of species represented is 62.
Their care has required the attention of a gardener for a few
hours a week.

6. Nurseries. The plan relative to the nursery work re-
ferred to in my report for the preceding year was carried out
in the spring, the first nursery planted being abandoned and
its contents transferred to other plantations. The work was
then concentrated on about two acres of land immediately
south of the propagating houses on the east side of the
grounds, part of this area being devoted to herbaceous plants,
part to deciduous trees and shrubs, part to conifers : the cold
frames were set immediately in front of the propagating
houses. The work of propagation and experimentation both
out of doors and under glass, is thus all brought together and
is conducted by the same men ; one foreman gardener, one
apprentice and one laborer have been required, with a few
days occasional additional help from a fourth man. The
propagating houses are thus operated as a part of the nur-
series. In addition to the care of several thousand young
plants, cuttings and bulbs, brought into the nurseries from
various sources, over 6,000 packets of seeds were sown ;
these were obtained by exchange from other botanical gar-
dens, by gift, and collected by our several exploring parties.
From this source we now have about 10,000 young plants for
distribution during the next year among various permanent
plantations, or for exchange with other institutions. The

(2 3 8)

number of species in the nurseries, not represented in other
collections, is about 1,000.

7. The Public Conservatory Collections. The number of
species growing in the great greenhouses has increased dur-
ing the year through gifts, exchanges and the work of our
expeditions from about 1,800 to 3,400; the collection natur-
ally continuously occupies more space by growth, so that
for these reasons the houses have now become fairly well
filled, crowded, indeed, in some places ; the additional houses
now nearing completion are thus very welcome. The ar-
rangement of the groups mentioned in my last annual report
has been changed only in details. Many duplicates have
been sent to other institutions, and many still remain available
for exchanges. Some specimens received in bad order have
been rejected, but, on the whole, our gardeners have suc-
ceeded wonderfully well in bringing such a necessarily hetero-
geneous collection into good condition. The operation of the
new houses will now necessitate and permit an entire re-
arrangement of these collections ; a detailed plan for this
has been elaborated, taking into account the practically doubled
variety of temperature and humidity conditions which the
range will afford and which will enable better cultural re-
sults to be reached than has hitherto been possible for lack of
such varied conditions. The care of the conservatory collec-
tions has been accomplished by a foreman gardener, seven
gardeners and two apprentices ; this force must ultimately be
doubled.

The primary stocking of the conservatories was greatly
aided by a special fund subscribed for this purpose in 1900
and 1901, as follows :

D. O. Mills 250.00

Samuel Hcnshaw 25.00

Charles F. Cox 50.00

N. L. Britton 100.00

J. Pierpont Morgan 100.00

Andrew Carnegie 250.00

Very Rev. E. A. Hoffman 50.00

( 2 39)

S. P. Avery 50.00

John I. Kane 50.00

Wm. E. Dodge 250.00

Theo. F. Jackson 25.00

A Manager 1 00.00

A. G. Mills 10.00

Mrs. Esther Herrman 25.00

Banyer Clarkson 25.00

James B. Ford 200.00

H. C. von Post 100.00

Francis Lynde Stetson 25.00

James J. Goodwin 25.00

Samuel Thorne 50.00

Edgar L. Marston 25.00

Samuel P. Avery, Jr 15-00

Samuel N. Hoyt 25.00

E. R. Holden 25.00

Isaac J. Greenwood 25 .00

Anna R. Spring 10.00

Isaac N. Seligman 50.00

C. A. Coffin 50.00

Mrs. Edwin Parsons 10.00

W. S. Gurnee 50.00

Anonymous 10.00

Adolph G. Hupfel 25.00

Geo. Gill 10.00

Charles Pryer 10.00

Elizabeth Billings 15.00

John H. Bloodgood 20.00

$2,135.00

This fund was mainly expended in paying transportation
charges on plants secured by exchange with other institutions
or donated by friends of the Garden, and in defraying the
expenses of Mr. Geo. V. Nash, Head Gardener, during a
visit to the Royal Gardens at Kew, England, in the early
spring.

The stocking of the additional conservatories, now es-
sentially completed, must be taken up as the most important

( 2 4°)

work of the year, as regards the collections, and one which will
require the expenditure of a considerable amount of money.

8. Boundary Borders. The boundary borders have been
cultivated throughout such parts as have been desirable, and
variously modified by addition and substitution of plants.
Most attention has been given to the western border, extend-
ing along the New York Central & Hudson River Railroad,
from St. John's College to the north meadows, inasmuch as
this boundary is permanently well defined by the railroad
right-of-way. The mixed "old-fashioned" flower garden
extending along the front of this border screen from the
Southern Boulevard bridge north to the lakes has been main-
tained without much alteration, but it is planned to rearrange
it somewhat in the spring. No work has been practicable
along the St. John's College border, owing to road-building
operations. The north border has been strengthened in
places, but not much cultivated, and no work has been done
on the east border, except in the vicinity of the stable.
These planted borders now screen the grounds quite effectu-
ally from without along considerable portions of their extent.
Their care has needed the work of one gardener and two
laborers for about one-half their time.

9. Other Plantations . The groups of shrubs planted last
year in the vicinity of the railroad station have been culti-
vated ; an additional group was set out in the autumn on the
right-hand side of the path from the station to the museum
building, and the triangle formed by the intersection of the
driveways south of the museum building was partly planted.
Each of these groups has been formed of shrubs of the same
natural family. A number of young trees were set out in the
vicinity of the station in the spring ; all this planting is in ac-
cordance with our general plan.

The total number of species now represented in the plan-
tations, conservatories and including the native flora of the
tract is about 9,300, an increase during the year of about 4,000.

The general direction of planting and of the care and
recording of the plants, has been carried out by Mr. Geo. V.

(2 4

Nash, head gardener, and Mr. Geo. A. Skene, second gar-
dener, Mr. Nash taking personal charge of the administrative
work, of the installation and the labeling, Mr. Skene super-
intending the cultural work and the care of the grounds,
plantations, trees and forest. Labelling and recording has
required the constant attention of two apprentices. Further
details relative to plants and planting will be found in the
report of the head gardener, hereto appended.

Buildings.

i. Museum. No changes have been found necessary in
this building other than minor details of construction made
desirable by the growth of the collections, and a few ordi-
nary repairs. The installation during the summer in the
east basement museum hall of the paleobotanical collections
deposited with the Garden by Columbia College, under the
supplementary agreement between the Garden and the Trus-
tees of the College, dated May 3, 1901, made it desirable
to construct two small rooms at the east end of the hall, for
storage and sorting of the fossil plants. These were built
during the autumn by means of brick partitions about one-
half of the height of the hall. Cases partly sufficient for
the display of this collection came with it from the college ;
these were set up and specimens arranged in them during
the autumn ; the miscellaneous specimens previously stored
in this hall were removed to the basement room under the
southern end of the east wing, and the paleobotanical collec-
tion was opened to the public early in December ; it requires
three additional table cases and eight additional wall cases to
complete the furniture equipment of the hall. The new
storage rooms are being fitted up with cases of trays built by
our own carpenters.

In the west basement hall, used during the spring for
horticultural exhibitions in cooperation with the Horticul-
tural Society of New York, were placed four wooden tables,
extending nearly the whole length of the hall ; these are
available for future use for the same purpose. The engin-

(2 4 2 )

eers of the Park Department engaged in construction work
on the grounds and buildings, previously accomodated in
one of the east basement rooms, have recently been given
temporary quarters by placing a movable partition in the
western end of this west basement hall.

All the work of preparation, mounting and arranging
museum and herbarium specimens, other than fossil plants,
has now been brought into basement rooms at the east end of
the building; the stock of back numbers of publications,
now become quite bulky, but of great value for exchanges,
has been stacked and arranged in another of the east base-
ment rooms.

No new construction work has been done in the museums
on either the first or second floor ; both floors urgently
require additional cases for the display of the constantly
increasing collections, and it is hoped that these may be
forthcoming during the year, through the additional appro-
priation for construction, asked by the Commissioner of Parks
from the Board of Estimate and Apportionment on Nov.
25, 1901.

The silk shades placed in the upper parts of the windows
of the second floor under the original contract for the con-
struction of the building, have proven to be of poor material ;
they have faded and many of them have decayed. They
are now being replaced by stout cambric shades.

Additional construction work on the third floor includes the
building of a wall-case for the valuable collection of old
microscopes presented by Mr. C. F. Cox, and of another for
the collection of photographic negatives; these were made
by our own carpenters, placed in the laboratories and their
contents arranged for ready reference. Twelve table-desks
for the laboratories built specially for the purpose, after a
design by Dr. MacDougal were added to the equipment in
May. The ordering of these was alluded to in my last an-
nual report, as well as of additional shelves for the book-
cases in the library stackroom, which were supplied in May.
The desirability of shelving the walls of the library reading

( 2 43 )

room, also there referred to, became a need in the autumn,
and on Oct. 23d the Board of Managers approved a design
for this shelving, and authorized its construction ; it was at
once ordered, but has not yet been put into place. In order
to permit the arrangement and ready access to duplicate
books, the closet at the southern corner of the library stack-
room was shelved by our carpenters to the ceiling, and the
closet at the western corner of this room was fitted up with
movable sets of shelves previously in use elsewhere. The
herbarium of the Torrey Botanical Club presented by the
Club to the Garden in June was arranged in old cases pre-
viously in use in the store-rooms, and placed against the wall
in the hallway connecting the herbarium room with the taxo-
nomic laboratory. A case for herbarium specimens under
study was built at the eastern corner of the herbarium room,
and another for the same purpose in the small store-room
next the herbarium room.

The cases containing the main herbarium are now so
nearly filled that the collection is being used under difficul-
ties and with danger to the specimens themselves in handling.
At least twenty additional cases are needed to accommodate
the collection and its natural increase during the next two
years ; in case of delay in obtaining an additional city ap-
propriation for construction, I propose to have eight such
cases built by our carpenters during the winter.

The museum building has been open to the public every
day in the year from ten o'clock until four-thirty or five ; it has
been found practicable to reduce the number of janitors from
five to four men who have taken the entire care of it, includ-
ing cleaning of floors, windows and cases. Public access
to the building is still necessarily restricted to one of the
basement doors pending the completion of the front approach,
the contract for which has been vexatiously delayed to be-
yond the limits of satisfactory explanation. The main en-
trance cannot, for this reason, be used until spring.

The additional ornamental terra cotta work for the pavil-
ions of the museum building, included in the contract refer-

( 2 44)

red to, has likewise been delayed, and while recently deliv-
ered, cannot be put in position during the winter.

Front Approaches to the Museum Building. Under a
contract awarded early in the year by the Commissioner of
Parks to the Wilson and Baillie Manufacturing Company,
work was begun in the spring, and was continued until stop-
ped by cold weather in December. Reference to the part of
this contract covering grading and road-building is made
elsewhere in this report. The contract includes in addition,
provision for the construction of a drinking fountain and mar-
ble seats on the south side of the driveway, a garden foun-
tain with similar marble seats on the north side of the driveway,
and the foundations, basins and copings for the statuary foun-
tain immediately in front of the Museum Building ; also the set-
ting of the additional ornamental terra-cotta on the pavilions of
the building itself. All this work is in accordance with plans
drawn by the architect, Mr. Gibson, and duly approved by you
and by the Commissioner of Parks. It has been exasperatingly
delayed, and the contractors have long ago exhausted their
time-limit under the contract ; the foundations of all three
fountains have been built and much of the marble has been
set, but it will require at least a month's work in the spring
to complete the contract, especially as some of the stone-set-
ting has been found to be faulty and will have to be rebuilt ;
the terra-cotta has been delivered, but none of it put into
place.

Under instructions from a subcommittee of the Execu-
tive Committee, Mr. H. A. MacNeil, sculptor, was invited
in May to submit a model for the statuary fountain, the
model previously submitted by Mr. Kemensky not having
proved satisfactory. Mr. MacNeil has not yet sent his
model in, but he has informed us that it is now essentially
ready for examination.

2. The Public Conservatories. These buildings have
stood the test of a year's operation satisfactorily. They
have been open to the public every day from ten o'clock
until four-thirty or five ; breakage of glass from expansion

CHS)

or contraction has gone on to a slight extent only, and has
proved not nearly as great a charge for maintenance as it
was supposed it would be. An unprotected blast of rock,
just east of the eastern end, fired in August by a foreman in
the employ of the contractor engaged in grading caused
breakage which cost the contractor over $150 to repair; this
is the only accident worth recording. The houses have been
repainted throughout on the outside, and nearly throughout
on the inside. A few minor defects in the roofs, causing
leakage in heavy storms, have been mainly remedied, and I
have recently accepted an unsolicited offer by Hitchings &
Company, the builders of the roofs, to modify, at their own
expense, the construction at the ridges of the lower houses,
looking toward a complete correction of this defect, which
has, however, not been of a serious character. The heating
of these buildings has been easily accomplished by the radi-
ating coils first installed, these having proven ample for the
purpose in the coldest weather ; from the exposed position of
the houses this has, however, only been accomplished by the
burning of a very large amount of coal. The trouble from
gases emanating from the trenches alluded to in my last
annual report has not again been experienced ; it was ap-
parently referable to volatile matter contained in the insulat-
ing covering of the steam mains.

After a series of observations with hygrometers and ther-
mometers in all the houses taken at intervals of two hours
from September, 1900, to May, 1901, in order to ascertain the
desirable and practicable relations of temperature and hu-
midity to establish for the different parts of the system in re-
lation to the plant collections and to external light, a method
of shading by a combination of stippling the inner surface
of the glass, and by movable shades was adopted. It was
necessary to devise this so as to make it practicable to extend
it, without loss of work, to the additional houses, the con-
struction of which was commenced at that time. The roofs
and vertical sides of some of the houses were stippled, using
a mixture of linseed oil and white-lead, determined for den-

(2 4 6)

sity after experiment ; water-proof shades on spring rollers
were placed in the roofs of two houses, and Japanese porch-
screens were used for the vertical sides of the palm house and
for the roofs of the succulent house. All this shading was
done on the interior, leaving the outside of the building un-
marred.

The results reached were very nearly those planned for,
and hence satisfactory ; the year's experience has naturally
indicated some desirable modifications of details, which may
be taken advantage of in the additional houses, as well as
in those hitherto operated.

A contract for the construction of the additional houses to
complete the range as originally planned was awarded by the
Commissioner of Parks to John R. Sheehan & Company in
May, and work was at once begun. These are now essen-
tially completed and are under test for heating and leakage.
Their internal fitting up with gravel and soil, and the spread-
ing into them of the plant collections may soon be commenced,
and they may be opened to the public in the spring.

The defect in the floor of house No. 4, mentioned in my
last annual report, caused by sinking of filled ground, was re-
paired by the Sheehan Co., while building the walks in the
new houses. Two painters and glaziers have been employed
on the conservatories for nearly their whole time ; it has been
found possible, however, for them to do such painting and
kalsomining as has been necessary at the other buildings.

3. Power House. The steam-heating apparatus has been
adequate to heat both the public conservatories and the mu-
seum building, as planned, holding at least one boiler of the
five always in reserve. During the summer an inspection
was made of the entire system of pipes, in the subways and
trenches ; it was found necessary to rebuild some of the brick-
work about the furnaces. The boilers have been regularly
inspected. The incidental repairs required have been numer-
ous but not excessive. The grading and road-building work
east of the power house have given considerable trouble from
storm-water which in two instances flooded the floor of the

( 2 47)

building ; this trouble cannot wholly be eliminated until the
road-banks are sodded and the drainage properly disposed of,
by connecting the system of land drains with the main city
sewer in Webster Avenue, a work which is now in progress.

4. Propagating Houses. These small greenhouses were
accepted by the Commissioner of Parks, from Hitchings &
Co., the contractors, in January, and were at once turned
over to us for operation. They have proved to be well built,
easily heated and satisfactory for their purposes. The roof
of the potting shed developed some leaks which have been
repaired. Not having water under pressure at their location
when they were finished a large brick tank was built between
the two long houses as a roof-water reservoir, and this had to
be depended upon until the water-pipe was laid to these
houses during the spring. The plan for the propagating
houses contemplates the building of a third long house in the
future, but the need for it is not yet urgent.

5. Stable. No work has been done on this building except
painting, reflooring stalls, and minor repairs.

6. Public Comfort Station. This building was connected
with the sewer and the water-supply was brought to it during
the summer, but, as other more important work prevented the
building of paths to it, it has not been opened to the public,
though useful for storage purposes.

7. Tool House. No changes have been made at this

building.

Drainage and Sewerage.

In connection with the building of roads and paths about
the public conservatories and of the front approaches to the
museum building, the Department of Parks has laid earthen-
ware drain-pipes of large size and constructed the necessary
surface basins, substantially as contemplated in our plans.
In the progress of path-building by our laborers, several ad-
ditional surface basins have been constructed, and connected
with the main drainage system, also according to plan.

The ultimate disposal of the drainage of the public con-
servatories and their surroundings west to the New York

(248)

Central & Hudson River Railroad, presented a difficult prob-
lem, and one which was not wholly solved in the general
plan. It was finally determined to solve it in the most ef-
fective and permanent manner practicable, although entailing
great expense, and thus necessarily delaying other work.
At the time the tracks of the railroad were depressed and
grade-crossings eliminated, the present bridge at the crossing
of the Southern Boulevard was built and at the same time a
brick sewer was laid under the railroad in the center of the
Boulevard, but this had never been connected with the main
city sewer in Webster Avenue to the west. I endeavored
with the assistance of the Commissioner of Parks, early in
the year, to induce the Department of Sewers to build this
connection, in order that we might then connect with it on
the eastern side of the railroad. This Department expressed
entire willingness to do the work, and we hoped it might be
arranged for, but it became apparent late in the autumn that
funds were not available. Meanwhile the power house was
endangered by storm-water, banks were being washed and
the railroad right-of-way occasionally flooded. We then de-
termined to use some funds available in a city appropriation
for construction and in improving the grounds, and other
money from your appropriation for grading, drainage and
water supply, and do the work ourselves ; it is still in prog-
ress. The essentia] difficulty is the necessity of making an
open cut averaging 23 feet deep in filled ground full of
boulders, but we have progressed up to the present time with-
out incidents demanding record. This sewer connection,
when once established, will take care of all the drainage and
sewerage of the garden not already provided for or satisfac-
torily planned. A deep excavation for about fifty feet will be
necessary at the eastern end of the Boulevard bridge, but
the rest of the work will be simple. It is doubtless the most
important piece of construction work now under way.

The plan for supplying the two lakes northeast of the
museum building with rain water from the drainage system
running south to the curve in the Southern Boulevard has

( 2 49)

worked out satisfactorily, the watershed being sufficient to
raise the lake surface about three inches for each inch of rain-
fall. This will be somewhat increased when all the grading
is done and the surface basins all built. During long periods
of drought it may be necessary to supplement this supply
from the water mains, but not much additional water will be
required at any time.

The dam in the Bronx River at the Lorillard mansion will
ultimately have to be lowered as indicated by the original
studies, in order to drain the northern end of the reservation
in a satisfactory way ; observation and experience during
four seasons clearly show this to be necessary.

During the building of the driveways east of the Bronx
River in the spring, the land drains previously laid about the
stable and to the old nursery site were connected with a large
earthenware pipe, which was laid northwest from near the
stable to a point along the road north of the tool house, tem-
porarily discharging on the surface at the head of a small
valley ; this line will ultimately be continued to the Bronx
River. At the same time a sewer-pipe connection was made
with the stable and the pipe laid northwest to a point which
renders unnecessary the tearing up of the driveway in its
continuation to the main sewer already built ; this continuation
may be built when convenient.

The roof water of the propagating houses is collected into
a pipe which for the time being discharges on the surface at
the east border of the park near the houses.

Water Supply.

Under the city contracts for construction the system of
water-pipes has been much extended, in accordance with the
general plans ; a six-inch line has been laid alongside the
park driveway built around the conservatories and connected
at both ends with pipes of the same size previously laid ; this
has been supplied with hose-taps every 200 feet. Another
six-inch line has been laid from a point on the Southern
Boulevard east of the power house along the driveways to

( 2 5o)

the fountains on the driveway in front of the museum build-
ing and also supplied with hose-taps. A two-inch line was
run from this to connect with pipes already laid to the rail-
way station and the plantations about it. The large statuary
fountain, now under construction, will be connected by a three-
inch pipe with the six-inch line, which supplies the Museum ;
part of this has been laid.

Partly b}- means of city appropriation for construction and
partly from our appropriation for grading, drainage and
water supply, a six-inch line was laid from a point just south
of the museum building along the driveway to the west lake ;
from here a two-inch line was run off across the park to the
east along the driveways and under the Bronx River to the
stable, nurseries and propagating houses, and another to the
west along the lake to the public comfort station.

The City Department of Water Supply under permission
granted them by you November 2, 1898, began in the spring
the laying of a four-foot main through the grounds from a
point on the western boundary northwest of the museum
building, southerly in front of that building to the Southern
Boulevard and thence on that road beyond the garden reser-
vation ; this line is a part of one of the primary distributing
systems from the new Jerome Park Reservoir, and is designed
to supply a large part of the eastern and central portions of
the Borough of the Bronx. It runs through the Garden along-
side of the old three-foot pipe from the Williamsbridge Reser-
voir. The work within the Garden was completed in No-
vember, with the exception of a few feet near the western
boundary, where this main has to pass under the right-of-way
of the New York Central & Hudson River Railroad ; it ap-
pears to be unlikely that this will be finished until spring. A
one-foot connection directly in front of the museum building
has been left for the use of the Garden, when desired, in ac-
cordance with the terms of the permission given the Depart-
ment. This connection with the new line, and the eight-inch
connection we already have on the old one, ensure the park
an abundant water-supply. Water will probably not b'
turned into the new main for two vears or more.

(25i )

Grading:.

Grading operations outside the lines of road and building
contracts have been continued by means of our teams and
laborers throughout the year, as opportunity has been
afforded, the new surfaces being made with topsoil ranging
from one to four feet in thickness, obtained by stripping it
from path and road lines, and from stacks previously made
from the same sources.

The east side of the driveway built last year from the
Southern Boulevard to the lakes was graded and sown or
sodded ; likewise the west side of this driveway from the
museum to the lakes, and the sides of the paths parallel to
this same driveway from the museum to the western lake,
and from the museum for 800 feet toward the herbaceous
grounds.

The slope between the east end of the museum building
and this driveway, on which some work was done last year,
has been completed and sown ; a great deal of rock was en-
countered here, which was excavated to an average depth of
four feet beneath the finished surface. Considerable work
has been done in grading at the rear of the museum build-
ing, contingent upon the construction of the service road to
the rear of that building, and the finished surfaces sown.

A large amount of filling, principally with top soil, has
been done along the western side of the western of the two
driveways to the front of the museum building ; but the com-
pletion of this work has necessarily been deferred until spring,
awaiting the finishing of these front approaches. Some top
soil has been hauled from path stripping about the herbaceous
grounds to the area south of the museum building and between
it and the driveway, and stacked there ready for spreading.

The sides of the path, built along the western border of
the herbaceous grounds have been graded and sodded or
sown.

The total area regulated and graded and sodded or sown
is over one acre.

(252)

The sides of the driveway built east of the Bronx River
through the arboretum were graded sufficiently to make
them safe, but no attempt was made to bring them to a final
finish.

Under the Park Department contract with John B. Devlin,
awarded Jan. 3d, 1901, referred to in my last annual report,
for the grading and building of roads and paths about the
public conservatories, much work has been accomplished, in-
cluding the rough completion of the terrace about those
buildings except at its eastern side and a portion of the
northern ; the approximately complete shaping of the grounds
along the driveway and traffic road south and west of the
conservatories, and its partial completion to the east and
north of them, including partial reconstruction of the line of
the Southern Boulevard. This work is still going forward ;
the provisions of this contract should be satisfied by June or
July. Under a contract awarded in the spring by the Com-
missioner of Parks to the Wilson and Baillie Manufacturing
Co., for the construction of the front approaches to the
museum building, the unsightly hill south of that building
has been removed, and part of the area brought to approxi-
mately finished grade ; some rock excavation still remains to
be done there in places and the top-soil stacked there in re-
serve must be spread. A very large rock surplus was ob-
tained from the hill thus removed. Some of it was used at
once in the Telford foundations of roads and paths and the
rest stacked in the field in front of the museum building,
and about the lakes, in order to have it convenient for future
road and path building operations ; it is being gradually used
for these purposes and is of great value, although tempo-
rarily unsightly.

Roads and Paths.

The Park Department contract with John B. Devlin,
awarded in November, 1899, referred to in my last annual
report, for the building of driveways about the museum
building, was completed in the spring. The greater portion
of this work has stood very well, notwithstanding the heavy

{253)

wear to which it has necessarily been subjected by the subse-
quent cartage over it of building materials and soil ; from
this cause, and also on account of part of it having been
surfaced and rolled in cold weather during the winter of
1900-1901, certain portions will need partial resurfacing; the
contractor has agreed to do this at his own expense.

The Park Department contract with the John J. Hart Co.,
awarded in September, 1900, for building driveways from the
lakes, eastward across the Park to the Bleecker Street en-
trance and to the Lorillard Mansion, and referred to in my
last annual report, was also completed in the spring ; the
work has stood wear satisfactorily.

The Park Department contract with John B. Devlin,
awarded December 11, 1900, which includes the building of
driveways and paths about the conservatories, has been con-
tinuously prosecuted during the year, and, as mentioned un-
der the heading of grading, is not yet completed. Under this
contract, the service road, extending from the power house
south and east along the St. John's College property, has been
built essentially complete, but it has not yet been opened
for public use, awaiting a final surfacing and rolling and
some grading along its sides in the spring ; the park drive-
way running parallel with this traffic road has also been
nearly completed, needing yet to be connected at both ends
with driveways previously constructed, and to be properly
finally surfaced in warmer weather; part of the paths have
been built, and the subgrade for other parts made, but most
of the path work still remains to be done during the spring.
Under the contract with the Wilson and Baillie Co., before
referred to, the two driveway approaches to the front of the
museum building have been nearly completed.

By means of our own teams and laborers, supplemented
by a force kindly furnished by the Commissioner of Parks,
the foundations of paths have been laid with surplus rock
from the excavations for a total length of about 4,500 feet.
This includes the line from the museum building to the
western lake, a stretch at the eastern end of the east lake,

(254)

and one from near the museum building south to and nearly
completely around the herbaceous grounds, all in accordance
with the general plan. In the same way the Telford founda-
tion has been laid up for the driveway extending north and
east of the herbaceous grounds and thence south through the
woods, skirting the western side of the Hemlock Grove, to
the southern edge of the garden reservation, for about half its
length (786 feet, 25 feet wide) ; stone for the continuation of
this road is being hauled this winter from the surplus stacked
in front of the museum building. It has been planned by
the Park Department to continue this road from our southern
boundary through the park land which separates the Garden
from the Zoological Park, overlooking the Bronx River in
places, to Pelham avenue, ending it on the avenue, opposite
one of the entrances of the Zoological Park. When this is all
carried out it will furnish a most useful and beautiful road
connecting the two institutions. The surfacing of the paths
and road built as above described will require a large quantity
of broken trap rock and of trap rock screenings, but the
principal expense of their construction has already been met
by the building of their foundations from surplus stone, much
of which was hauled to its place by the excavation contrac-
tors, who needed dumps at which to dispose of it.

The delivery road from the main driveway to the rear of
the museum building, alluded to in my last annual report,
has also been finished in the same way, except for final sur-
facing with trap screenings, and has been in use since mid-
summer. The cinder-surface road to the propagating houses
on the east side of the grounds has been extended along the
western side of the nurseries, but is not yet finished.

Local Telephone Service.

During the building of the subways and steam-pipe con-
nections of the power house with the museum building and
public conservatories in 1899 and 1900, telephone wires
were laid, connecting these three buildings. During the past
summer advantage was taken of the excavation for the
water-pipes to the stable and propagating houses to lay

(255)

telephone wires for more than 4000 feet in the same trenches,
to these buildings, which were thus all connected with each
other. Naturally the system has proved very useful, and
has made the need of messengers for local service unneces-
sary. The wires are underground throughout their entire
extent ; their location has been accurately plotted.

Further details of the construction work of all kinds will
be found in the report of the Superintendent of Buildings
and Grounds hereto appended. The work has been carried
on with frequent consultations with the Hon. August Moebus,
Commissioner of Parks, his Engineer-in-Chief, Hon. Martin
Schenck, his Chief Clerk, Mr. Gunther K. Ackerman, and
the Superintendent of Parks, Mr. Peter Geeks, and I desire
to express my appreciation of the interest and cooperation of
these gentlemen.

The great amount and varied character of construction
under way has necessarily put large portions of the grounds
into an apparently chaotic condition, but the most difficult and
expensive work of building both garden and park will be ac-
complished by the end of the present year, if the additional
appropriation of #150,000.00, asked for by the Commissioner
of Parks in November is voted before Spring. Compara-
tively small construction appropriations only will subsequently
be required to complete the carrying out of the plans, and
most of the area can be rapidly brought into essentially per-
manent condition.

Care of the Grounds.

No damage worthy of remark has been done by visitors ;
the notices forbidding the picking of flowers or breaking of
branches from plants either wild or cultivated have been re-
spected and no arrests for depredations of any kind have
been made. Some of the employees have been on guard
every Sunday and holiday, largely as a precaution against
the spread of fires, particular attention having been given to
the hemlock forest. The drought of 1900 was destructive
to trees all over the northeastern United States, and the
woods in the Garden shared in its effects, it having been

(256)

found necessary during the winter of 1900-1901 to remove
many dead trees, although not enough to be missed ; on the
contrary, very few trees died during the past year, and these
have already mainly been removed. Picnicing in the woods
has continued, and has not been restricted except in cases
where a large number of people wished to congregate ; it
has therefore been necessary, during the summer and autumn
to detail a boy to the work of collecting paper and other rub-
bish scattered by visitors. Official permits for picnicing have
not been given, however.

The forests may be much more certainly and easily pre-
served after the system of walks and drives planned have
been built through them ; the greater number of pedestrians
will naturally follow the paths, and may be directed to do so
when it becomes necessary. The paths and roads at present
under construction or already built will serve to lead to the
forests at several points at which their extension into and
through the forests may next be taken up. It will be prefer-
able to build the forest drives and paths by day laborers un-
der our immediate supervision than under contracts.

The cleaning and watering of the driveways already built
have been done by employees of the Park Department.

The lawns and banks have been rolled and mowed by horse
and hand mowers and the surface drainage basins have been
inspected and cleaned out when necessary.

The grass on the arboretum tract and other undeveloped
areas has been cut for hay and stacked in barracks near the
stable, more being harvested than needed for our horses ; a
second barrack, like the one described in my last annual
report, was built during the summer.

Library.

As appears from the report of the Librarian, hereto ap-
pended, the library has been increased during the year by
2,482 volumes besides several thousand pamphlets and parts,
the total number of bound volumes being now 11,314. Gifts
of books have been numerous and very welcome ; they have

(257)

been duly recorded in the Journal. Gifts of money applied
to the purchase of books, and credited to the special book
fund have been made as follows :

\V. C. Schermerhorn $ 500.00

Mrs. Alfred Corning Clark 100.00

Andrew Fletcher 25 .00

D. O. Mills 500.00

J . Pierpont Morgan : . . 500.00

Miss Olivia E. Phelps Stokes 100.00

Miss Caroline Phelps Stokes 100.00

$1,825.00

The number of books bound during the year is 973. The
number of catalogue cards written was over 5 5 ° 00 -

Additional exchanges of publications have been arranged,
the number of journals, periodicals and reports now received
by us for our own publications being 207.

Under the supplementary agreement with the Trustees of
Columbia College dated May 3d, 1901, the paleobotanical
portion of the College library was deposited with the Garden
during the summer, and after a critical comparison of it with
the shelf-lists of the College library, I signed a receipt for
the books as well as for the fossil plants from the College
geological museum, under the provisions of the supplementary
agreement.

An agreement was made with the Torrey Botanical Club,
whereby all books and pamphlets received by the Club in
exchange for its publications now become the property of the
Garden, the Garden on its part granting the members of the
Club the privileges of its library ; by this agreement we re-
ceive regularly 31 serials, in addition to those brought in by
our own publications.

riuseums and Herbarium.

The public museum collections have been largely increased
by gifts, exchanges, purchase, and by the results of our ex-
peditions. These have been duly reported in the Journal.
It has been sought to put the additional specimens into place
in the cases, so far as space would permit, as soon as they

(258)

could be properly mounted, rather than to permit them to ac-
cumulate awaiting proper labelling. The labelling has gone
forward as rapidly as possible coincident with accuracy, and
at the present time comparatively few specimens in any of
the public collections remain unsupplied with labels. A com-
mencement has been made on a scheme to cross reference
museum specimens to the living plants which yield them, but
this valuable educational feature can not yet be worked out
very effectively owing to the formative condition of both mu-
seum collections and the collections of living plants.

The collection of fossil plants deposited with the Garden
by the Trustees of Columbia College, under the supplement-
ary agreement between the two institutions dated May 3d,
1901, was set up in the east basement museum hall during
the autumn. It consists of about 8,000 specimens, compara-
tively few of which can yet be displayed for lack of cases.
This addition of paleobotany to the subjects under the pur-
view of the Garden, materially strengthens our educational
tender to the public and to students and investigators. The
Columbia College collection is extensive enough to illustrate
the development of vegetable life on the earth from the most
ancient geological time when plants are known to have ex-
isted, to the present, not without very many gaps, however,
which it should be our endeaver to fill as opportunity offers.
The placing of the collection with the Garden was arranged
upon the suggestion of the College authorities, which was
cordially received by us, experience having shown that re-
search in paleobotany can better be prosecuted in connection
with the science of botany than with geology, besides afford-
ing the public an insight to the fascinating problems involved,
through the agency of a museum open at all times.

The identification of the college specimens by means of a
painted symbol as provided for in the agreement above re-
ferred to, is going forward, in order to keep them readily
distinguishable from specimens the property of the Garden,
the accumulation of which has already been commenced in
cooperation with the Geological Survey of Maryland and from
other sources.

( 2 59)

The number of specimens received from all sources for the
museums and herbarium during the year, in addition to the
fossil plants aggregates 61,614 > tne number permanently in-
corporated into the several collections is over 79,000 ; thus
nearly 18,000 specimens previously received have been
mounted ; these then represent the gain made in the sorting
and arrangement of specimens carried over from last year in
the store rooms. A vast number still remain unstudied, but
the gain is encouraging, and work is now so organized that
we expect to be able to very materially reduce the unsorted
material during 1902. Ten museum aids have assisted the
curators in the work, who have also been aided by students
and other investigators.

Through an agreement with the Torrey Botanical Club,
the herbarium accumulated by that society was presented to
the Garden in the spring. It consists wholly of specimens
of plants growing naturally within one hundred miles of New
York City, and is a valuable collection on which to build a
complete illustration of the local flora. It serves a very use-
ful purpose by saving the main herbarium from the use of
local students, and answers their inquiries more rapidly and
in many cases more satisfactorily than by reference to the
general herbarium.

Contributions of money for the purchase of collections and
credited to museum and herbarium fund have been made
as follows :

Andrew Carnegie $ 5 00,00

Samuel Sloan 100.00

Samuel D. Babcock 250.00

G. S. Bowdoin 200.00

Addison Brown 100.00

D. O. Mills 200.00

Edward D.Adams 100.00

Geo. B. Hopkins 5°-°°

Francis Lynde Stetson 50.00

Mrs. Esther Herrman 100.00

Dr. Henry F. Walker 5 - 00

H. C. von Post 100.00

$1,800.00

(26o)

The contribution of Mr. Carnegie was used for the pur-
chase of the collection of Mr. A. Vigener, of Wiesbaden,
Germany, rich in rare Mexican species and in plants of cen-
tral and northern Europe, including valuable series of sea-
weeds, lichens and fungi. The contributions of Messrs.
Sloan, Babcock, Bowdoin, Brown, Mills, Adams, Hopkins
and Stetson were used in securing a set of the famous collec-
tions of Chinese and Formosan specimens, nearly 8,000 in
all, accumulated by Dr. A. Henry, during several years of
exploration ; this gives us the best collection of specimens of
Chinese plants in America ; a somewhat more complete set
of Dr. Henry's plants has become the property of the Royal
Gardens, Kew, England. The contributions of Mrs. Herr-
man and Messrs. Walker and von Post have been applied
towards purchasing the collection of Prof. F. S. Earle, re-
cently appointed an assistant curator of the Garden ; about
$400 additional is needed to make this purchase complete.
The collection is of high scientific value, containing several
thousand specimens of fungi, including many type speci-
mens, a nearly complete representation of the flora of the
State of Alabama, and much material from various localities ;
it is hoped that means may soon be found to complete its pur-
chase. Additional data concerning work on the museums will
be found in the report of the Curator hereto appended.

Laboratories.

The laboratories supply ample and convenient space for
the investigations carried on by members of the staff and by
students. Their equipment with furniture and apparatus has
gone forward by meeting actual necessities as they have
arisen. Here, as in many other parts of the museum build-
ing, in constant use, the need of additional cases is great. As
shown by the appended report of the Director of the Labora-
tories, twenty-seven students have carried on work during the
year under the guidance of members of the scientific staff.
Each of these students has been assigned, or has chosen, a
special subject for investigation, and many results of scientific

( 26l )

or immediate practical value have been reached ; some of
these have been published ; others await publication. Many
students of the two preceding years have honorable positions
as teachers or investigators in other institutions. It is pro-
posed to keep a record of the work of students subsequent
to their attendance at the Garden, in so far as this can be
obtained — a kind of alumni list. We have been unable to
supply students to fill some positions that have been brought
to our attention during the year. Dr. Marshall Avery Howe,
appointed an assistant curator in July, 1901, has been detailed
to aid Dr. MacDougal in the charge of the laboratories during

part of his time.

Lectures.

A course of public lectures delivered on Saturday after-
noons in the lecture hall of the Museum Building, was com-
menced on April 6th and continued until June 29th ; another
course commenced October 12th and closed November 16th.
These lectures were attended by appreciative audiences. All
members of the Garden were notified of the lectures by tick-
ets, and they were at the same time especially invited to visit
the Garden under escort by members of the staff. A large
number of members took advantage of these invitations and
have thus kept in touch with the development of the institu-
tion. The lecture courses have been duly recorded in the

Journal.

Publications.

Bulletin 6, commencing the second volume, was issued
May 27, 1901, containing the reports of officers and com-
mittees for the year 1900, and botanical contributions writ-
ten by members of the staff.

The Journal has been issued monthly throughout the year,
under the editorship of Dr. MacDougal, and has served to
inform our members and the public of the progress of devel-
opment of the institution ; under authority given by the
Scientific Directors, it is proposed to increase its size some-
what, during the coming year. Nine contributions, written
by students and members of the staff, have been reprinted

(262)

from the Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club, in which
they were first published, the total number of such contribu-
tions being now nineteen.

All our publications have been in demand from other insti-
tutions and students all over the world, and their distribution
has brought us exchanges of books and specimens, in value
greatly in excess of the cost of publication.

Exploration.

A very large number of living plants, and of specimens
for the museums and herbarium have been obtained by mem-
bers of the staff detailed for exploring regions little known
botanically, and for visiting other institutions. The expenses
of this work have been defrayed in part by appropriations
from the general fund, and in part by contributions of money
from members of the Garden as follows :

Wm. E. Dodge $ 600.00

Samuel Thorne 100.00

Geo. W. Perkins 250.00

Richard H. Allen 100.00

James B. Ford 100.00

Very Rev. E. A. Hoffman 100.00

Roland G. Mitchell 100.00

Adrian Iselin 200.00

Isaac Seligman 100.00

Robert M. Thompson 100.00

N. L. Britton 100.00

F. N. Warburg 100.00

Geo. Foster Peabody 100.00

$2,050.00

Detailed accounts of the exploration work have been pub-
lished in the Journal. It is mainly by exploration and by
visits to other institutions for arranging exchanges that the
collections of the Garden may now best be built up. Much
desirable material can yet naturally be obtained by purchase,
but that of the greatest scientific and educational value must
be collected ; trained collectors are almost necessary for this

(263)

purpose, and our own staff supplies the best, for they know
what we already have and what we lack. A special Ex-
ploration Fund could now be operated with immense advan-
tage to the Garden and to the progress of science.

Investigations.

The development and organization of the facilities of the
laboratories, the accession of a large number of books and
periodicals to the library, and the additions to the collections
of living, preserved and fossil plants has resulted in a direct
and marked increase in the efficiency of the Garden in carry-
ing out one of its most important functions in the promotion
of research.

Not only have the advantages in the several subdivisions
of the subject to which attention has been previously directed,
been increased, but the appointment of additional members
of the staff, and the removal of the paleobotanical collection
of Columbia University to the Garden have given additional
opportunities for the consideration of problems in economic
botany, plant pathology, developmental taxonomy, and paleo-
botany. The results of some of the investigations com-
pleted have been brought out in the publications of the Gar-
den, or in other periodicals, and others are still in press.

Professor L. M. Underwood, of Columbia University, has
continued his studies of the ferns and fern allies, and carried
out field observations on the flora of Porto Rico and Colo-
rado. Professor Underwood has also exercised supervision
over the work of the Columbia students at work in the
Garden.

Dr. H. H. Rusby, curator of the economic collections,
has continued his investigations of the flora of Colombia and
Bolivia, and also given much attention to various economic
problems.

Dr. D. T. MacDougal, first assistant, has completed his
studies in experimental morphology of Lysimachia, and pub-
lished a manual of Plant Physiology containing an outline of
the principles of the subject, and such detailed methods of

(264)

experimentation as to make it an aid to research. He has
carried on field work in Montana and Nebraska, making
studies of the xerophytic and alpine floras and of geograph-
ical distribution. Dr. MacDougal has brought his investi-
gations on the relations of light to growth and development
into a form suitable for publication, and has directed the
operations of the laboratories.

Dr. J. K. Small, curator of the museums, has carried for-
ward his work on the flora of the southeastern United States,
and made critical studies of a large number of genera occur-
ring in this region. Some field w r ork was done in southern
Florida in connection with these studies. The preparation of
his manual of the flora of this region has been carried steadily
forward and more than half of it has already been printed.

Dr. P. A. Rydberg, assistant curator, has continued his
work on the flora of the Rocky Mountains and made critical
studies of £>iierciis, Limnorchis, Piferia and the Potentilleae.

Mr. F. S. Earle, assistant curator, has devoted considerable
attention to the determination of collections of fungi from
Porto Rico, Florida, Colorado, Wyoming and California, and
made some critical studies of the Sphaeriales, Hysteriales
and Agaricaceae.

Dr. M. A. Howe, assistant curator, has been engaged in
a general systematic study of the marine algae, upon which
he has made extensive field observations in Newfoundland and
Nova Scotia.

Dr. A. Hollick, assistant curator, has made special studies
of the fossil flora of Long Island, and field observations on
flora of the sand dunes of Cape Cod, on the fossil flora of
Chappaquidick Island and of the Pleistocene flora of the
Chesapeake Bay region.

Mr. G. V. Nash, head gardener, has continued his studies
of the American grasses, and of cultivated plants, making
visits to the Royal Gardens at Kew, and to the southern part
of Florida for the purpose of extending the range of his work.

Miss A. M. Vail, librarian, has continued her studies of
the Asclepiadaeeae.

(265)

Mrs. N. L. Britton, voluntary assistant, has continued her
studies on the mosses of North America, and in conjunction
with Miss A. Taylor made exhaustive morphological ex-
aminations of Schizaca -pusilla and Vittaria lineata. The
results of the investigations upon the first-named plant have
appeared in the contributions of the Garden and the second
is in press.

Professor F. E. Lloyd, of Teachers College, has made
some morphological studies on Chrysoma and Ptcridium
and published the results of his survey of the coast and islands
of the Mississippi Sound. His studies on the embryology of
the Rubiaceae have been brought to completion and are now
in press.

Professor E. S. Burgess, of the Normal College, has com-
pleted his historical and bibliographical researches on the
Asters, and made a systematic arrangement of the numerous
species in this group in conformity with the results of his
studies. The results of this work are now in press.

Dr. C. C. Curtis, of Columbia University, has carried out
extensive experiments dealing with the movements and pres-
sures of fluids in plants, and has not yet brought his work to
completion.

Dr. Alex. P. Anderson, of Columbia University, has
brought to a close his investigations of Dasyscyfha resinaria,
a fungus parasitic on Abies balsamea, carried forward his re-
searches upon growth and upon various economic problems.

Miss Alexandrina Taylor, museum aid, carried out a mor-
phological examination of Schizaea pusilla and Vittaria
lineata in conjunction with Mrs. N. L. Britton, and the re-
sults have been partly published, as noted above.

Mr. R. S. Williams, museum aid, has made marked prog-
ress in his study of the mosses of Montana, in addition to
describing several new species from other parts of North
America. He has carried out extensive field work in Bolivia,
in which he is still engaged.

Mr. S. H. Burnham, museum aid, has devoted consider-
able attention to a systematic arrangement of the flora of the
Champlain valley.

(266)

Mr. J. E. Kirk wood, of Syracuse University, has carried
forward his studies in the embryology of the Cucurbitaceae,
which will not be completed for some time.

Miss V. S. White has completed her work upon the Ty-
lostomataceae and the results have appeared as a contribution
from the Garden. Her studies upon the Nidulariaceae have
also been brought to a close and the results are now in press.
Similar work by her upon the Lycoperdaceae is going for-
ward.

Mr. R. M. Harper has continued his work upon the geo-
graphical distribution of the flora of Georgia and made
critical studies of some of the genera represented.

Miss Elsie Kupfer has made a complete systematic and
morphological study of Geofiyxis and Urnula, and made an
examination of some defective cocoanuts. The results of both
pieces of work have been published and the article upon the
latter subject has been republished by the government of
Jamaica.

Mr. John R. Gardner has made a classification of the
Celastraceae of North America in accordance with the re-
sults of his examination of the group.

Mr. W. A. Cannon has begun an extensive series of ex-
perimental observations and morphological studies upon
hybrids, which will need some time for completion.

Miss R. J. Rennert has completed her morphological and
physiological investigations upon the seedlings of Arisaema
and the results will appear as a contribution from the Garden.

Miss Julia T. Emerson has taken up an experimental cul-
tural study of the Fusarium parasitic on the rose.

My own attention has been given to the further study of
the flora of Porto Rico and other West Indian islands ;
field observations and a study of the geographical distribu-
tion of the plants of St. Kitts have been made, in addition to
the critical study of various groups of North American
plants. My work upon the systematic arrangement of the
flora of northeastern America has resulted in the publication
of a manual dealing with the plants of the Northern States

(267)

and Canada, in which numerous new species have been de-
scribed and new systematic arrangements established. At-
tention has also been given to the guidance of the research
work of various students and members of the staff.

Reports Appended.

I submit, also, reports by the Curator of the Museums and
Herbarium, the Curator of the Economic Collections, the
Director of the Laboratories, the Librarian, the Head Gar-
dener, the Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds, and a
Schedule of Expenditures under appropriations by the Board
of Managers.

Respectfully submitted,

N. L. Britton,
Director-in- Chief.

(268)

REPORT OF THE CURATOR OF THE MUSEUMS

AND HERBARIUM.

To the Director-in-Chief.

Sir: I have the honor to submit herewith my report as
Curator of the Museums and Herbarium for the year 1901 :

1. General Accessions. Specimens amounting to a
total of 61,614 have been added to the various collections.
About 79,102 specimens have been incorporated in the per-
manent collections of the museums and herbarium. We are
storing many thousand specimens, awaiting an opportunity
to incorporate them into the collections, while a great deal of
material not needed for the permanent collections has been
placed in our duplicate series, and has been exchanged with
other institutions for desirable specimens. These accessions
have been obtained as follows :

(a) Gifts and Purchases. Friends of the institution have
presented either individual specimens or collections, or they
have furnished the funds for the purchase of desirable col-
lections in addition to the annual appropriation made for this
purpose by the Board of Managers.

(b) Exploration. The rapidly growing system of explo-
ration, which led to the placing, during the year, of explor-
ing parties in various parts of North America, northern
South America, the West Indies and southern Asia, has
added a large amount of desirable, rare and unique material
to our collections.

(c) Exchanges. In addition to exchanges with individuals
others have been maintained with the following institutions :

United States National Museum.

Royal Botanical Garden, Kew, England.

Biltmore Herbarium.

University of Nebraska.

Catholic University of America.

Field Columbian Museum.

(26 9 )

Geological Survey of Canada.

Montana College of Agriculture.

Philadelphia Museums.

Harvard University.

Royal Botanic Garden, Berlin, Germany.

American Museum of Natural History.

Delessert Herbarium, Geneva, Switzerland.

Boissier Herbarium, Chambesy, Switzerland.

University of Wyoming.

Lafayette College.

University of Minnesota.

Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh, Scotland.

University of Montana.

University of Idaho.

Royal Botanical Garden, St. Petersburg, Russia.

Buffalo Botanical Garden.

Washington State Agricultural College.

Botanical Garden, Brussels, Belgium.

Botanical Garden, Zurich, Switzerland.

Botanical Institute, Montpellier, France.

Museums.

Accessions.* — During the year, 1,445 specimens were re-
ceived for the museums. Most of these specimens will ulti-
mately be placed in the public collections. It is a pleasure
to note that a great portion of this material came to us as un-
solicited gifts, a condition that shows the lively interest taken
in the institution by the manufacturers, the importers and the
general public.

2. Preparation of Material for Exhibition. — The
appliances for exhibiting specimens mentioned in the follow-
ing paragraphs are only such as form a part of the perma-
nent equipment of the museums. The equipments for col-
lecting and storage and all appliances used in a temporary
way are not here considered.

* For a detailed list of accessions, see Journal of the New York Botanical
Garden, 2 : nos. 1-12.

(270)

(a) Exhibition blocks, as described in Number 5 of this
Bulletin, were secured in the following sizes and quanti-
ties, ebonized and placed in the exhibition cases :

Width.

Length.

Numb

zr of Blocks

4^4 inches.

4^4 inches.

100

VA "

SA "

300

VA "

s

100

6

12 "

50

Total,

55°

(b) Glass jars. (Specimen jar, 2,605, Whitall, Tatum &
Co.)

Diameter.

Height.

Number of Jars

2^1 inches.

1

inches.

36

3

S

t(

4^

3 3 A "

10

it

72

4^ "

12

(<

192

6

18

i<

Total,

72

420

(c) Exhibition cards, as described in Number 5 of this
Bulletin :

Size of Cards. Number of Cards.

7x11 inches. 24

24

1 1 x 1 1

1 1 x 14

I4X 22

24
24

id)

cards ,

Total, 96
Oak frames for displaying specimens mounted on

Size of Frames.
5^ x 14 inches.
6 x 14
6y 2 x 14
9 l A x 12^

11 XII

12 x 1 ;
14 x 22

Number of Frames.

125

r -5
12

150

189

37°

Total, 1,096

(270

In addition to the frames, five hundred feet of the oak
moulding from which the frames are made was secured.
From this supply we made frames of odd sizes as occasion
demanded.

3. Installation. Our work in connection with the in-
stallation was mainly a continuation of that of the latter part
of last year, as outlined in my last annual report. The gen-
eral disposition of the various exhibits has not been materially
altered. New exhibits have been installed, while numerous
individual specimens have been incorporated into the exhibits
already installed, in order to fill existing gaps or for the
purpose of fuller illustration.

4. Labelling. — The permanent labelling of the collections
has been continued as fast as our printing outfit would permit.
Many of the exhibits, which could not be furnished with our
standard label, have been supplied with temporary labels.

5. Economic Museum.* — The plan originally adopted for
this museum has been followed without noteworthy change.
Additions have been made to nearly all the exhibits installed
during last year. The exhibits of fibers, foods, drugs, oils,
gums, resins, starches and sugars have been considerably in-
creased. We have been forced to store considerable valu-
able and interesting material on account of the insufficient
equipment of cases.

6. Systematic Museum. As in the case of the Economic
Museum, the general plan of this Museum remains the same
as it was last year.

(a) The Synoptic Collection, t Considerable attention was
devoted to this collection both in the matter of filling up gaps
in the sequence of the plant families and in furnishing the
specimens with exhibition blocks and frames. The collec-
tion as it now stands is almost completely framed, while
many specimens are awaiting installation for need of glass
jars.

* For details see Report of the Curator of the Economic Collections.
t For further notes on this collection see Journal of the New York Botan-
ical Garden, 2 : 81.

(272)

(b) Local Flora. This collection has proved to be much
more popular than we at first anticipated. During the year
all the large plant-groups, with the exception of the Algae
and Fungi, have been mounted and the greater portion of the
collection, consisting of the ferns, fern-allies and flowering
plants, has been renovated and completely labeled. About
seven more stands similar to those now in use are needed for
the algae and the fungi.

(c) Microscopic Exhibit. The popularity of this exhibit
has continued as heretofore. Experiments on several antici-
pated additions, and corrections of some of the original de-
tails have been made.

7. Fossil Plant Museum. During the summer the
paleobotanical collections of Columbia University were
brought to the Garden and deposited in the east exhibition
hall of the basement of the museum building. Work de-
signed to accomplish a temporary installation was at once
begun and about the middle of December the hall was
thrown open to the public. The case equipment is inade-
quate, and relatively few of the specimens can be displayed.
There are many valuable specimens still in boxes and the
bulk of the material is yet unsorted. In order to get rid of
all boxed material, a rack of sorting drawers is now being
constructed and in a short time the whole fossil collection
will be accessible, at least for study and teaching purposes.
The estimated number of specimens in this collection is
about 8,000.

8. Care of the Collections. The usual amount of re-
adjustment of exhibits and the replacing of inferior specimens
with better or more illustrative ones, has been continued.
Both the newly received specimens and such of those already
installed that require it, have been poisoned with mercuric
chloride, chloroform or carbon bisulphide in order to insure
good preservation. Considerable attention has been devoted
to keeping the specimens fresh in appearance ; much of the
dry material preserved in jars soon soils the inside surface of
the glass so that once or twice during the year it is necessary

(273)

to clean the jars and readjust the specimens. Considerable
discoloration takes place in the collections preserved in fluid,
so that decanting and substituting clear fluid is necessary.
All specimens preserved in formaldehyde solution have been
carefully watched and once or twice during the year small
quantities of formaldehyde have been added to each jar in
order to guard against a possible deterioration of the strength
and preserving properties of the solution.

9. Uses of the Museums. The museums have constantly
been used in connection with the teaching- work of the Garden
and have been made use of from a similar standpoint by many
individual students and by schools from New York City and
neighboring states. As far as I have personally observed
and have been informed, the visiting public has taken more
than passing interest in the collections. Importers and manu-
factures have consulted the collections for information of a
special nature and many of them have repaid the institution
for the information thus gained by donating spec